Author: Nik Ranger

Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds: Season 5 tier list Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoNow that Season 5 has arrived, it’s vital to know which Necromancer builds are best in Diablo 4 for leveling, endgame, and PvP. A fan-favorite character class, the Necromancer returns in Diablo 4 to lead another army of undead minions against the forces of Hell. The main draw of the Necromancer is in summoning a gang of skeletons and other monsters to do your dirty work while you hang back casting buffs on them and curses on your enemies through bone and blood magic. Some builds forgo minions entirely in Diablo 4, sacrificing them to turn the Priests of Rathma into a macabre one-person army of death-dealing. Our Diablo 4 Season 5 tier list will break down everything you need to know about the best builds to run for your death-dealing Necromancer for both PvE and PvP from early leveling to the endgame. Best Necromancer leveling builds Best leveling build – Minion Necro As it did in Season 4, the Minion Necromancer remains the cream of the crop in Season 5, along the with Blood Surge Necro. We’d recommend using the Minion Necro for leveling in Season 5, as not only is it incredibly potent, but it’s also a very fun build to use when playing through the campaign story. As it was in Diablo 2 and 3, having an army of minions while you work through the story is still highly overpowered and the backup your troops give you is a tremendous help when leveling through to endgame. That said, Blood Surge is a strong choice if you’d like to be a little more active in combat and not solely rely upon your minions. Just be aware that Blood Surge falls off hard late game, and that you’ll have to swap playstyles eventually to keep up in endgame content. Best Necromancer PvP builds Best PvP build – Bone Spirit Necro As is the case with endgame, pick the Bone Spirit Necro build if you’re heading into PvP in Diablo 4 this season, as there’s not much difference this season between the tier lists for the Necromancer this time around. The key change is that the Minion Necro build is far less effective in PvP than it is in all forms of PvE. This means the Bone Spirit Necro is the undisputed champion of the tier list. The Bone Spirit will hone in on your PvP opponents and is very difficult to dodge. Once it lands, the damage it does can be devastating – especially when you’re also hitting them with curses and other spells/attacks. Blood Lance is also a worthy mention here. It’s got a significant advantage over Blood Surge since Blood Lance’s cooldown is so short, and it has a level of burst damage that’s on-par with Bone Spirit in a PvP setting. However, you have to aim your lance whereas the spirit homes in on enemies. Running Blood Lance requires a bit more skill, but it’s worth the payoff if you’re able to land everything. Best Necromancer endgame builds Best endgame build – Bone Spirit Necro After reigning supreme in Season 4, the Minion Necro build has been knocked off its perch by the Bone Spirit Necro build in the endgame tier list. This isn’t surprising, as it’s been arguably the best endgame Necromancer build since the game came out – mainly due to the versatility and power of the Bone Spirit skill. The Minion Necro build isn’t far behind it in the meta, though, so if you’re enjoying commanding your undead troops, feel free to stick with it. This build is especially effective if you like sitting back, farming, and letting your summons handle the rest. That sort of playstyle is what many choose Necromancer for, and it’s perfectly viable if you want to stick with it. But, to maximize your potential in endgame play, switch out to the Bone Spirit Necro build to get the most out of the class. Our tiers explained S: The best of the best – A: Very good in the current meta – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Unless you love this class, there are much better options – While Diablo 4’s meta changes every season, its movements tend not to be huge, and we often see the same tried and tested builds rising to the top. However, as Blizzard tweaks and updates the game, there can be some surprising changes. For example, the Minion Necro was seen as a rather weak build in Seasons 2-3, but became incredibly powerful in Season 4 – and remains so in Season 5. All Necromancer builds in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Minion Necro In Season 5, the Minion Necro build is still super effective in both leveling and endgame but is less effective in PvP, where your minions just become cannon fodder for enemy players. The Minion Necro build is the classic summoner that’s been beloved since Diablo 2. In Diablo 4, the class has been tweaked, but it still involves summoning and buffing as many Skeleton Warriors and Skeleton Mages are you can get. It also lets you summon a powerful Golem to back up your team. The build involves supporting your team from a distance, letting your minions be your primary offensive tool while you cast spells and only enter the fray when it’s safe to do so. It’s a build for those who like to control all the chess pieces rather than getting their own hands dirty. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Minion Necromancer this season, check out our guide. Bone Spear Necro While not as effective this Season as the Bone Spirit Necro build, the Bone Spear build for Necromancers is based on the much faster skill of the same name. The cooldown of Bone Spear is also much shorter, making this an excellent Leveling build, but less effective in Endgame and PvP. If you choose to specialize in Bone Magic this season, we’d recommend leveling to endgame with this build, then switching out to the Bone Spirit build once you reach level 50, beat the story, and unlock the Paragon board. Bone Spirit Necro The Bone Spirit Necro build is all about using the skill of the same name as your primary offensive move while selecting skills and gear that boost its damage output, casting speed, and cooldown time. Bone Spirt can then be used every couple of seconds to inflict massive damage on mobs or elite enemies. It’s not so useful for leveling, as it takes time for the skill to be upgraded and buffed to a point where it becomes overpowered. However, it’s top of the tree this season when it comes to Endgame and PvP, making it the best builds in the current meta. Blood Surge Necro Blood Magic is one of the Necromancer’s primary talents along with Bone Magic, Minions, and Shadow abilities. However, it doesn’t make sense to be a jack-of-all-trades and a master of none. Therefore, the Blood Surge build involves, you guessed it, using the Blood Surge skill as your primary attack and leveling your Necromancer with other passive Blood skills that buff this attack and your Blood Magic in general. While it allows for some secondary skills, this build is all about the Blood. In Season 5, the Blood Surge Necro build is very potent for leveling but becomes rather middle of the road in Endgame and PvP. Still, if Blood magic is your vibe, there’s fun to be had – and demons to be bled. Blood Lance Necro The Blood Lance Necro is the second build on the meta to make use of Blood Magic and much of the information given above for Blood Surge applies here. However, Blood Lance is a much quicker skill with a faster cooldown than Blood Surge. Due to this, the build is also far more effective in PvP and endgame play than Blood Surge. So, if you use Blood Surge to level your Necromancer, consider switching to Blood Lance once you reach level 50, beat the story, and unlock the Paragon board. Blight Necro The Blight Necro build is the best one for inflicting Shadow damage in Season 5 of Diablo 4. The build involves primarily casting Blight and using this, as well as other Shadow abilities, as your main form of offense. From here, you’ll also buff your Shadow skills with passive abilities to become an all-powerful Shadow Necromancer. Blight as a skill and basis for a build isn’t particularly high on any of the leveling, endgame, and PvP metas in Season 5, and neither is Shadow damage in general – but it represents the best Shadow build you can use at the moment for the Necromancer. What’s more, the build can also be used alongside minions while treating summoning skills as secondary. Sever Necro Much of what we said above for the Blight Necro build applies to the Sever Necro, but the key difference is that the latter is a more melee-focused Shadow build. It can also benefit from the use of minions, but it may be more effective to sacrifice your minions and turn your Necromancer into the Grim Reaper of Diablo 4. While Shadow damage isn’t ranked very high in the Season 5 meta, this is still the best melee build you can craft based on this set of the Necromancer’s abilities. It’s also most effective when Leveling, but loses some of its kick in Endgame and PvP. Now that you know which Necromancer builds are best to use this season in Diablo 4, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Landslide Druid builds in Season 5 DexertoDiablo 4’s powerful Landslide Druid build can deal incredible damage to single-target enemies and is great for inflicting status effects on your foes. If the Landslide Druid is your choice for Season 5, you’ll need to know about the best leveling, endgame, and PvP builds for this type of Druid. The Landslide Druid is a popular contender amongst Druid builds for Season of the Infernal Hordes, as it packs a punch with the Landslide skill and allows you to deal focused damage all by yourself, unlike the Companion Druid. You’ll need the right skills, gear, Aspects, and Glyphs to make this Landslide Druid build work in Season 5. All the details are laid out for you below to help you craft this build. Best Landslide Druid leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 From level one to level 50, your Druid will need to unlock the right skills in the correct order for this Landslide build to shine. Here’s the leveling process: These are the skills you should grab until you reach level 50 using skill points, as well as your Renown points. Whether or not you’re playing the campaign as you’re leveling, you should have an easy time trudging through enemy waves. The majority of your damage comes from skills like Landslide, Wind Shear, and Trample. You also have the Defensive Skill Blood Howl, which you can use to heal yourself as you spawn Poison Creepers for sideline damage. Petrify is a great Ultimate that Stuns and Petrifies enemies for increased Critical Strike Damage. You also have a ton of great Passive Skills to help your survivability and damage rates as you level up. As a reminder, spending Smouldering Ashes for an EXP boost in the Season 5 Battle Pass will help you reach level 50 much faster than normal. Best Spirit Boons for leveling Out of the 16 different Spirit Boons that Druids can unlock, you can only grab five. These are the Spirit Boons we recommend for leveling your Landslide Druid: Deer: Advantageous Beast – Eagle: Swooping Attacks, Avian Wrath – Wolf: Pack Leader – Snake: Calm Before the Storm – The Spirit Boon you should pick up first is Pack Leader, which gives Critical Strikes a chance to reset the Cooldowns of your Companion Skills. Poison Creeper would benefit from this, allowing you to use this Companion Skill more often. Next, unlock Advantageous Beast for a Movement Speed and Impairment Reduction boost. There’s also Avian Wrath for extra Critical Strike Damage and Swooping Attacks for an Attack Speed buff. Your final Spirit Boon can be Calm Before the Storm as it gives your Nature Magic Skills a small chance to reduce your Ultimate Skill Cooldown by a couple of seconds. During the end of your leveling build, you’ll need this for the Petrify Ultimate. Best leveling rotation Poison Creeper – Wind Shear – Landslide – Petrify – Trample – Blood Howl – Here’s the recommended leveling rotation for your Landslide Druid. First, you’ll want to start with Poison Creeper to passively deal Poison damage and Immobilize enemies. You’ll then hit your enemies with Wind Shear to render them Vulnerable. Now you can use your best skill Landslide which will Immobilize enemies further and tear through them with enormous damage. Use Petrify for the remaining foes, increasing your Critical Strike Damage and encasing enemies in stone. You can then utilize Trample, which makes you Unstoppable and generates some Spirit at the same time. At this point your health may be dire, so rely on Blood Howl to heal yourself. Repeat this leveling rotation for easy combat encounters. Best Legendary Aspects Although you’re just leveling up this build, there are plenty of helpful Legendary Aspects you should pick up along the way to the endgame. Look out for these Aspects for the Landslide Druid build: Best Landslide Druid endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Now that you’re at the endgame phase, and hopefully completed the Of Lambs and Wolves questline, you can turn the leveling build into an endgame one. The build isn’t too different, but there are many key changes: Active Skills The only changes to your Active Skill arsenal are Storm Strike, Lightning Storm, and Earthen Bulwark. Storm Strike is a Basic Skill to generate Spirit and Immobilize enemies, while Lightning Storm won’t be in your hotbar and will be triggered by the Nature’s Fury Passive. We also have Earthen Bulwark, which can grant your Druid a protective Barrier. Other than these three, all your other skills stay the same. Passive Skills There aren’t many new Passives introduced in the endgame Landslide Druid build, but there are a few notable ones to point out. Quickshift allows you to deal increased damage after Shapeshifting, which is perfect when using Blood Howl. Plus, Natural Disaster makes Earth Skills like Landslide deal more damage, while also rendering enemies Vulnerable. This Passive additionally allows your Storm Skills to deal better damage against Stunned, Immobilized, or Knocked Back enemies. Best Spirit Boons for endgame Deer: Wariness – Eagle: Iron Feather OR Swooping Attacks, Avian Wrath – Wolf: Pack Leader – Snake: Calm Before the Storm – Your Druid Spirit Boons during the endgame shouldn’t change all that much. Keep everything except Advantageous Beast, since you should now switch it to Wariness. This Deer Boon will allow you to take reduced damage from Elites, who will be ever-present during endgame activities. You could also try switching Swooping Attacks (increased Attack Speed) for Iron Feather while doing things light Nightmare Dungeons or The Pit to stay alive, as it increases your Maximum Life. As explained before, Avian Wrath deals extra Critical Strike Damage while Pack Leader gives your Critical Strikes a chance to reset your Companion Skill Cooldowns. Then there’s Calm Before the Storm, which gives your Nature Magic Skills a chance to reduce your Ultimate Cooldown. Best endgame rotation Poison Creeper – Earthen Bulwark – Storm Strike – Petrify – Landslide – Blood Howl – With three different skills active, the endgame rotation works a little differently. Start again with Poison Creeper to Poison and Immobilize nearby enemies. You’ll then use Earthen Bulwark to protect yourself with a Barrier and make you Unstoppable. Next, you can inflict Storm Strike on your enemies to make them Immobilized. From there, use Petrify to encase enemies in stone and increase your Critical Strike Damage against them. After that buff, use Landslide to deal maximum damage to your foes. End the rotation with Blood Howl if you’ve gotten hurt and need some health back. Best Legendary Aspects Although your Landslide Druid already has a good amount of Legendary Aspects there are a few more that can make this endgame build shine. Grab these Aspects to ensure that your build can work during the higher World Tiers: Paragon Board After you hit level 50, you’ll start to earn Paragon Points to invest in your Paragon Board. Alongside these points, you can slot Glyphs into the board for an improved endgame Landslide Druid build. There are numerous types of Glyphs you can find, but these are the recommended Glyphs you should place on your board. Best Glyphs Human – Earth and Sky – Undaunted – Outmatch – Spirit – Territorial – If you’re looking for Glyphs that can enhance your Druid’s Nature Magic Skills, Damage Reduction, and overall damage output, these are the Glyphs for you. These six Glyphs will help your Druid get through levels 50-100 with ease. Best Landslide Druid endgame item build There are many gear items to choose from during the endgame for your Landslide Druid. While some of these picks are Legendary items, a lot of them are Uniques, which are tougher to hunt. These items were picked based on the power they grant, as they have Legendary Aspects which massively buff your Landslide Druid. Keep an eye out for these items: As a reminder, farm Mother’s Gifts to earn some of the best loot this season. Best Landslide Druid build for PvP You’re in luck because the Landslide Druid is considered the best Druid build during Season 5 for PvP play in the Fields of Hatred. The great thing about the Landslide Druid is that it hits hard against single targets and close enemies. You’ll have a bevy of skills that can inflict nasty Status Effects on enemy players to then wipe them out with your high-damage skills. You now know everything about creating a Landslide Druid in Season of the Infernal Hordes. Make sure to check out our other class build guides for Barbarians, Rogues, Necromancers, and Sorcerers. You may also be curious about where Druids sit in the current meta from our Diablo 4 class tier list.

Best Diablo 4 Frozen Orb Sorcerer builds in Season 5 DexertoThe Frozen Orb build is one of many Sorcerer options that can deal chilly AoE damage with incredible mobility and ranged combat potential. To pull it off, you’ll need to know about the best Frozen Orb builds in Diablo 4 Season 5, whether it’s for leveling, endgame, or even PvP. While the majority of damage this build deals with Frost skills, there’s also a bit of Shock and Pyromancy in there too. It’s one of the best Sorcerer builds for decimating waves of foes in an instant, which is especially helpful in the Infernal Hordes and the Pit. To make the best Frozen Orb Sorcerer, you’ll need the right skills, gear, Aspects, and even Glyphs once you make it to the endgame. Let’s dive right into how to craft this build for yourself in Diablo 4 Season 5. Best Frozen Orb Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Starting at level one and going to level 50 can be a breeze if you choose the right skills. Here’s the best leveling path for your Frozen Orb Sorcerer. Both with your skill points and Renown, you can achieve this impressive leveling build. Whether you’re playing or skipping the campaign in Season 5, you should find this Frozen Orb Sorcerer build useful until the endgame. Frozen Orb is the star of the show here, as it can deal extra explosive damage while you’re Healthy and it may render enemies Vulnerable. You also have damage skills like Frost Nova (can Freeze enemies) and Ice Blades (slashes foes and makes them Vulnerable). This build doesn’t survive much unless you have defensive skills like Ice Armor and Flame Shield which grant you Barriers. Flame Shield can also damage nearby enemies, and it makes you Immune. You should take note that you can spend Smouldering Ashes for a nice EXP boost in the Season 5 Battle Pass to help you reach level 50 a lot more quickly. Best Enchantments for leveling This class has the opportunity to choose two Enchantments based on their spells. During the leveling phase of your Frozen Orb Sorcerer build, you should pick Frozen Orb and Fireball. First off, Frozen Orb as an Enchantment grants you a 30% chance to spawn a Frozen Orb whenever you cast a non-Basic Skill. We also recommend Fireball since it creates an explosion for 50% of its damage whenever you defeat an enemy. Best leveling rotation Flame Shield – Ice Blades – Frost Nova – Ice Armor – Frozen Orb – Teleport – We’ll start this leveling rotation of skills with Flame Shield so you burn nearby enemies while also making yourself Immune. Next, you’ll conjure Ice Blades to help you deal sideline damage and render enemies Vulnerable. After that is Frost Nova which Freezes your foes right. Once they’re stuck in place, cast Ice Armor to place a Barrier on you and increase your Mana regeneration. Now you can use your Mana by casting Frozen Orb upon the Frozen enemies. If necessary, you can use Teleport to quickly get out of danger and become Unstoppable. Repeat this rotation until all enemies are felled. Best Legendary Aspects There are tons of great Legendary Aspects to choose from, but while you’re in the leveling phase there are certain ones that are crucial. Look out for these Aspects for your Frozen Orb Sorcerer build: Best Frozen Orb Sorcerer endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you finally reach the endgame phase, you can alter your Frozen Orb Sorcerer build to better fit the tougher side of Diablo 4 such as Nightmare Dungeons and The Pit. It isn’t startlingly different, but there are a few key changes. Here’s how your new build should look: Active Skills There are a couple of Active Skill changes with the endgame build, namely the introduction of Lightning Spear and Unstable Currents. While Lightning Spear conjures lightning that can render enemies Vulnerable, Unstable Currents is an Ultimate Skill which makes a random Core, Conjuration, or Mastery Shock Skill strike whenever you cast a Shock Skill. Passive Skills There are a lot more changes with the Passive Skills during the endgame phase, including the addition of Vyr’s Mastery for a Key Passive. This skill makes you become Charged whenever you Critically Strike an enemy using a Shock Skill (grants 10% chance to cause Lightning damage to arc at a nearby enemy). We’re also diving a bit into some Pyromancy passives like Inner Flames (increases Pyromancy damage while Healthy) and Devouring Blaze (increases Critical Strike Damage on Burning enemies). Best Enchantments for endgame This time around, you’ll have slightly altered Enchantments for your Frozen Orb Sorcerer. First, keep the Frozen Orb Enchantment to gain a 30% chance to launch a Frozen Orb whenever you cast a non-Basic Skill. Instead of Fireball, you should now go for Fire Bolt. This Enchantment applies additional Burning damage from direct skill damage. Best endgame rotation Flame Shield – Unstable Currents – Lightning Spear – Frozen Orb – Ice Armor – Teleport – The endgame rotation is similar to the leveling one, but with a few adjustments. Start with Flame Shield again to Burn nearby enemies while making yourself Immune. You can now cast Unstable Currents, so whenever you cast a Shock Skill, a random Core, Conjuration, or Mastery Shock Skill is triggered. This is perfect right before Lightning Spear, a Conjuration Skill that seeks out enemies to damage them and inflict Vulnerability. After that, use Frozen Orb to explode and Chill surrounding enemies. You can finish the rotation off with Ice Armor for an extra Barrier, and Teleport if you need to get out of the fray. Best Legendary Aspects In the endgame phase, you can start adding a lot more Aspects that work well with this adjusted build. Make sure to farm for these Aspects while making it to level 100: Paragon Board Upon making it to level 50, you’ll begin to earn Paragon Points to invest in your Paragon Board. You can also slot in Glyphs to further customize this endgame build. While there are tons of Glyphs available to find and level up, these are the recommended Glyphs for a Frozen Orb Sorcerer. Best Glyphs Elementalist – Unleash – Winter – Exploit – Tactician – Flamefeeder – Destruction – These Glyphs will help you get all the way to level 100 with ease and ensure that you thrive throughout the endgame activities. They improve in aspects such as elemental damage, mana regeneration, and status effect inflictions. Best Frozen Orb Sorcerer endgame item build It’s tough to choose which gear to go for during this phase of the game, but these are some picks that we recommend. You’ll find here an array of Legendary and Unique items. You should also remember to farm Mother’s Gifts to earn this loot, amongst many more treasures this season. Best Frozen Orb Sorcerer build for PvP The good news is that Frozen Orb is a pretty good Sorcerer build for engaging in the PvP gameplay at the Fields of Hatred. With high-damage AoE attacks in your skillset, this build won’t have any problem taking down foes, even if they’re enemy players. If you want an even better PvP build than this one, try out the Chain Lightning Sorcerer build, as it works even better than this one in terms of single-target damage against other players. That’s everything you need to know about creating a Frozen Orb Sorcerer in Season 5 of Diablo 4. Now you should check out our other class build guides for Rogues, Necromancers, Barbarians, and Druids. There’s also our Diablo 4 Class tier list so you can see where Sorcerers fit in the current meta.

Best Diablo 4 Firewall Sorcerer builds in Season 5 DexertoSeparating yourself from an oncoming wave of enemies with a wall of burning fire can be the way to go in Diablo 4, especially against the Infernal Hordes in Season 5. If you’re planning to create a Firewall Sorcerer, we’ll help you uncover the best leveling, endgame, and PvP builds for it. Fire is a highly destructive tool that the Sorcerer class loves to use, whether it be for a Fire Bolt or Fireball build. In this case, you’re focusing everything on the great wall of fire that burns enemies slowly over time to deal AoE damage. Whether you’re trying this out during the leveling or endgame phase, or if you’re seeing if it’ll work in the PvP Fields of Hatred, we can help you out. Here are the best skills, gear, Aspects, and Glyphs to choose as a Firewall Sorcerer in Diablo 4 Season 5. Best Firewall Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 From level one to level 50, the Firewall Sorcerer can earn a ton of skill points by leveling up and unlocking Renown. Here are the proper skills to grab and the order to unlock them: The main focus of this build is the Firewall Core Skill which deals burning over time damage to enemies, even after they leave the wall. Other pyromancy skills here are Flame Shield (burns enemies and renders you Immune), Hydra (summonable heads that spit fire at enemies), and Inferno (Ultimate Skill that pulls in enemies to burn them). The only other non-pyromantic skills are Ice Armor, which forms a Barrier around you, and Teleport, so you can get out of sticky situations fast and become Unstoppable. Best Enchantments for leveling Sorcerers have the unique ability to use two Enchantments based on two different skills they have. In this instance, you want your Firewall Sorcerer to have Fireball and Firewall as your Enchantments. First off, Fireball Enchantment makes it so that whenever you kill an enemy, they explode in a disastrous Fireball for 50% of its damage. You should then have Firewall as your second Enchantment which will give you a 25% chance when dealing Burning damage to spawn two Firewalls for three seconds. Best leveling rotation Ice Armor – Hydra – Firewall – Flame Shield – Inferno – Teleport – This build has an unorthodox leveling rotation, as there are no Basic Skills in your Firewall Sorcerer’s hot-bar. To make this build work, you should start by casting Ice Armor for a Barrier and increased Mana Regeneration. Now that your Mana can regenerate faster, you can consume Mana by casting two Hydra heads. These creatures will help deal sideline damage as you place the Firewall. Your Ice Armor should be gone by now, so use Flame Shield to burn enemies surrounding you and make you Immune. After that, use your Ultimate Skill Inferno to burn and pull enemies in. Teleport would be a good idea once Flame Shield dies down to make you Unstoppable. You can now repeat this rotation until all enemies have fallen. Best Legendary Aspects During the leveling phase, you can pick up a few Legendary Aspects, but they won’t be as crucial to your build until the endgame. Here are some great Legendary Aspects that will enhance your leveling build: Best Firewall Sorcerer endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Although the leveling version of this build is a lot more viable, you can still find success as an endgame Firewall Sorcerer with the correct skills. You’ll only be switching out a few Active and Passive Skills here: Active Skills There are a few key differences with Active Skills in the endgame Firewall Sorcerer build. While you’ll be keeping Firewall, Flame Shield, Ice Armor, and Teleport, you now have Ice Blades and Frost Nova to play with. Ice Blades is a Conjuration Skill that summons a pair of blades to slash enemies and render them Vulnerable. Then there’s Frost Nova which Freezes enemies and makes them Vulnerable. Passive Skill You’ll have more Passive Skills activated in your endgame build. Skills like Elemental Dominance and Glass Cannon improve your overall damage. You also gain better survivability with Protection (grants a Barrier after using a Cooldown) and Mana Shield (gain Damage Reduction whenever you spend 100 Mana). The most important Passives here are under Ultimate Skills, which are Endless Pyre, Soulfire, Warmth, and Fiery Surge. They all play into your Pyromancy which will help this build succeed in the tougher endgame activities. Best Enchantments for endgame The only difference here for Enchantments during the endgame is not having Fireball. Keep the Firewall Enchantment ,which grants a chance to spawn random Firewalls when burning enemies. The second Enchantment you should apply is Ice Blades. This makes it so that every 40 seconds spent in your Cooldowns you spawn an Ice Blades on a random enemy. More enemies on the field will become Vulnerable with this Enchantment. Best endgame rotation Ice Armor – Ice Blades – Firewall – Frost Nova – Flame Shield – Teleport – The endgame rotation doesn’t change much from the previous rotation, but now we account for the new skills. Start with Ice Armor for a Barrier and a boost in Mana Regeneration. Now you summon Ice Blades to render nearby enemies Vulnerable. After that, place your Firewall to deal burning damage over time. From there, you can cast Frost Nova which makes foes Frozen and Vulnerable. As the damage is setting in, cast Flame Shield to make you Immune. Finally, you can use Teleport here to be Unstoppable and for a boost in movement speed. You can repeat this rotation until you slay all enemies in your path. Best Legendary Aspects During the endgame, you should collect the best possible Legendary Aspects for your Firewall Sorcerer build. While many of the Aspects listed previously were great for this build, there are a few more that you should look into: Paragon Board Now that you have access to the Paragon Board in the endgame, collecting Paragon Points will allow you to further improve your Firewall Sorcerer build. It’s hard to choose between all the Glyphs available, but there are a select few that work best for this Sorcerer build. Best Glyphs Elementalist – Pyromaniac – Tactician – Reinforced – Adept – Exploit – Destruction – Picking these seven Glyphs for your Paragon Board will serve you well in this build. They’ll all help strengthen your Pyromancy and defensive capabilities. Best Firewall Sorcerer endgame item build Not only do you need the best skills, but also the right gear. Some of the best items you can equip are Legendary, while others are Uniques that are tougher to find. These items carry special powers with them through their Aspects that will grant you an efficient Firewall Sorcerer build, so here are the items you should wear: Best Firewall Sorcerer build for PvP Fortunately, the Firewall Sorcerer is a good choice for the PvP Fields of Hatred. Although the build focuses on damage over time, the endgame result is perfectly capable of defeating other players and staying alive. If you’re looking for the most impressive Sorcerer PvP build, try the Fire Bolt Sorcerer. With its rapid shots of fire working alongside the Firewall skill, you won’t have any trouble surviving in PvP. You finally know how to create the best Firewall Sorcerer builds for Diablo 4 Season 5! Now you can move on to other class builds such as Rogues, Druids, Barbarians, and Necromancers.

Best Diablo 4 Fireball Sorcerer builds in Season 5 Blizzard EntertainmentWith the Sorcerer class continuing to be a stellar choice in Season 5, the Fireball build may be the way to go. We’ll uncover how to assemble the perfect Fireball Sorcerer build during leveling and endgame, as well as if it’s good for PvP. Pyromaniacs will adore playing as a Fireball Sorcerer with their exploding projectiles and elemental defenses. This playstyle is all about a focus on ranged combat, AoE damage, and swift maneuverability. During Season of the Infernal Hordes, this build can excel in the Infernal Hordes if you use the definitive gear and crucial Aspects. We’ll also dive into the best rotation of skills and which endgame Glyphs matter most. Here’s the best Fireball Sorcerer build for both PvE and PvP in Diablo 4 Season 5 for everything from endgame to the early leveling process. Best Fireball Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 From level one to level 50, there’s a specific method and order to upgrade your skills to achieve the greatest build. Follow the order below: Collecting these skills in this order will provide you with a substantial leveling build for your Fireball Sorcerer. After acquiring all the skill points from leveling up, you can also spend some extra skill points earned from Renown. Although this build relies on the Fireball and Fire Bolt skills for the majority of damage, your Hydras help you out during the early game for sideline damage. They’re especially helpful when you gain more than one Hydra head. You also have plenty of passives that keep you alive, but most passives feed into your pyromancy. Skills like Fiery Surge and Soulfire help you maximize your Mana regeneration while defeating Burning enemies. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Enchantments for leveling Sorcerers have a unique feature called Enchantments. Once you unlock both Enchantment slots, we recommend you choose Fire Bolt and Fireball. Fire Bolt as an Enchantment will make it so direct damage from your skills applies up to an additional 23.4% Burning damage over eight seconds. Then there’s the Fireball Enchantment, which will make your Fireballs explode after killing an enemy for 50% of its damage. Having both of these Enchantments locked into this build ensures that you deal more Burning damage over time, and your flurry of Fireballs will cause more destruction than before. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best leveling rotation Hydra – Frost Nova – Fireball – Fire Bolt – Teleport – Inferno – There’s not one surefire leveling rotation to use as a Fireball Sorcerer, but this one should serve you well until later levels. First off, casting your Hydras before the fight begins allows you to set up that backline damage right before you start to deal damage yourself. Frost Nova will then render enemies Vulnerable and Frozen, meaning they’re more susceptible to damage and cannot move. After that, throw your Fireball at them. Well, you should actually throw a bunch of Fireballs not just now, but at any point you can. At this point, you’ll probably be low on Mana, so cast some Fire Bolts to continue dealing damage as you regenerate your Primary Resource. Teleport will help you get out of sticky situations, but make sure you save the cooldown for when you really need it. Once you’ve Teleported and Unstoppable runs out, you can cast your Ultimate Inferno to end the rotation before repeating it all over again. Best Legendary Aspects There are plenty of helpful Legendary Aspects you can collect during the leveling phase for your Fireball Sorcerer build. All of these Legendary Aspects will boost your spellcasting and mobility, so here are the ones you should get and where to find them: Best Fireball Sorcerer endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 After reaching level 50 and making it to the endgame phase of Season 5, you’ll finally unlock the Paragon Board. You should also respec your entire build according to the listed skills below, as you’ve now upgraded to the endgame version of this build. Active Skills Passive Skills It works a little differently in the endgame, as you now won’t have your Hydras or your Inferno Ultimate. Instead, you replace them with Ice Armor and Flame Shield for a boost of defense. You’ll also swap out Fire Bolt for Ice Blades in your hot bar. The endgame version of this build also focuses a lot more on the damage of your pyromancy skills with new Passive Skills like Inner Flames and Devouring Blaze. It’s a bit of a change from leveling to endgame, but you’ll get used to the new playstyle quickly. Best Enchantments for endgame Fortunately, the same Enchantments you used for leveling are still just as good for the endgame build. Keep Fire Bolt and Fireball in your Enchantment slots. As a reminder, Fire Bolt as an Enchantment ensures that direct damage from your skills applies up to an additional 23.4% Burning damage over eight seconds. The Fireball Enchantment makes your Fireballs explode after killing an enemy for 50% of its damage. Best endgame rotation Frost Nova – Fireball – Ice Armor – Ice Blades – Teleport – Flame Shield – Your endgame rotation works a little differently than your leveling one, but there are only a few key differences. You’ll start with Frost Nova which will make enemies Vulnerable and Frozen, forcing them to stay in one spot and weakening them. You can now sling some Fireballs at your enemies who are now stuck, weak, and heavily damaged, or already dead. This is the point where you cast Ice Armor to protect yourself from leftover enemies while conjuring your Ice Blades, making even more enemies Vulnerable. This is a good time to Teleport to make yourself Unstoppable. Finally, once Ice Armor fades, put a Flame Shield on yourself for extra protection. You can then repeat this entire rotation which is guaranteed to aid you throughout your endgame activities in Sanctuary. Best Legendary Aspects The best endgame Legendary Aspects don’t need to differ too much from your leveling ones, but if you feel like unlocking some more incredible Aspects here’s which ones to get: Paragon Board Now that you’re earning Paragon points over skill points, you have a whole new system to play with that will enhance your Fireball Sorcerer build immensely. There are multiple paths you can take, as well as different Glyphs to socket into your boards. We’ll explain the Glyphs we recommend for a successful Paragon Board build. Best Glyphs Elementalist – Pyromaniac – Reinforced – Exploit – Tactician – Destruction – Flamefeeder – As you make your way through different boards, you should aim to socket in these seven Glyphs. They will all help boost your Sorcerer’s pyromancy and defensive abilities. Best Fireball Sorcerer endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Alternative to Fireball Sorcerer build for PvP Luckily, the Fireball Sorcerer build is great to use in the Fields of Hatred for PvP. In this playstyle, you’ll be able to succeed with the varied methods of defense you have in your skills with Ice Armor, Fire Shield, and Teleport. Although the Fireball and Frost Nova skills excel in combat against groups of enemies, their disastrous effects still work great against single targets. It should take the enemy player a while to break down your barriers before they can kill you, or you kill them first. With that Fireball Sorcerer build out of the way, you should also keep in mind our other build guides for classes like Rogue, Barbarian, Necromancer, and Druid.

Best Diablo 4 Druid builds: Season 5 tier list BlizzardDruids in Diablo 4 are a unique class that call upon animal spirits to aid them in combat, while also acting as powerful forces of nature all on their own. We’ll uncover the best Druid builds for Season 5 and place them in a tier list. Season of the Infernal Hordes unfortunately didn’t boost Druids much higher when compared to the other classes, but with the right build your Druid can still take down waves of enemies with the power of nature. Players should be mindful that the meta shifts often, so what’s best now may not be the best later in the Season. Otherwise, the strongest Druid builds don’t change too often unless Blizzard decides to heavily nerf them in the future. From leveling to endgame, and even PvP, here are all the best Druid builds ranked in a tier list for Season 5 of Diablo 4. Below the tier list, you can find even more information about each build and their strengths in certain situations. Best Druid leveling builds Best leveling build – Lightning Storm Players running a Druid this season should try out the Lightning Storm Druid build while leveling. This build focuses on the Lightning Storm Core skill, which conjures a crackling lightning storm for massive AoE damage. Accompanied by skills such as Trample and Wind Shear, your Druid will be able to become Unstoppable and deal piercing wind damage to nearby enemies. They also have a few companions such as Wolves and Ravens to help deal multiple different types of damage. With Blizzard buffing Lightning Storm in the latest Season 5 patch, the damage vastly improved from 40% to 74%. This makes Lightning Storm a frightening build to be up against as the enemy, though the requirement to stand still and channel makes it weak in the endgame. This is a universal problem with Druid, however. The leveling process is a slog, and you’ll almost certainly have to change out your build once you’re leveled. Landslide and Boulder both don’t deal much damage until you’ve got the right items, so leveling with them is just not recommended whatsoever. Best Druid PvP builds Best PvP build – Boulder When entering the Fields of Hatred for some PvP action, your Druid build should lean towards the Boulder Druid. This build is all about the Boulder skill, which meshes well with the Hurricane ability to cause a tornado of boulders. These two skills, alongside Shred and Rabies, can make your Werewolf Druid damage enemy players in melee range. You also have the highly defensive Earthen Bulwark for a Barrier against oncoming damage. Season 5 brought along a Boulder buff that resulted in a weapon damage increase from 46% to 70%. As such, your Boulder Druid should easily wipe through enemy players in the Fields of Hatred this Season. That said, Boulder is a bit of an inconsistent skill when it comes to longer range, and there is an easier build: Lightning Storm. The biggest downside here is that channeling Lightning Storm requires you to stand still, but the sheer wall of damage you create by channeling for a while creates a wall of DPS enemies can’t get through. This build in PvP is less about mechanical skill and more about proper positioning, though it’s not great for PvE content in endgame. Best Druid endgame builds Best Endgame build – Landslide During the endgame phase of this Season, you may want to try out the Landslide Druid build. It became the star Druid build for the higher levels ever since Landslide was buffed from 37.5% to 70% of damage per hit. Other than Landslide, this build is accompanied by skills such as Storm Strike and Blood Howl, which can rip into groups of enemies in no time. This build is just as defensive as it is offensive with Earthen Bulwark protecting them through its Barrier, while Poison Creeper can deal Poison damage over time. Landslide is a great build for both AoE and focused damage during difficult endgame activities. And, while Boulder Druid sits alongside it in S-Tier, it’s just slightly worse due to how finicky Boulder can be as an ability. While it has the potential to do more DPS, lining up enemies properly and setting up for big burst damage is difficult. If you’re looking for more of a challenge, try this build instead. All in all, Season 5 granted quite a few buffs for Druids to make them a bigger contender in the class pool. Although we may rank your favorite build lower than you’d like, all Druid builds can be good depending on how much the player enjoys it. Our tiers explained S: The best – A: Very good – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Best to avoid unless you find yourself drawn to them – With each new Season of Diablo 4, players will often see small to massive changes with classes and builds. This means we rank based on the current meta, although the best-of-the-best builds shouldn’t change too much. All Druid class rankings in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Pulverize Druid The Pulverize Druid build is a perfect pick for a leveling or PvP player, but less so for endgame play. These Druids focus on the Pulverize Core skill, which deals AoE damage after a ground slam. A major component of this build is the Shockwave Aspect, which creates a shockwave alongside the Pulverize ability to deal extra damage to targets in its way. This is a good build for tanky players who would rather rely on melee combat instead of ranged, but it also suffers against big bosses. It’s a great build for mobbing and leveling, but not so much for endgame bosses. Landslide Druid The Landslide Druid is a dependable build during the endgame, and pretty good to use in PvP and leveling. It’s accentuated by gear such as the Earthbreaker ring (makes Landslide leave behind Tectonic Spikes) and Vasily’s Prayer (Earth skills Fortify you). Landslide Druids are great for survivability with Blood Howl healing you and Earthen Bulwark placing a Barrier around you. Additionally, it’s highly effective against bosses and Elite enemies and perfect for facing the new Infernal Hordes. It may not be the statistically strongest build, but it’s easy to use, consistent, and effective. Check out our build guide for the Landslide Druid to make it yourself. Boulder Druid Boulder Druids are all about massive AoE damage, great survivability, and floating spinning rocks. The best part about this build is when your Boulders start to fly around your Hurricane to wreak havoc against enemy hordes. With the Boulder skill receiving a nice buff from 46% of weapon damage to 70%, players this Season should have a good time with this build. It does revolve a lot around earning the right gear, such as the Dolmen Stone Amulet and Vasily’s Prayer, but it’s worth it for the mighty Boulder Druid. Just be aware that Boulder has a learning curve, and that getting it to roll where you want it to will take some practice. Additionally, the leveling process for Boulder builds is a bit slow, and other builds are substantially better. Items and aspects hold this build together, so it’s not nearly as good when you don’t have them. Companion Druid The Companion Druid build focuses mostly on your powerful friends such as Wolves and Ravens who can help deal damage as you perform other skills. While being a great build choice in leveling and endgame, it underperforms in the PvP space. Alongside your furry companions, you have a high defense with Earthen Bulwark, alongside incredible AoE damage skills like Pulverize. The Companion Druid is a well-rounded build for animal lovers, and it makes leveling a breeze. If you’re looking to turn your brain off, hang out, and cruise through the endgame, check out our Companion Druid build guide. Hurricane Druid Hurricane Druids may not be one of the highly recommended builds for this class, but it can still be fun if done right. The build revolves around the Hurricane skill, alongside the Maul Basic skill for heavy melee damage and the Wolf companions to accompany you. With an arsenal of AoE skills, the Hurricane Druid can demolish groups of enemies easily. But it requires quite a bit of recommended gear such as Locran’s Talisman (boosts Critical Strike Chance) and Tibault’s Will (buff to damage when Unstoppable). Additionally, as an AoE build, it’s got the same problem as Pulverize Druid when it comes to killing bosses but even worse. Hurricane is fun, but it’s one of the weaker endgame builds. Lightning Storm Druid The Lightning Storm Druid build embraces the Lightning Storm ability to deal incredible AoE damage, especially when paired with Unsung Ascetic’s Wrap (causes Lightning Storm strikes to hit twice). While not the most recommended build for endgame, it’s an impressive build in leveling and PvP. Lightning Storm is accompanied by skills like Trample and Debilitating Roar to render you Unstoppable and Fortified. It’s a great balance of massive damage and tough defenses, and it’s serviceable for pretty much any content you want to run through. Wind Shear Druid Finally, the Wind Shear Druid build is more applicable to endgame and PvP over the leveling phase, but it still packs a punch with the powerful Wind Shear skill that inflicts Vulnerable on enemies. Alongside Wind Shear, this build is strong with skills like Pulverize and Debilitating Roar which can make you Overpowered and Fortified. If you want to survive while also dishing out amazing damage numbers, try out the Wind Shear build. Now that you’ve learned all about the best Druid builds in Season 5 of Diablo 4, there’s also the Sorcerer, Necromancer, Rogue, and Barbarian builds to check out.

Best Diablo 4 Companion Druid builds in Season 5 BlizzardWho wants to be alone in Sanctuary when you can have animal friends by your side instead? If you’re itching to play a Companion Druid in Diablo 4 Season 5, you’ll need to know about the best builds for leveling, endgame, and PvP. The Companion Druid is great for players who want to deal damage from a variety of sources in either an AoE or single-target fashion. This is a well-rounded build that isn’t difficult to put together, no matter which stage of the game you’re in. With the right skills and gear, your leveling Companion Druid can get to the endgame quickly in Season 5. You’ll then have the endgame guide to pick out the best Legendary Aspects and Paragon Glyphs for a solid build to tackle the new Infernal Hordes. Here’s everything you need to know about crafting the ideal Companion Druid build. Best Companion Druid build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Starting at level one and making it to level 50 may sound like a chore, but it’ll go by quickly with these skills. Here’s how to build your Companion Druid level by level: These are the skills and the order you should grab them in for a swift ride to level 50. Although this build is centered around your Wolves, the majority of early game damage comes from Wind Shear, Rabies, and Pulverize. Another part of this Companion Build is Poison Creeper, a Companion Skill that can keep enemies locked in place and deal extra Poison damage throughout the surrounding area. Other than your main damage dealers, Earthen Bulwark will provide you with a decent enough Barrier to sustain some of your life. It’ll also make you Unstoppable for a brief time. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Spirits Boons for leveling Druids have 16 different Spirit Boons to choose from, but only a select few can be activated. Here are the recommended Spirit Boons for a leveling Companion Druid: Deer: Prickleskin – Eagle: Scythe Talons, Swooping Attacks – Wolf: Pack Leader – Snake: Masochistic – You’ll want to grab the Prickleskin Spirit Boon as early as possible to gain a massive amount of Thorns to damage enemies attempting to hurt you. Next, grab Pack Leader to aid your Companion Skills. This will grant you a 25% chance with Critical Strikes to reset your Companion Skill Cooldowns. After that, pick Scythe Talons to improve your Critical Strike Chance, which in turn helps Pack Leader. Finally, pick Masochistic which will make Critical Strikes from Shapeshifting Skills grant a 75% chance to heal you for 5% of your Maximum Life. Apart from these Boons, you’ll want to choose the Eagle for a Spirit Bond. You can then unlock Swooping Attacks for a 15% increased Attack Speed. If not that, we also recommend Advantageous Beast or Iron Feather. Best leveling rotation Wolves – Rabies – Poison Creeper – Pulverize – Earthen Bulwark – Wind Shear – This rotation of skills is a recommended playstyle you can follow in your own game. First, you should summon your Wolves, which makes you Unstoppable when directing them to an enemy. Trigger Rabies to Shapeshift into a Werewolf for impressive Poison damage to enemies surrounding you. Then, summon Poison Creeper for added Poison damage to nearby foes, which Immobilizes them. Once stuck in place, you can Pulverize your opponents and deal AoE damage as a Werebear. After that, use Earthen Bulwark to sustain some life and gain a Barrier. End the rotation by gaining back Spirit using Wind Shear attack before repeating the process. Best Legendary Aspects There are quite a few Legendary Aspects to collect throughout your Season 5 run. Although you’re still leveling and won’t be requiring crucial Aspects until the endgame, it’s good to grab a few along your journey. Best Companion Druid endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you make it to the endgame phase of Season 5, you’ll finally gain access to the Paragon Board. You should also respec your Companion Druid build to fit this new play style. Active Skills The endgame shifts much further into the Companions part of the Companion Druid build with the introduction of Ravens. These creatures will periodically attack enemies from the skies. You’ll switch from Wind Shear to Claw for the Basic Skill, and with your enhancements, it’ll deal Poison damage with an increased attack speed. Everything else stays the same, but with fewer points in every Active Skill, you have more room for Passive Skills. The introduction of Natural Fortitude makes you Fortified while Shapeshifting, while Vigilance boosts your Damage Reduction after using a Defensive Skill like Earthen Bulwark. Best Spirit Boons for endgame There are only a few changes with the endgame Spirit Boons, which is the shift to Wariness instead of Prickleskin, as well as Avian Wrath and Iron Feather being the Eagle Boons. Deer: Wariness – Eagle: Iron Feather, Avian Wrath – Wolf: Pack Leader – Snake: Masochistic – Wariness reduces your damage taken from Elites who will become one of your biggest problems in the endgame activities like The Pit and Infernal Hordes. Switching to Iron Feather grants you more Maximum Life to stay alive longer, and Avian Wrath increases your Critical Strike Damage. You’ll still want to keep Pack Leader for the chance of your Companion Skills to reset their Cooldowns, and Masochistic for the chance to heal when landing Critical Strikes using Shapeshifting Skills. Best endgame rotation Wolves – Poison Creeper – Pulverize – Ravens – Earthen Bulwark – Claw – The endgame rotation of skills isn’t too far off from the leveling rotation, but there are a few differences. You’ll start with summoning your Wolves which will make you Unstoppable after directing them to an enemy. Summon Poison Creeper to keep enemies pinned down, then Pulverize them in a big crashing wave. This is the time to bring out your Ravens to help with any stray foes surrounding you. You can now trigger Earthen Bulwark to place a Barrier around you before using Claw to generate Spirit and slash any remaining enemies. Rinse and repeat. Best Legendary Aspects Your Companion Druid will have already picked up some great Legendary Aspects from the leveling phase, but there are still some incredible Aspects left to grab. Here are the recommended Legendary Aspects and where to find them: Paragon Board From level 50 to 100, you’ll slowly gather a plethora of Paragon Points to place in your Paragon Board. You can also use Glyphs to enhance your Companion Druid build even further. While there are many different paths you can take, we have a few recommended Glyphs to look out for. Best Glyphs Exploit – Wilds – Shapeshifter – Spirit – Poise – Human – These are six incredible Glyphs to unlock and slot into your Paragon Boards. They’ll help you with the survivability and damage aspects of the build. Best Companion Druid endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Alternate to Companion Druid build for PvP Unfortunately, we would not recommend the Companion Druid build for PvP in the Fields of Hatred. This is because your Companions could easily be wiped out by an enemy player, leaving you stranded to fight for yourself. Instead of the Companion Druid, we recommend you try out the Boulder Druid build instead. It’s better suited for players who want to deal massive damage to targets without the need for Companions getting in the way. That’s everything you need to know about the Companion Druid in Diablo 4 Season 5. Now you should check out our other class build guides for Sorcerers, Rogues, Barbarians, and Necromancers. If you’re curious about which class sits at the throne in the current meta, check out this Diablo 4 class tier list.

Best Diablo 4 Chain Lightning Sorcerer builds in Season 5 Diablo 4The Sorcerer received a lot of love in Season 5 of Diablo 4, with the Chain Lightning Sorcerer build getting the best complimentary legendary loot. Since the Sorcerer is the cream of the crop this season, you’d better nail the build right from the get-go. We’ll show you how to turn your Sorcerer into an endgame beast, covering the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to snag. The Chain Lightning Sorcerer build turns your character into a lightning-fueled whirlwind, zapping through mobs with reckless abandon. And, for all you PvP enthusiasts, we’ll give you the lowdown on whether the Chain Lightning Sorcerer is actually worth your time. Here’s the best Chain Lightning build for both PvP and PvE in Diablo 4 Season 5, as well as how to best level a Sorcerer while focusing on the skill. Best Chain Lightning Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: These skills help you build the ideal Chain Lightning Sorcerer for leveling up your character in Diablo 4. The early game is a breeze: zap foes if you’ve got mana, or whip them if you’re running low. But it’s not all damage; we’ve included defensive and mobility skills to ensure you stay safe and move around more effectively in combat. As you progress, you also focus on boosting your main damage abilities and adding enhancements that increase your overall firepower. One of Chain Lightning Sorcerer’s weaknesses is it can be weak in the face of bosses. To help in that department, we’ve made the most of our Enchantments and Ultimates. The last few skill points round out your build with defensive passives that bolster your survivability and resilience. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Enchantment setup for leveling When a Sorcerer hits level 15, they unlock Enchantments. You need at least one rank in a skill to toss it into an Enchantment Slot, but it doesn’t even have to be on your skillbar. Enchantment Slot 1: Fireball – Enchantment Slot 2: Chain Lightning – This enchantment setup is the best for a leveling Chain Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4. Fireball turns every room into a fiery disaster zone and helps you control mobs in dungeons. Chain Lightning gives you a free cast every three throws, which is just too good to pass up. It’s your secret weapon for those rare boss fights that manage to hang on despite your overwhelming damage. Best leveling rotation Hydra – Ice Armor – Chain Lightning – Teleport – Arc Lash – Unstable Currents – Chain Lightning Sorcerers work on a priority system, not some rigid, paint-by-numbers rotation. That said, here’s how you can make the most of your chaos: Start by dropping Hydra and pop Ice Armor next, because who doesn’t like extra mana and protection. Chain Lightning is your bread and butter, so spam that when you’ve got the mana for it. If things get dicey, use Teleport to stay out of harm’s way and keep a safe distance. If you’re running low on mana, Arc Lash is your go-to for refills and zapping any stragglers. When you’re facing a beefy enemy or boss, hit Unstable Currents to supercharge your damage and watch the sparks fly. Best leveling Legendary Aspects Legendary Aspects are going to be your best pals once you hit the endgame grind with your Chain Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4, but hey, you don’t have to wait until you’re level 50 to snag some. You can actually hunt down a few while you’re still plodding through the story. Here’s where you can find them: Best Chain Lightning endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you hit endgame in Season 5, you can finally respec into the endgame Chain Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4. It’s pretty similar to your leveling build, but with some crucial tweaks in point allocation that we’ll dive into. First things first, it’s time to overhaul your active and passive skills. With those 50 skill points and any Renown points you’ve racked up, you’ll want to reallocate them strategically to the key skills listed below. Active Skills Passive Skills The Chain Lightning Sorcerer has a fireworks display every time you zap something. This endgame build is one of the flashiest in the game, frying monsters with a relentless storm of electricity. It rips through world events and Helltides like they’re nothing, but it’s no slouch in Nightmare Dungeons, either. Chain Lightning, when built properly, is a great all-rounder build. Chain Lightning and Unstable Currents are your go-to damage dealers here. In the late game, Axial Conduit supercharges Chain Lightning but eats through mana. Luckily, the build has more tricks up its sleeve to handle the mana drain. Best Enchantment setup for the endgame These are the best enchantments for the endgame Chain Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4: Enchantment Slot 1: Fire Bolt – Enchantment Slot 2: Teleport – Fire Bolt Enchantment gives you handy bonuses like extra damage and damage reduction from burning. The Teleport Enchantment helps you zap around and gives this build some mobility. Best endgame rotation The best rotation for the Chain Lightning Sorcerer build is as follows: Teleport – Ice Armor or Flame Shield – Chain Lightning – Ice Blades – Unstable Currents – Start with Teleport to zip around and dodge trouble and cleanse any pesky status effects. Next, beef up your defenses with Ice Armor for a damage-absorbing Barrier and Flame Shield for an extra shield and to shake off debuffs. Then, let Chain Lightning do its thing, zapping foes left and right. Toss in Ice Blades to shave off cooldowns and make your other skills come off cooldown faster. Finally, unleash Unstable Currents to supercharge your lightning spells. Just keep an eye on your mana and cooldowns, and adjust as needed. Best endgame Legendary Aspects You’ve now got a treasure trove of Legendary Aspects to augment your Chain Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4 and make your primary skills even more ridiculous. Sure, some of them are old favorites from your leveling days, but now you get to play with a bunch of new toys. Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board At level 50, say goodbye to skill points and hello to Paragon points. This system is a whole different beast, letting you pick upgrades from various boards with their own themes and buffs. Every path you take is unique, but the upside is that by targeting specific Glyphs on the Paragon Board, you can tailor your Chain Lightning Sorcerer build exactly how you want it. Best Glyphs Once you hit Paragon Level 15, start targeting these Glyphs. You’ll unlock more as you rack up Paragon points, but focusing on these specific Glyphs in this order will keep your Chain Lightning Sorcerer build on the straight and narrow path to maximum power. Level 15 Destruction – Flamefeeder – Exploit – Elementalist – Tactician – Unleash – Charged – Reinforced – Level 21 Destruction – Flamefeeder – Exploit – Elementalist – Tactician – Unleash – Charged – Best endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Best Chain Lightning PvP build in Diablo 4 Season 5 The same build you’re using for the endgame can help you clear any PvP encounter as a Chain Lightning Sorcerer in Diablo 4. However, to fully unleash the Sorcerer’s power, you must grab the Axial Conduit. This piece of gear lets you unleash up to nine Chain Lightnings in one go. With this kind of burst potential, you could practically one-shot opponents – just make sure your mana pool is big enough to keep up, aiming for at least 175 mana. Because, you know, zapping people into oblivion is thirsty work. Survivability is your next concern in any PvP encounter. Flame Shield and Ice Armor are your best friends here, providing you with barriers and immunity to shrug off enemy attacks while you prep for your next lightning strike. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Sorcerer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Necromancer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Bone Spirit Necromancer build in Season 5 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe Necromancer is at the top of the meta in Season 5 of Diablo 4 and the Bone Spirit build is one of the the best setups they can use. Here’s how to assemble the build for leveling and endgame and if we’d recommend it for PvP play. The Bone Spirit Necro build involves the Necromancer using this longstanding move as their primary offensive skill while also utilizing other spells and gear that boost its effect. This Necromancer build is ranked as S-tier in the current meta, so it’s a great choice those Priests of Rathma who want to do more than just command minions. From there, we’ll detail how to optimize the build for endgame, giving you the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to target on your journey. For the PvP players out there, we’ll also inform you if we think the Bone Spirit Necro is effective this season. Best Bone Spirit leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: These skills will help you to craft the ideal Bone Spirit build. Of course, you’ll need to have unlocked the Renown points. If not, then go without the last ten upgrades until you have. The above skill selection will help focus your abilities around Bone Spirit, making this your most powerful skill while reducing its cooldown time. Of course, you’ll be able to fall back on Bone Splinters when you run out of Essence, but this will become increasingly unlikely as you level up. Best Book of the Dead setup for leveling When it comes to using the Necromancer’s unique Book of the Dead skills for a Bone Spirit build, we recommend selecting the following: Skeletal Warriors – Skirmishers – Skeletal Mages – Bone – Golems – Iron – This Book of the Dead setup is the best for this build, letting your Skirmisher Skeletal Warriors focus on melee combat while your Mages support them from a distance with Bone Magic, this will essentially allow you to do more damage from bone skills from a distance. We’ve selected the Iron Golem for this Book of the Dead setup as it’ll allow your Golem to protect your Mages and yourself from mobs and elites while you fire volleys into the fray. Best leveling rotation Summon Minions – If not already active – Decreptify – Corpse Tendrils – Bone Prison – Bone Storm – Bone Spirit – Main Skill – For this build, you’ll likely already have your minions with you, so your first attack should be to strike a mob with Decreptify curse so that they’re likely to take more damage when the battle starts. Next, cast Corpse Tendrils to stun enemies and increase the likelihood of producing extra corpses to re-supply your minion army. Now you can use your two most effective skills, Bone Prison and Bone Spirit. Once you’ve cast Bone Storm, fire a volley of Bone Spirit into the fray. You can fall back on Bone Splinters if the need arises. Best Bone Spirit endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you reach endgame in Season 5 by beating the story, hitting level 50, and unlocking the Paragon Board, you can then respec to the endgame version of the Bone Spirit Necro build. For this build, the endgame version is identical to the leveling build, but there are some new factors to consider. You won’t need to reallocate your skills, but you will need the following: Here’s which Passive Skills you should choose: Best endgame Book of the Dead setup The Book of the Dead setup in endgame remains the same as it did in the leveling build: Skeletal Warriors – Skirmishers – Skeletal Mages – Bone – Golems – Iron – Of course, if you’d prefer not to use minions, feel free to Sacrifice them and empower yourself. Best endgame rotation For endgame, use the following skill rotation when approaching mobs in battle: Summon Minions – If not already active – Decreptify – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Prison – Bone Storm – Bone Spirit – Main Skill – The rotation of attacks in endgame remains the same as it was for leveling with this build. Best Legendary Aspects Now that you’ve reached endgame, you’ll have access to many more Legendary Aspects to boost your build and add special powers to buff your primary skills. Some are the same as in the leveling build, but now there’s even more. Here’s where and how you can find them: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board Once you reach level 50 you’ll stop earning skills points and start earning Paragon points instead. This leveling system works very differently and involves you selecting updates from various boards with different themes and buffs. Every path is different, but the good news is that by targeting different Glyphs as you move around the Paragon Board, you’ll start buffing your Bone Spirit Necro in the ways that matter most to the build. See below to see which Glyphs you should target first. Best Glyphs Level 15 Gravekeeper – Corporeal – Control – Essence – Deadraiser – Amplify – Control – Level 21 Essence – Gravekeeper – Corporeal – Amplify – Deadraiser – Once you reach Paragon Level 15, work your way towards the above Glyphs. You’ll also unlock more across the Paragon Board as you earn more points, but selecting these particular Glyphs in this order will keep you on the best possible path for the Necro Bone Spirit build. Best Bone Spirit endgame item build It’ll take time to track down this exact set, but once you do this will make up your endgame gear. Of course, it’s up to you which gear you equip and you may want to mix it up, but this setup will give you a decided advantage. Alternative to Necromancer Bone Spirit build for PvP The good news about using the Necromancer Bone Spirit build for PvP is it’s the same exact build we’ve described above in our endgame (and even leveling) section. The build is rated A-tier for PvP this season, so while it’s not at the very top, it’s still deadly and a great choice for taking down other players. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Necromancer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Bone Spear Necromancer build in Season 5 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe Necromancer is at the top of the meta in Season 5 of Diablo 4 and the Bone Spear build remains the best setup. Here’s how to assemble the build for leveling and endgame and if we’d recommend it for PvP play. The Bone Spear Necro build involves the Necromancer using this classic move as their primary offensive weapon while utilizing other skills and gear that boost its power. This Necromancer build is ranked as A-tier in the current meta, so it’s a great choice for those fond of the Priests of Rathma. From there, we’ll detail how to optimize the build for endgame, giving you the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to target on your journey. For the PvP players out there, we’ll also inform you if we think the Bone Spear Necro is effective this season. Best Bone Spear leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: These skills will help you to craft the ideal Bone Spear build. Of course, you’ll need to have unlocked the Renown points to use the extra ten, so if you find it more convenient, level Evulsion, Compound Fracture, and Serration before the minion Mastery skills. The above skill selection will help focus your abilities around Bone Spear, making this your most powerful skill while reducing its cooldown time. Of course, you’ll be able to fall back on Reap and Decompose if you run out of Essence, but this will become increasingly unlikely as you level up. Best Book of the Dead setup for leveling When it comes to using the Necromancer’s unique Book of the Dead skills for a Bone Spear build, we recommend selecting the following: Skeletal Warriors – Skirmishers – Skeletal Mages – Cold – Golems – Iron – This Book of the Dead setup is the best for this build, letting your Skirmisher Skeletal Warriors focus on melee combat while your Mages support them from a distance with Cold Magic. This will slow enemies down while your Skeletons, Golem, and yourself strike at them while they’re vulnerable. We’ve selected the Iron Golem for this Book of the Dead setup as it’ll allow your Golem to protect your Mages and yourself from mobs and elites while you fire volleys into the fray. Your minions are effective allies while leveling, but as you reach endgame, you’ll soon outgrow the need for them and will be able to do more damage by Sacrificing them – at least with this build. Best leveling rotation Summon Minions – If not already active – Iron Maiden – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Mist – Bone Storm – Bone Spear – Main Skill – Reap – Close Combat – For this build, you’ll likely already have your minions with you, so your first attack should be to strike a mob with Iron Maiden so that they’re likely to take more damage when the battle starts. Next, cast Corpse Tendrils to stun enemies and increase the likelihood of producing extra corpses to re-supply your minion army. From here, hit them with your main attacks, using Blood Mist to do devastating damage from a distance once your minions engage the mob. Now you can use your two most effective skills, Bone Storm and Bone Spear. Once you’ve cast Bone Storm, fire a volley of Bone Spears into the fray. You can fall back on Reap and Decompose if the need arises. By now, Corpse Tendrils will have worn off, so hit them with another round of it, maximizing your corpse generation, stunning the survivors, and even topping up their poison levels. Of course, whichever rotation works for you will be the best to use, but the above is a logical, tried, and tested method to combine skills into one powerful set of attacks. Best Legendary Aspects While Legendary Aspects will become more useful in the endgame version of the Bone Spear build, there are some you can hunt down while progressing to level 50 or while playing through the story. Here’s where you can find them: Best Bone Spear endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you reach endgame in Season 5 by beating the story, hitting level 50, and unlocking the Paragon Board, you can then respec to the endgame version of the Bone Spear Necro build. This is very similar to the leveling build, but there are some key differences in terms of point allocation that we’ll go into below. First, you’ll need to switch your active and passive skills. As you’ll already have your 50 skill points to use, along with any Renown points you’ve unlocked, allocate them to the following active and passive skills: Here’s which Passive Skills you should choose: This build still primarily focuses on Bone Spear as a primary skill, but now no longer uses minions and instead doubles down on support spells and attacks. We’ve also switched curses, replacing Iron Maiden with Decrepify. This will slow enemies down and give you time to pepper them with attacks that trap them in a kill box. Best endgame Book of the Dead setup The key difference between the Book of the Dead skills in endgame is that you’ll be Sacrificing all your minions to really buff yourself. This build has little need of them, so take the sacrificial buff to make your Bone Spear damage even more deadly. Skeletal Warriors – Sacrifice – Skeletal Mages – Sacrifice – Golems – Sacrifice – Of course, if you’d prefer to use minions, feel free, just know you’ll be less powerful as an individual Necromancer. Best endgame rotation For endgame, use the following skill rotation when approaching mobs in battle: Decreptify – Blood Mist – Corpse Tendrils – Bone Storm – Bone Spear – Corpse Explosion – The rotation of attacks in endgame involves first casting Decreptify to slow enemies, then hitting a mob with Blood Mist, Corpse Tendrils, then Bone Storm. This will likely weaken many of them, so then hit them with volleys of Bone Spear. Now cast Corpse Explosion to turn the dead bodies of your enemies into bombs that kill even more of them. Repeat this simple rotation and feel free to miss stages against smaller mobs. Blood Mist for example works whenever you like. Remember, while you do have access to Reap and Decompose, it’s mostly to ensure other skill chains remain unbroken when leveling up. You’ll not have room for them as active skills while you’re already using six others. Best Legendary Aspects Now that you’ve reached endgame, you’ll have access to many more Legendary Aspects to boost your build and add special powers to buff your primary skills. Some are the same as in the leveling build, but now there’s even more. Here’s where and how you can find them: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board Once you reach level 50 you’ll stop earning skills points and start earning Paragon points instead. This leveling system works very differently and involves you selecting updates from various boards with different themes and buffs. Every path is different, but the good news is that by targeting different Glyphs as you move around the Paragon Board, you’ll start buffing your Bone Spear Necro in the ways that matter most to the build. See below to see which Glyphs you should target first. Best Glyphs Level 15 Gravekeeper – Corporeal – Control – Essence – Sacrificial – Exploit – Amplify – Level 21 Essence – Control – Exploit – Amplify – Corporeal – Sacrificial – Gravekeeper – Once you reach Paragon Level 15, work your way towards the above Glyphs. You’ll also unlock more across the Paragon Board as you earn more points, but selecting these particular Glyphs in this order will keep you on the best possible path for the Necro Bone Spear build. Best Bone Spear endgame item build It’ll take time to track down this exact set, but once you do this will make up your endgame gear. Of course, it’s up to you which gear you equip and you may want to mix it up, but this setup will give you a decided advantage. Alternative to Necromancer Bone Spear build for PvP The good news about using the Necromancer Bone Spear build for PvP is it’s the same exact build we’ve described above in our endgame section. The build is rated A-tier for PvP this season, so while it’s not at the very top, it’s still deadly and a great choice for taking down other players. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Necromancer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Blood Surge Necromancer builds for Season 5 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe Blood Surge Necromancer is dominating the meta this season in Diablo 4. Here’s your guide to mastering it for leveling, endgame, and whether it’s worth your time in PvP. Forget summoning minions – this build is all about unleashing Overpower to crush your enemies in no time flat. For leveling, we’ll walk you through optimizing your skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to get the most out of your Blood Surge abilities. And if you’re eyeing PvP, we’ll let you know whether this high-damage, high-survivability build can keep you on top in player battles in Season 5. Best Blood Surge Necromancer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: As Blood Surge Necromancer, you’ll juggle both Necromancer resource types – Essence and Corpses – keeping the screen in a perpetual state of chaos with insane DPS. You have a trusty army of glowing skeletons. They’ll be your undead entourage for most of your leveling journey. But once you’ve got your Essence sustain and damage output dialed in, feel free to ditch them for the corpses they came from. Starting as a Blood Surge Necromancer gives you the flexibility to easily switch to other Necromancer builds as you collect more Aspects along the way. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Book of the Dead setup for leveling The Blood Surge Necromancer leans on the Essence generation from Skeletal Mages: Cold and Skeletal Warriors: Skirmishers, while ditching the Golems and Iron for better gains. Once your Essence sustain is solid, you can also sacrifice the Skeletal Mages: Bone. If your Elemental Resistances start giving you trouble during leveling, consider sacrificing Skeletal Warriors: Defenders to balance things out. Best leveling rotation Here’s the best rotation for a leveling Blood Surge Necromancer build in Diablo 4: Raise Skeleton – Iron Maiden – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Surge – Bone Storm – Blood Mist – Start by summoning your skeletons with Raise Skeleton to have your undead army ready. Then, slap a curse on enemy groups with Iron Maiden to soften them up. Follow that by yanking them into a neat little pile using Corpse Tendrils, making them prime targets for AoE. Now, unleash Blood Surge to obliterate everything in sight. When things get dicey, pop Bone Storm to crank up your damage and tankiness. If you’re in trouble, slip into Blood Mist to go untouchable and reposition yourself. Best leveling Legendary Aspects Here are the best Legendary Aspects for a leveling Blood Surge Necromancer in Diablo 4: If you get the feeling that Necromancers aren’t for you by now, check out our class tier list guide to find out which class is for you. Best Blood Surge Necromancer endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Active Skills Passive Skills The Blood Surge Necromancer is all about dishing out massive AoE damage while staying nearly unkillable. It’s a build that pumps out great DPS and continuous healing. With passive bonuses stacking Maximum Life and Fortify, you get a tanky damage dealer without even trying. Most of your damage comes from guaranteed Overpower hits through Blood skills, which also conveniently make you tougher with Fortify. Blood Surge turns the entire screen into a damage zone. While the build revolves around spamming Overpower, mastering Critical Strike Chance and Vulnerable status can crank your damage up even more. Best Book of the Dead set up for the endgame In the Blood Surge Necromancer build, you have three types of minions to summon or sacrifice through the Book of the Dead. For this build, you sacrifice: Skirmishers for a boost to Critical Strike Chance. – Bone Mages to significantly increase Overpower Damage. – Iron Golem to gain a bonus to Critical Strike Damage. – This sacrifice strategy ensures you maximize your damage output, making your Overpower hits and crits even deadlier. Best endgame rotation Here’s the best rotation for the endgame Blood Surge Necromancer build in Diablo 4: Decrepify – Bone Prison – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Surge – Bone Storm – Blood Mist – Kick things off by cursing enemies with Decrepify to slow them down. Next, throw up a Bone Prison to trap them in place and slap on that Vulnerable status. Pull them all together with Corpse Tendrils for a tidy little AoE target. Then, unleash Blood Surge to melt everything in sight. If you’re surrounded, activate Bone Storm to crank up your damage and tankiness. And when things get tough, activate Blood Mist to become untouchable and reposition yourself. Best endgame Legendary Aspects Here are the best Legendary Aspects for the endgame Blood Surge Necromancer in Diablo 4: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board After hitting level 50, say goodbye to skill points and hello to Paragon points. This new system works a bit differently – you’ll be picking upgrades from various boards with their own themes and buffs. Each path you choose will be unique, but the silver lining is that by focusing on specific Glyphs as you navigate the Paragon Board, you’ll be powering up your Blood Surge Necro in all the right ways. Best Glyphs Here are the best Glyphs for a Blood Surge Necromancer build in Diablo 4: Level 15 Corporeal – Exploit – Dominate – Essence – Sacrificial – Amplify – Level 21 Essence – Dominate – Exploit – Corporeal – Amplify – Sacrificial – Best endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Best Blood Surge Necromancer PvP build in Diablo 4 Season 5 You can get through most PvP encounters with a the endgame Blood Surge Necro build. With the endgame Blood Surge Necromancer’s focus on Overpower, you can end fights quickly. It deals massive damage that opponents won’t see coming. And when things get dicey, just slip into Blood Mist to become untouchable and reposition yourself. It’s a killer combo of offense and defense that makes sure you’re always in control of the battlefield. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Necromancer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Blood Lance Necromancer build in Season 5 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe Necromancer is high in the meta in Season 5 of Diablo 4 and the Blood Lance build is a powerful minion-free setup that sees the class do major damage to enemies from a distance. The Blood Lance Necro build involves the Necromancer using this gruesome move as their primary offensive weapon while utilizing other skills and gear that boost its power. This Necromancer build is ranked as A-tier in the current endgame meta, so it’s a great choice for those fond of the Priests of Rathma, especially anyone who wants to use a powerful Necro build, but without using summons. Below, we’ll detail how to optimize the build for leveling and endgame, giving you the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to target on your journey. For the PvP players out there, we’ll also inform you if we think the Bone Spear Necro is effective this season. Best Blood Lance leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: These skills will help you to craft the ideal Blood Lance build. Of course, you’ll need to have unlocked the Renown points to use the extra ten. Once you do though, focus on adding the above solo Necro passives to give your character a boost heading into the endgame. If you do want to use minions, switch out the Memento Mori and Stand Alone passives for Hellbent Commander and Inspiring Leader. Best Book of the Dead setup for leveling When it comes to using the Necromancer’s unique Book of the Dead skills for a Blood Lance build, we recommend selecting the following: Skeletal Warriors – Sacrifice – Skeletal Mages – Sacrifice – Golems – Sacrifice – As you can see, we’ll not be using minions in battle for this build and instead will be Sacrificing them to make our Necromancer even more powerful. Of course, you can choose to use them, just know your build won’t be as individually powerful if you do. Best leveling rotation Here’s the best rotation of attacks you should use when approaching mobs of enemies: Decreptify – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Mist – Bone Storm – Blood Lance – Main Skill – Corpse Explosion – When you approach a mob, hit them with Decreptify to put them on the backfoot. Now, cast Corpse Tendrils to stun enemies and increase the likelihood of producing extra corpses. From here, hit them with your main attacks, using Blood Mist to do devastating damage from a distance once your minions engage the mob. Now you can use your two most effective skills, Bone Storm, and can begin firing volleys of Blood Lance into the fray. By now, Corpse Tendrils will have worn off, so hit them with another round of it, maximizing your corpse generation, stunning the survivors, and even topping up their poison levels. As the bodies pile up, cast Corpse Explosion to wipe out the surviving enemies. Best Legendary Aspects While Legendary Aspects will become more useful in the endgame version of the Blood Lance build, there are some you can hunt down while progressing to level 50 or while playing through the story. Here’s where you can find them: Best Blood Lance endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you reach endgame in Season 5 by beating the story, hitting level 50, and unlocking the Paragon Board, you can then respec to the endgame version of the Blood Lance Necro build. The good news is that for this endgame build, you’ll be keeping the exact same set-up you had for leveling. So there’s no need to respec, unless you want to add or remove minions. Here’s which Passive Skills you should choose: Best endgame Book of the Dead setup Once again, we recommend Sacrificing your minions: Skeletal Warriors – Sacrifice – Skeletal Mages – Sacrifice – Golems – Sacrifice – Of course, if you’d prefer to use minions, feel free, just know you’ll be less powerful as an individual Necromancer. Best endgame rotation For endgame, use the following skill rotation when approaching mobs in battle: Decreptify – Corpse Tendrils – Blood Mist – Bone Storm – Blood Lance – Main Skill – Corpse Explosion – The rotation remains the same in endgame as it was for leveling. So see above for a detailed breakdown. Best Legendary Aspects Now that you’ve reached endgame, you’ll have access to many more Legendary Aspects to boost your build and add special powers to buff your primary skills. Some are the same as in the leveling build, but now there’s even more. Here’s where and how you can find them: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board Once you reach level 50 you’ll stop earning skills points and start earning Paragon points instead. This leveling system works very differently and involves you selecting updates from various boards with different themes and buffs. Every path is different, but the good news is that by targeting different Glyphs as you move around the Paragon Board, you’ll start buffing your Bone Spear Necro in the ways that matter most to the build. See below to see which Glyphs you should target first. Best Glyphs Level 15 Corporeal – Exploit – Dominate – Essence – Sacrificial – Amplify – Level 21 Essence – Dominate – Exploit – Corporeal – Amplify – Sacrificial – Once you reach Paragon Level 15, work your way towards the above Glyphs. You’ll also unlock more across the Paragon Board as you earn more points, but selecting these particular Glyphs in this order will keep you on the best possible path for the Blood Lance build. Best Blood Lance endgame item build It’ll take time to track down this exact set, but once you do this will make up your endgame gear. Of course, it’s up to you which gear you equip and you may want to mix it up, but this setup will give you a decided advantage. Alternative to Necromancer Blood Lance build for PvP The good news about using the Necromancer Blood Lance build for PvP is that it’s the exact build we’ve described above in our endgame section. The build is rated A-tier for PvP this season, so while it’s not at the very top, it’s still deadly and a great choice for taking down other players. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Necromancer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Blight Necromancer build in Season 5 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe Necromancer is one of the top classes to play as in Season 5 of Diablo 4 with the Blight build also making the meta. Here’s how to assemble the build as well as how effective it is for Leveling, Endgame, and PvP play. The Blight Necro build involves the Necromancer manipulating corpses and using them as a deadly weapon against the forces of hell. As the Necromancer is a top-tier class this season, knowing how to craft their best builds is essential. The Blight Necro is rated as C-Tier in Season 5, but the fact that the build is on the meta means it’s still worth trying. Below, we’ll detail how to optimize the build for leveling, endgame, and PvP, giving you the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to target on your journey this season. Best Blight Necro leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: These skills will help you craft the ideal Blight Necro build for leveling. Of course, you’ll need to have unlocked the Renown points to use the extra ten. Many of the passive skills above will boost your Corpse and Shadow skills (like Blight) and make them as powerful as possible. As every build needs active skills, we’ve provided a variety that complements the Blight build in combat. As there’s synergy between Corpse skills and Minion skills, we’ve also ensured that your passive Minion skills have been boosted while ignoring Bone and Blood skills. Best Book of the Dead setup for leveling When it comes to using the Necromancer’s unique Book of the Dead skills, we recommend selecting the following: Skeletal Warriors – Reapers – Skeletal Mages – Cold – Golems – Blood – This Book of the Dead setup is the best for this build, letting your Reaper Skeletal Warriors focus on melee combat while you and your Mages support them from a distance with Cold Magic. This will slow enemies down while your Skeletons, Golem, and yourself strike at them while they’re vulnerable. It’ll also allow slowed enemies to be caught up in Blight and be more susceptible to its damage and status ailments. We’ve selected the Blood Golem for this Book of the Dead setup as it’ll allow your Golem to buff your damage output and heal you when you’re in danger. Best leveling rotation Summon Minions – Iron Maiden – Corpse Tendrils – Blight – Corpse Explosion – Reap (in close combat) – You’ll likely already have your minions active when a battle begins, if not summon them. Then, strike a mob with Iron Maiden so that they’re likely to take more damage when the battle starts. Next, cast Plagued Corpse Tendrils to stun enemies and increase the likelihood of producing extra corpses to re-supply your minion army. From here, hit them with your main attack, using Blight to do damage from a distance once your minions engage the mob. Blight, Plauged Corpse Tendrils, and Iron Maiden will work well together, trapping enemies in a deadly kill box that only becomes more lethal when you start casting Corpse Explosion. This will finish off stragglers in no time. Should an enemy get too close to you slice them with Reap, or attack the bubbling mess left behind by Blight and Reap your enemies caught in it. Of course, whichever rotation works for you will be the best to use, but the above is a logical, tried, and tested method to combine skills into one powerful set of attacks. Best Legendary Aspects While Legendary Aspects will become more useful in the endgame version of the Blight Necro build, there are some you can hunt down while progressing to level 50 or while playing through the story. Here’s where you can find them: Best Blight Necro endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you reach endgame in Season 5 by beating the story, hitting level 50, and unlocking the Paragon Board, you can then respec to the endgame version of the Blight Necro build. However on this occasion, this is the same set-up as the leveling build, only the point allocation has really changed: Here’s which passive skills you’ll need for the endgame build: This build still primarily focuses on Corpse skills as your primary form of offense, but also uses Minions as a secondary set of skills, similar to the leveling build. Best endgame Book of the Dead setup We’re going to use the same set-up we used for leveling in our endgame version of this build: Skeletal Warriors – Reapers – Skeletal Mages – Cold – Golems – Blood – Best endgame rotation For endgame, use the following skill rotation when approaching mobs in battle: Summon Minions – Iron Maiden – Corpse Tendrils – Blight – Corpse Explosion – Reap (in close combat) – Once again, the aim here is to trap enemies in a box while Blight, Iron Maiden, and Corpse Tendrils do their malevolent work. Enemies will also be slowed by your Skeletal Mage’s cold damage, making them even more vulnerable. Best Legendary Aspects Now that you’ve reached endgame, you’ll have access to many more Legendary Aspects to boost your build and add special powers to buff your primary skills. Some are the same as in the leveling build, but now there’s even more. Here’s where and how you can find them: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board Once you reach level 50 you’ll stop earning skills points and start earning Paragon points instead. This leveling system works very differently and involves you selecting updates from various boards with different themes and buffs. Every path is different, but the good news is that by targeting different Glyphs as you move around the Paragon Board, you’ll start buffing your Blight Necro in the ways that matter most to the build. See below to see which Glyphs you should target first. Best Glyphs Level 15 Darkness – Control – Scourge – Sacrificial – Abyssal – Exploit – Amplify – Gravekeeper – Level 21 Control – Scourge – Exploit – Sacrificial – Amplify – Abyssal – Gravekeeper – Once you reach Paragon Level 15, work your way towards the above Glyphs. You’ll also unlock more across the Paragon Board as you earn more points, but selecting these particular Glyphs in this order will keep you on the best possible path for the Blight Necro build. Best Blight Necro endgame item build Blight Necromancer build for PvP The Blight Necro isn’t recommended for PvP, and while it’s fantastic in PvE, we’d recommend using the Bone Spirit or Bone Spear build instead, sacrificing your minions and turning your Necromancer into a one-person army in some cases. If you’re set on taking this build into battle against other players, though, we’d suggest sticking to our endgame version for the best results. Your minions will be weak to other players, you tap your PvP opponents in your kill box (see rotation) then move in for the kill with Reap. It may be worth upgrading Reap by taking some of the points away from your minions if you choose to use this build for PvP. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Necromancer build this season, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Bash Barbarian builds in Season 5 Diablo 4The Bash Barbarian is dominating the meta this season in Diablo 4, offering an incredibly powerful and versatile build. Here’s how to optimize it for leveling, endgame, and whether it’s worth using in PvP. The Bash Barbarian excels at delivering high damage with a straightforward rotation centered around Bash, while leveraging skills like Hammer of the Ancients and Steel Grasp for maximum effectiveness. This build stands out in Season 5, even among other Barbarians builds, due to its ability to handle both AoE and single-target scenarios efficiently. We’ll cover the best strategies for leveling, including key skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to prioritize. Plus, we’ll explore if the Bash Barbarian holds up in PvP scenarios this season. Best Bash Barbarian leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 As you level while playing through either the campaign or the new Season 5 content, you’ll want to make sure that you’re selecting your skills in the following order: The Bash Barbarian build is a powerful alternative to traditional Barbarian setups. It’s versatile, easy to play, and highly satisfying. While early leveling can feel slow due to the need for weapon Tempering, the build’s strength grows rapidly afterward. Unlike recent meta builds, this one doesn’t rely on Fury. Bash serves as your primary, no-cost ability, delivering strong damage in both AoE and single-target situations. Shouts enhance mobility and damage, and abilities like Charge and Wrath of the Berserker provide extra punch and survivability. If you still haven’t made up your mind on the Barbarian class, check out this guide to find out which is the right class for you in Diablo 4 Season 5. Best Weapon Expertise setup for leveling Some Skills offer benefits when assigned to specific weapons and Legendary Aspects that boost power after swapping weapons. These mechanics require Barbarians to assign different abilities to different weapons using the Skill Assignment pane. This is done by opening the character window, navigating to the Abilities tab, and selecting Skill Assignment. Assign damage-dealing skills like Lunging Strike and Upheaval to specific weapons. – The Walking Arsenal Key Passive also relies on weapon swapping, granting bonuses when using three different weapon types: Two-Handed Bludgeoning, Two-Handed Slashing, and Dual-Wield. – Best leveling rotation Challenging Shout – Rallying Cry – War Cry – Charge – Bash – Wrath of the Berserker – The Bash Barbarian rotation is simple but effective. Begin by activating your Shouts to boost damage, reduce incoming damage, and increase speed. Use Charge to engage enemies and trigger Berserking, followed by Bash for strong AoE damage and Stun. Maintain your Shout buffs during tougher encounters, and save Wrath of the Berserker for when you need a powerful damage boost and enhanced survivability. Best leveling Legendary Aspects Here are the best Legendary Aspects for your leveling Bash Barbarian build in Diablo 4: Best Bash Barbarian endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Active Skills Passive Skills Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Weapon Expertise setup for the endgame Two-Handed Axe Expertise remains the top pick for almost all Barbarian builds due to its superior Vulnerable Damage and Critical Strike Chance boosts compared to other options. Best endgame rotation Rallying Cry – War Cry – Steel Grasp – Bash – Hammer of the Ancients – Challenging Shout – Start your rotation with Rallying Cry to boost mobility and Fury Generation, then follow with War Cry to enhance your damage and trigger Berserking. Use Steel Grasp to close gaps, apply Vulnerable, and activate Paingorger’s Gauntlets. At this point. keep spamming Bash for consistent damage and to trigger Hammer of the Ancients’ debuff. Finish with Hammer of the Ancients for a powerful damage boost and apply Challenging Shout for added survivability and Fury regeneration. Best endgame Legendary Aspects Here are the best Legendary Aspects for your Bash Barbarian build in the endgame of Diablo 4: Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board Once you hit endgame in Season 5 – by finishing the story, reaching level 50, and unlocking the Paragon Board – you can respec to the endgame Bash Barbarian build. It’s basically the same as the leveling build, but with some crucial tweaks in point allocation that we’ll cover next. Best Glyphs Glyphs start with a 3-radius, but hit level 15 and they’ll stretch to 4. Keep grinding through Nightmare Dungeons to score Glyph experience and make your Glyphs worth their weight in loot. Level 15 Exploit – Ire – Might – Territorial – Undaunted – Wrath – Level 21 Crusher – Enraged – Restorative – Grit – Revel – Conditioned – Best endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Best Bash Barbarian build in Diablo 4 Season 5 You can use the Bash Barbarian build for PvP. In fact, if you work toward the ideal endgame build, you can easily dominate the PvP meta with your character. The Bash Barbarian can deal a lot of damage, but it’s also one of the sturdiest classes and builds out there, which means enemies will have a hard time piercing through your defenses. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Barbarian build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Necromancer, and Rogue.

Best Diablo 4 Barrage Rogue builds in Season 5 DexertoRogue is one of the most rewarding classes to play in Season 5, so if you’re planning to create a Barrage Rogue, you’ll need to know about its best leveling and endgame builds. The sneaky and swift Rogue class received a few nice buffs for Season of the Infernal Hordes. Rogues who want a mid-range playstyle that can wipe out enemies with a few hits should try out this build. Depending on which phase of the game you’re in, the Barrage Rogue build can differ slightly. With the correct skills, gear, and Paragon Glyphs, your Barrage Rogue will shine in Season 5. Best Barrage Rogue leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Starting at level 1 and making it to level 50, the Barrage Rogue has plenty of active and passive skills to unlock. Here is the order of skills you should obtain for this leveling build: It’s best to grab these skills in this order for the best leveling experience as a Barrage Rogue. The main focus of this build is the Barrage Core Skill, which deals AoE damage to targets, alongside rendering enemies Vulnerable. The leveling Barrage Rogue build is also pretty heavy in Imbuements, specifically the Poison and Shadow ones. This will help you deal great damage over time alongside your main Puncture and Barrage attacks. Skills like Dash and Dark Shroud aid in your mobility as a Rogue. Dash can be a second type of Dodge which also damages and Slows enemies in your path. You also have Dark Shroud to boost your movement speed and health. Don’t forget to claim your rewards from the Season 5 Battle Pass and spend your Smouldering Ashes in the EXP boost to reach level 50 in a matter of hours. Best Specialization for leveling At levels 15, 20, and 30, Rogues unlock unique Specializations that enable strong passive abilities. Between Combo Points, Inner Sight, and Preparation, the Barrage Rogue build is best paired with the Combo Points Specialization. This will let you access Basic Skills like Puncture to generate Combo Points. Once you rack up three points, you can consume them using Core Skills such as Barrage for additional effects. This specialization will improve your Barrage skill immensely and allow for better crowd control. Best leveling rotation Shadow Imbuement – Puncture – Barrage – Poison Imbuement – Puncture/Barrage repeat – Dash – Dark Shroud – While there’s no sure-fire leveling rotation for a perfect combat encounter as a Barrage Rogue, this is just a helpful suggestion. You should start with Shadow Imbuement which can make enemies Vulnerable. We recommend using the Puncture skill to fill your Combo Points, which you can then spend to unleash a better Barrage attack that’s not only Shadow Imbued but upgraded with the Rogue Specialization. After running out of your Shadow Imbuement, apply a Poison Imbuement to generate some Energy and inflict Poison damage to enemies. You can then repeat the Puncture and Barrage skills for more combo attacks. Lastly, you can use Dash to Slow any leftover enemies and then use Dark Shroud which grants you a boost in movement speed and health. Repeat this rotation for a worthwhile combat experience. Best Legendary Aspects While you won’t have the most Legendary Aspects until the endgame phase, you can still pick up a few for your leveling build. These will all enhance your best abilities, so you can reach the endgame in no time. Best Barrage Rogue endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you finally make it to the endgame, you’ll want to switch up your Barrage Rogue build a bit. While the core of this build stays the same, you’ll be changing a few of your Active and Passive Skills based on the chart below. Active Skills In the Barrage Rogue endgame build, you’ll be keeping Puncture and Barrage as your main damage skills. Instead of Poison and Shadow, you’ll switch to the Cold Imbuement to render enemies Vulnerable and Frozen. With new skills like Caltrops and Smoke Grenade, you can Daze and Chill enemies. Keep Dash around for extra mobility, as it’s a dependable skill for increasing your Critical Strike Chance. Passive Skills There are quite a few Passive Skills added to this endgame build. Unstable Elixirs stuns nearby enemies after ingesting a Healing Potion which pairs incredibly with Aspect of Nebulous Brews (allows you to consume these potions even with full Life). We also have Passives that help your survivability and Energy consumption like Second Wind, which grants you extra Life as a Barrier for each 100 Energy spent, and Innervation, which offers a chance to gain 8% Energy on a Lucky Hit. Most of the other Passives are good for boosting damage. Weapon Mastery generates a bonus when attacking with a certain weapon type, and Trick Attacks makes your Critical Strike Chance increase after Dazing or Stunning an enemy. Best Specialization for endgame For the best Rogue Specialization during the endgame, keep Combo Points. It’s still the best Specialization for Barrage Rogues of any level. Use Puncture to fill up Combo Points before emitting your powerful Barrage skill. If you’re sick of using this Specialization, the second best option would be Inner Sight as it allows you to Mark enemies. When the Inner Sight bar is full, you gain unlimited Energy and increased Critical Strike Chance for a few seconds. Best endgame rotation Caltrops – Dash – Smoke Grenade – Cold Imbuement – Puncture – Barrage – This endgame rotation works a little differently than the leveling one and should serve you well on the battlefield. You’ll start with placing Caltrops which will increase the damage you deal to enemies stuck in them. Dash here to increase your Critical Strike Chance, then cast out a Smoke Grenade to Daze enemies in the area. Finally, use Cold imbuement before Puncturing enemies for those Combo Points. The final blow is your Barrage Skill which will be buffed by both the Cold Imbuement and Specialization. You can then repeat this rotation for a successful combat encounter. Best Legendary Aspects Now that you’re in the endgame, you should be collecting the best Legendary Aspects. While many of the ones in the leveling build are just as good, here are a few more you should look out for: Paragon Board With the Paragon Board and points now available, you can upgrade your endgame Barrage Rogue even further. There are a bunch of Glyphs to use and paths to take in these boards, so we’ll outline the best Glyphs you should place in your Paragon Board for the Barrage Rogue build. Best Glyphs Canny – Combat – Control – Fluidity – Ambush – These are the five Glyphs you should prioritize leveling up. You can do this by running Nightmare Dungeons. They will all help amplify your damage output and agility. Best Barrage Rogue endgame item build When looking at the best gear to wear during the endgame as a Barrage Rogue, there are a few great options to choose from. While some of these items are of Legendary status, a lot of them are Uniques. The most important aspect of these gear items is their powers, which all play into a Barrage Rogue’s strengths. Here’s which items you should try to obtain during the endgame: Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Best Barrage Rogue build for PvP The good news is that the Barrage Rogue is an excellent choice for a PvP build, and you don’t need an alternate one to tackle the Fields of Hatred. While Barrage is incredible at AoE damage and Crowd Control, that doesn’t mean it cannot also excel at single-target combat. You just have to make sure you’re aiming Barrage correctly – otherwise, it’s great for fighting other players online. Now that you know everything about the best Barrage Rogue builds, you’ll want to check out our other class builds such as Sorcerer, Barbarian, Druid, and Necromancer.

Best Diablo 4 Barbarian Builds: Season 5 Tier list Diablo 4The Barbarian class returns in Diablo 4, but you can only unlock this melee class’ true potential when you’re using the best Barbarian build. The Barbarian is physically the strongest class in the Diablo series and has been for a long time. They use pure strength and melee weapon mastery to defeat hordes of enemies. If a one-person army sounds like the playstyle for you, then the Barbarian is a great option. Having made their original debut in the Hellfire Expansion of the original Diablo, Barbarians have been featured in every Diablo game since, and there are multiple ways to build them. So, if you want to survive the legions of Hell, then using the best Diablo 4 Barbarian build is essential. Here are the best Barbarian builds for PvE leveling, endgame, and PvP during Diablo 4. We’ve put these builds in a tier list to give you an idea of where each build ranks. Best Barbarian leveling builds Best leveling build – Upheaval Barbarian To cruise through Season 5 with minimal effort, the Upheaval Barbarian is your golden ticket. This build is a wrecking ball of chaos and can delete rooms of enemies like no other build can. It can easily turn hordes of enemies into nothing but a memory with its massive area-of-effect carnage. Upheaval lets you smash everything in sight from a safe distance while Bash and Rallying Cry keep your Fury topped up. Add Leap and Charge to zip around the battlefield like an angry pinball and sprinkle in Iron Maelstrom for those “everything must die” moments, and you’ve got a recipe for the quick road to max level. The Upheaval Barbarian is a bit of a wimp when facing a lone monster, so it’s better to switch to a different build for the endgame. But when you’re leveling, it’s all about efficient crowd control. Also, Whirlwind Barb isn’t that great in the late game. If you want that spin-to-win Barbarian experience, do it in the early levels while you can. Best PvP build – Bash Barbarian Bash Barbarian’s high damage output and stun capabilities also make it the best option for PvP, and it’s not an especially difficult build to get off the ground. Recent buffs have turned Bash into a Swiss Army knife for PvP, allowing you to cleave through groups and focus down single targets with brutal efficiency. Bash’s insane Fury generation and defensive perks mean you can tank hits like a champ while dishing out punishment. Flay Barbarian might make enemies bleed slowly, but in PvP, there’s no time for that. You need them down now, not five seconds later after they’ve run halfway across the battlefield. Best Barbarian endgame builds Best endgame build – Bash Barbarian Once you’ve bulldozed your way through the leveling grind with Upheaval, it’s time to swap to the real deal: the Bash Barbarian. When you hit endgame, Bash Barbarian turns you into a walking sledgehammer. Thanks to recent buffs – like extra cleave animations and juicy damage multipliers – Bash now shreds both single targets and groups with alarming efficiency. Flay Barbarian is a close second. Bleeding enemies dry sounds fun, but you’ve got to keep those bleeds up to do the most damage rather than just bulldozing through the enemy. F Frenzy Thorns is also a great option here, though it relies on Razorback to really hit its S-Tier stride. It’s bulky, easy-to-use, strong against almost all enemy types and scenarios, but has a huge barrier of entry in terms of getting the right items. Banking off of one unique to succeed is a tough gamble. Unfortunately for Whirlwind Barb enjoyers, your best bet with the class currently is running other skills. It’s not a non-viable build per se, but it’s not ideal. Double Swing Twisters can give you that AoE damage you’re looking for, though. Our tiers explained S: The best of the best – A: Very good in the current meta – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Unless you love this class, there are much better options – Diablo 4’s meta might shift every season, but don’t expect any wild surprises. The same reliable builds keep climbing to the top season after season. All Barbarian builds in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Hammer of the Ancients Barbarian If smashing things with a giant hammer sounds fun, then the Hammer of the Ancients Barbarian is the build for you. This build thrives on Fury, bashing skulls with devastating hits that strengthen as your rage grows. Stack up shouts like Rallying Cry and War Cry to pump up your Fury and wreck everything in sight. Perfect for both smashing a single foe into the ground and sending groups flying, this build is all about maximum impact. However, Ancestral Force is a must-have Aspect for killing bosses with this build, and the DPS isn’t anywhere near builds that focus around Bash, Rend, or Flay. It’s not a bad build, but it’s not optimal. Upheaval Barbarian The Upheaval Barbarian is here to show that bigger is better, especially when wrecking multiple enemies at once. Channel your inner rage to fuel Upheaval’s wide-reaching attacks, turning hordes of enemies into piles of regret. Rallying Cry and War Cry keep your Fury topped off, while gear that boosts attack speed and critical damage ensures every swing counts. It’s great for leveling due to strong base damage, but falls off heavily late due to other abilities having much better Aspects to build around. Rend Barbarian The Rend Barbarian isn’t just here to fight – you’re here to make everything bleed. This build specializes in inflicting massive bleed damage over time. With Lunging Strike generating Fury and Iron Skin keeping you alive, this build focuses on turning your enemies into walking blood fountains. That said, cooldown management is key here. With Rallying Cry and War Cry both being essential for getting your damage up, and Rupture being a key part of maximizing your AoE damage, you’ll need to learn your ability rotation. Rend also really needs Ring of the Ravenous to be effective, making this build more difficult to put together than Flay Barb for minimal payoff by comparison. Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian If spinning until everything around you is dead sounds like your kind of fun, the Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian is the ideal build for you. Keep Whirlwind going with a steady supply of Fury from Rallying Cry, and let War Cry amp up your damage as you tear through hordes like a tornado with a grudge. This build is all about speed, efficiency, and making sure nothing survives. That said, it’s worse than most AoE options in terms of endgame content. If you’ve been playing Whirlwind Barb for years, no one’s stopping you, but there are better AoE builds out there. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian this season, check out our guide. Frenzy Thorns Barbarian The Frenzy Thorns Barbarian is the ultimate “hit me, I dare you” build. This build turns enemy attacks into their own worst nightmare. It’s perfect for both offense and defense. With Frenzy boosting your attack speed and thorns reflecting damage, this build is all about punishing anyone foolish enough to hit you while also adding some of that thorns damage to your hits. Challenging Shout and Iron Skin keep you standing tall. You won’t want to fully commit to a Thorns build until you get Razorback, though. It’s truly a make-or-break unique item for this build. Double Swing Twisters Barbarian The Double Swing Twisters Barbarian is all about speed and ferocity. It delivers rapid strikes that leave enemies wondering what just happened. This build focuses on relentless dual-weapon attacks, keeping up the pressure with the Fury generation from Rallying Cry and damage boosts from War Cry. If you want to feel like a whirling dervish of death, this build has you covered. This is, unfortunately for veteran Whirlwind players, your best bet when it comes to massive, sweeping AoE damage. The DPS and resource efficiency here is leagues ahead of most other area damage builds, and this should be your go-to for that playstyle. Still not as good as Bash and Flay, though. Bash Barbarian The Bash Barbarian is for those who believe that if you’re going to hit something, make sure it stays down. It specializes in powerful, single-target attacks, this build makes every swing count with maximum critical strikes and stuns. Use Lunging Strike to generate Fury and War Cry to amp up the damage, then let loose with a Bash that leaves enemies reeling. It’s ideal for smashing your way through any tough encounter. It’s strong, it’s simple, it hasn’t really been nerfed over the past few seasons despite Barbarian being one of the best classes in Diablo 4, and it’s one of the best builds. Leapquake Barbarian The Leapquake Barbarian is all about causing chaos from above, leaping into battle, and bringing the ground down with you. This build combines high mobility with devastating area damage, using Leap to trigger quakes that send enemies flying. It’s best for tearing through large groups. Unfortunately, getting this build together takes much more effort than it’s worth, and it’s not nearly as effective as other AoE builds without mentioning its poor performance against bosses. Leapquake is fun, but it’s not worth the effort even as a fun build. Death Blow Bonk Barbarian The Death Blow Bonk Barbarian is all about delivering that final, devastating hit that leaves enemies wishing they’d never crossed you. Timing and precision are key here, with Death Blow turning into a devastating finisher that can reset and be used again if you play it right. Lunging Strike keeps your Fury topped off, while War Cry cranks up the damage to make each blow count. Great for mobbing, not so good for bosses or large enemies. Seeing as the build is entirely oriented around getting killing blows, dealing with chunkier enemies will always be a challenge. Flay Barbarian The Flay Barbarian takes pleasure in making enemies bleed out, focusing on bleed damage that leaves foes in a world of hurt. Lunging Strike fuels your Fury, while Challenging Shout keeps you alive and kicking as you watch your enemies slowly die. This build is all about sustained damage and making sure your enemies regret every encounter. However, while Flay has a ton of damage potential, it takes a while to come out due to being entirely oriented around DoT damage. As a result, it falls just short of Bash Barb in terms of actual viability. Now that you know which Barbarian builds are best to use this season in Diablo 4, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Necromancer.

Best Diablo 4 Ball Lightning Sorcerer builds in Season 5 Diablo 4Season 5 of Diablo 4 showered the Sorcerer with attention, making all Lightning builds standout choices in the current meta. Ball Lightning is near the top of that list as an effective endgame build, but only with the right parts. Since the Sorcerer is shining in Season 5, you’ll want to perfect your build from the start. We’ll guide you on transforming your Sorcerer into an endgame powerhouse, detailing the best skills, items, Aspects, and Glyphs to target. The Ball Lightning Sorcerer build turns your character into a storm of electrifying chaos, shredding through mobs with style. Plus, if you’re into PvP, we’ll assess whether the Ball Lightning Sorcerer is worth your time. Here’s the best Ball Lightning build for both PvP and PvE in Diablo 4 Season 5, as well as how to best level a Sorcerer while focusing on the skill. Best Ball Lightning Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4 Season 5 We don’t recommend the Ball Lightning Sorc for leveling. Juggling it’s limited mana supply in the early stages can be unnecessarily complicated and exhausting. The Ball Lightning Sorcerer build guzzles mana, leaving you constantly scrambling to keep up your damage. Instead of smoothly clearing mobs, you’ll be stopping every few seconds to recharge, which kills your momentum. On top of that, the build demands a lot of micromanagement; you’ll spend more time balancing spells and shields than actually enjoying the game. Save yourself the headache and stick with Chain Lightning. It’s straightforward, effective, and doesn’t leave you gasping for mana every few seconds. Once you’re rocking endgame gear, feel free to respec and unleash Ball Lightning’s true potential. Best Ball Lightning endgame build in Diablo 4 Season 5 Once you hit endgame in Season 5, you can finally respec into the endgame Ball Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4. First off, it’s time to revamp your active and passive skills. With your 50 skill points and any Renown points you’ve earned, you’ll need to redistribute them wisely into the essential skills outlined below. Active Skills Passive Skills This build turns Gravitational Aspect into a swirling light show of Ball Lightnings. It can melt almost anything in the game with its solid single-target damage and decent AoE. Don’t expect huge damage numbers; instead, you’ll be drowning in smaller numbers so fast, you might want to turn them off in the settings. Defensive Skills keep you pretty safe, but once you dive into The Pit, you might want to beef up your defenses to avoid getting squished. Best Enchantment setup for the endgame These are the best enchantments for the endgame Ball Lightning Sorcerer build in Diablo 4: Enchantment Slot 1: Ice Blades – Enchantment Slot 2: Fire Bolt – With these two enchantments, you can reduce your cooldowns and get more Conjuration Mastery Stacks. Fire Bolt is a must to get more Burning bonuses to deal some extra damage. Best endgame ability rotation The best rotation for the Ball Lightning Sorcerer build is as follows: Teleport – Ball Lightning – Unstable Currents – Ice Armor or Flame Shield – Kick off fights by teleporting into the fray, stunning enemies, and then spamming Ball Lightning until everything’s toast. When you hit tougher enemies, unleash Unstable Currents to speed things up. After teleporting, pop Ice Armor to boost defense and regenerate some resources. If you’re getting smacked around or overwhelmed, Flame Shield is your panic button. For tough Elites or Bosses, start with Ice Blades and Unstable Currents to soften them up, then go back to spamming Ball Lightning and your defensive skills as needed. Best endgame Legendary Aspects Remember, you can also strip these Aspects from their original item and apply them to an item of your choosing. Paragon Board At level 50, you’ll swap skill points for Paragon points, unlocking a whole new system of upgrades. The Paragon Board offers unique paths and themed buffs, allowing you to customize your Ball Lightning Sorcerer by strategically targeting specific Glyphs to tailor your build exactly how you want it. Best Glyphs Once you hit Paragon Level 15, start targeting these Glyphs. You’ll unlock more as you rack up Paragon points, but focusing on these specific Glyphs in this order will keep your Ball Lightning Sorcerer build on the straight and narrow path to maximum power. Level 15 Adept – Destruction – Exploit – Flamefeeder – Tactician – Elementalist – Unleash – Charged – Level 21 Destruction – Adept – Flamefeeder – Exploit – Tactician – Elementalist – Unleash – Charged – Best endgame item build Make sure to farm Mother’s Gifts and clear Infernal Hordes frequently to get some of the best loot this season. Best Ball Lightning PvP build in Diablo 4 Season 5 The Ball Lightning Sorcerer build isn’t recommended for PvP. While it’s fantastic to tackle endgame content in PvE, we’d recommend using the Fireball Sorcerer or Chain Lightning Sorcerer build instead. It’s not suited to PvP play, as players can easily deflect for lightning balls. This leaves your sorcerer running and teleporting around the arena to avoid taking damage until your Ultimate is ready. If you’re set on taking this build into battle against other players, though, we’d suggest sticking to our endgame version for the best results. Now that you know how to craft this top-tier Sorcerer build, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Necromancer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 3 Wizard Builds: Season 32 BlizzardIf spell-slinging is your preferred method of demon-slaying then check out our best Diablo 3 Wizard builds for Season 32. Diablo 3’s Wizard is the successor to Diablo 2’s Sorceress and is even a returning class from the original Diablo. The Wizard is your typical magic build as opposed to a tank or ranger-style character, and those new to the game and often prefer to play as mages will take to the Wizard instantly. The class is easy to learn, but the real fun comes from mastery. If you’re playing Season 32 of Diablo 3 and want the best possible Wizard build then you’ve come to the right place. Here’s how to ruin Diablo’s day with an elemental assault. Is the Wizard right for me? The Wizard is for those who want to play as a classic elemental caster. The class represents all standard RPG magic users without the complications and quirks of some of Diablo 3’s other playable characters. Although, this isn’t a criticism, as the Wizard is capable of some truly devastating attacks. The Wizard is often weak up close, being somewhat of a glass cannon. Players who select the Wizard will need to keep moving and not get bogged down by enemies. However, in the right hands, and with the right build, the class is one of the deadliest in all of Diablo 3. If blasting enemies with elemental death from a distance is your thing, then the Wizard is right for you. Is the Wizard good in Diablo 3 Season 32? According to the very reliable Maxroll.gg’s key farming tier list, the Wizard is ranked with an S in Season 31 which is nothing to sneeze at. This means that the Wizard is indeed considered desirable throughout Season 32 of Diablo 3. Best Diablo 3 Wizard Build The best Wizard build for Season 32 is the LoD Meteor build. As you can imagine this makes use of the Meteor ability along with a selection of OP items and weapons. Here’s a breakdown of everything you’ll need to make this build. Active Skills Below are all the active skills you should use for the LoD Meteor build. Each complements the rest and allows you to stack damage and critical hits: Passive Skills For this build’s passive skills, we’d recommend: Evocation – Galvanizing Wind – Audacity – Illusionist – Arcane Dynamo – Build items and weapons Now that you know the skills to focus on, here’s what gear you should equip to get the best out of this Diablo 3 Wizard build: Follower It’s tempting to hire the Templar when playing as a Wizard. That’s because Kormac can tank his way through the game, giving your Wizard space to fire their spells while he holds off the hordes of Hell on the front line. However, Maxroll.gg recommends bringing the Enchantress along with you for long-range support. Her buffs also help your build inflict mass damage while staying out of reach from demons. Alternative Diablo 3 Wizard Builds If the Typhon Hydra build isn’t your style you can select one of the below instead. Tal Rasha Meteor The Tal Rasha Meteor build offers a different flavor to the above Meteor build, channeling the ancient Sorcerer who imprisoned Baal in Diablo 2: Firebird EB The Firebird build is mostly built around the Firebird’s Finery armor set, but it also makes use of the following skills: Both builds come courtesy of Maxroll.gg.

Best Diablo 3 Witch Doctor Builds: Season 32 Blizzard Entertainment, DexertoLooking for the best Diablo 3 Witch Doctor builds coming into Season 32? Here’s everything you need to know to creep out the competition. Of all Diablo 3’s classes, the Witch Doctor remains probably the most bizarre. Shrouded in a veil of secrecy with an aptitude for summoning some of the game‘s most gruesome creatures, the character offers a wide range of playstyles. They’re just as fierce as they are straight-up weird, though. Their entourage of beastly creatures and ability to tear through the enemy hordes without taking so much as a scratch makes them a pretty powerful choice. Looking to master the Witch Doctor? Here’s everything you need to know to get started during this season of Diablo 3. Is the Witch Doctor for me? If you’ve got a strong stomach and fancy unleashing an array of dangerous creatures upon your opponents, then the Witch Doctor is for you. Juggling raw damage with healing spells and buffs, this mysterious shaman is perfect for players who prefer to remain on the back lines. Diablo 3’s Witch Doctor is a very unique class, though, so classic mage players we’d recommend you try out the spell-slinging Wizard instead. Is the Witch Doctor good in Diablo 3 Season 32? Witch Doctor fans can finally rejoice! The Witch Doctor has builds ranked as A-tier in Season 32 of Diablo 3. With several different builds to pick from, you’ll be able to tear the hordes of Hell asunder with your own army of minions and voodoo magic. Best Diablo 3 Witch Doctor Build: Season 32 This season, players should choose the Arachyr Spiders build. In order to make this build work though, you’ll need the new and improved Spirit of Arachyr armor set, so if you don’t have it yet get ready to grind. Active Skills As you can imagine, this bizarre build relies on Corpse Spiders, one of the Witch Doctor’s nastiest spells. This means you’ll want to try and max out your Corpse Spider damage, as well as DPS stats like Attack Speed, Damage, and Critical Hit Chance – with Attack Speed being the priority. Passive skills In terms of your passives, you’ll want to have: Grave Injustice – Pierce the Veil – Confidence Ritual – Spirit Vessel – Swampland Attunement (perfect for defensive players) – Item Build To unlock the Witch Doctor’s true potential, you’ll need a decent set of armor and some ceremonial blades to sacrifice your enemies to the spirits: Follower As much as the Followers can be seen as rather irritating on your journey, older seasons overhauled how they work entirely, making them a little bit more important to your build path. The Templar and Enchantress are the two best options to accompany your Witch Doctor, with the Enchantress inching out. For Greater Rifts the Templar acts as the perfect battering ram alongside your creatures, while on the whole, the Enchantress gives you some much-needed Cooldown Reduction. Alternative Diablo 3 Witch Doctor builds Season 32 sees multiple different builds return to the fray, with several different options available to help you hone your playstyle. There’s the aforementioned Zunimassa Poison Dart, or Mundunugu Spirit Barrage, but of the two we recommend the former. Zunimassa Poison Dart Making use of your menagerie of fearsome beasts, Zunimassa Poison Dart centers on the Poison Dart ability (obviously) and your Fetishes. Reliant on the Zunimassa’s Haunt armor set, you’ll need to ensure you’ve collected every piece to maximize your damage output. Below are all of the skills you’ll need to intoxicate your foes: The full Zunimassa Poison Dart guide can be obtained here. Mundunugu Spirit Barrage Once reigning supreme, Mundunugu Spirit Barrage has fallen down the tier list slightly; but it’s still a very viable build. Centered around the Mundunugu’s Regalia armor set, you’ll be making use of the Witch Doctor’s arcane prowess instead of their summons. Here are all of the active skills you’ll need: The full Mundunugu Spirit Barrage guide can be obtained here.

Best Diablo 3 Necromancer Builds: Season 32 Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoThe best Diablo 3 Necromancer build for Season 32 will allow you to wreak havoc on your enemies with deadly blood, bone, and poison spells – so here’s everything you need to know to do just that. Diablo 3’s Necromancer was released in the game back in 2017, allowing Diablo 2’s long-term fans of the same class – or those wanting to try something slightly different – to touch every corner of Sanctuary with the Priests of Rathma’s deadly power. While the Necromancer is somewhat similar to the Witch Doctor, the class has no damage over time attacks, instead allowing you to command and control pets, as well as affecting corpses found throughout the world to do your bidding or restore Essence. Here’s what Necromancer build you should try in Season 32 of Diablo 3. Is the Necromancer for me? If you’re a character that loves dark magic and a gothic aesthetic, the Necromancer will make you feel right at home. Focusing on three themes: Blood & Bone, Poison, and Resurrection, their skills are based on deadly curses, an ever-growing horde of minions, and wielding one-handed or two-handed Scythes to destroy their enemies. Able to restore their health as they’re fighting, the Necromancer is a solid choice if you’re looking to deal out dizzying amounts of damage while also providing a cushion to keep yourself alive. If you prefer running head-on into battle as a tank, though, we’d recommend running either Barbarian or Crusader. For a similar style of play but with a less gothic theme, we’d suggest trying out the Witch Doctor. Or, those who prefer running standard magic builds will feel right at home with the Wizard. Is the Necromancer good in Diablo Season 32? According to Maxroll.gg’s solo tier list, the Necromancer is a top choice in Season 32 of Diablo 3. With its three most powerful builds currently ranked in the S and two more in the A-Tier. Best Diablo 3 Necromancer build: Season 32 If you want to ensure that you’re putting out as much damage as possible this season with the Necromancer, make sure to run with the S-tier Trag’Oul Death Nova build. This build now uses a variety of pieces to turn your Necromancer into a Death Nova-fueled experience-farming death machine. Active skills Below, we’ve listed all of the skills that you should focus on to put this build together: Passive skills The passive skills you’ll want to utilize for this particular build are: Swift Harvesting – Fueled by Death – Final Service – Stand Alone – Spreading Malediction – Item build For the Trag’Oul Death Nova build, you’ll need to make use of the Trag’Oul’s Avatar set. This quadruples Life and adds a 10,000% damage boost to all Blood Skills – useful when using a build reliant on Death Nova. Aim to equip the following items and weapons: You can check out the whole build here: Diablo 3 Necromancer follower Followers are a crucial part of gameplay, despite many neglecting to utilize them. Older season’s changes brought in the option to customize their armor alongside their weapon, meaning that you will only be making things easier for you in the long run by choosing to bring one with you. For the Necromancer, we’d recommend adding the only follower that provides cooldown reduction to your party: the Enchantress. However, if you need backup from a tank, you can also bring the Templar. Just be aware you’ll have less cooldown reduction. Alternative Diablo 3 Necromancer builds If the tanky Corpse Explosion build doesn’t take your fancy – no worries! These other two builds are featured for Season 32 and both are also S-Tier builds! LoD Death Nova build Similar to the main build we’ve chosen above, the S-Tier LoD Death Nova build is also excellent for those who prefer focusing on dealing AoE damage from a distance. The full build can be seen here. Rathma Army of the Dead build Based on the Bones of Rathma set, this build also currently ranks in the S-Tier. If sacrificing your own survivability for commanding and relying on minions is more your style of play, this will be an incredibly fun build to try out. The full Rathma Army of the Dead build can be obtained here.

Best Diablo 3 Monk Builds: Season 32 Blizzard Entertainment, DexertoIf you’re wondering what the best Diablo 3 Monk builds are for Season 32, our guide has everything you need to know. The elusive Monk is one of the most unique classes in Diablo 3. Monks are shrouded in mystery and have a great aptitude for melee combat. This offers players plenty of flexibility as you can combine powerful melee blows, AoE attacks, and spell buffs in your Monk builds. The Ivgorod warrior is one of the game‘s strongest classes if you can master their techniques. Here’s a full rundown of the best builds for Monks for Season 32 of Diablo 3. Is the Monk for me? For players who love complex characters, the Monk is the one for you. Chaining together punches, kicks, and buffs, they nurture a high-rise-high-reward playstyle. One-shotting enemies won’t be a problem, but you’ll need to balance your damage-based abilities with your buffs. If you prefer a more tank-style class we suggest the Barbarian or Crusader, with the Demon Hunter being the go-to if you’re looking to tear the hordes apart from the backlines. Is the Monk good in Diablo 3 Season 32? In Season 32, the Monk is considered one of the best classes to use. With the right build, this class can climb to the top of any leaderboard. Despite the ranking shaking up once again in Season 32, it seems like this titan will never be toppled but that’s not a bad thing. Best Diablo 3 Monk Build: Season 32 In order to do the maximum amount of damage this season, you’ll want to be running the Legacy of Dreams, Waves of Light build. This is the most reliable Monk build in Season 32 of Diablo 3. Active Skills Below are all of the skills included in the build, but be sure to max out your elemental damage, critical hit chance, critical hit damage, damage range, and attack speed so that these skills work together efficiently: Passive Skills In terms of passive skills, you’ll want to have: Beacon of Ytar – Seize the Initiative – The Guardian’s Path – Harmony – Item build Your skills are nothing without a good set of armor and weapons, though, so here’s how to maximize your Diablo 3 Monk build this season: Follower While many dismiss the Follower, they can make or break your gameplay. Changes in earlier seasons allowed you to customize their armor alongside their weapons, so now they really do have an impact. With this Monk build, we recommend bringing along the spell-slinging Enchantress to give you some extra cooldown reduction. Alternative Diablo 3 Monk builds If this build doesn’t seem like your cup of tea, don’t worry! There are two other paths that we can recommend following across the A tiers. Sunwuko Waves of Light Similar to the build above, the Sunwuko Wave of Light offers a fun and powerful alternative: The full build guide can be obtained here. Inna Mystic Ally Based on the Inna’s Mantra armor set, this build provides the Monk with the combined power of Ally runes, as well as granting them the ability to summon hordes of Allies to their side on the battlefield. This gives the player a strong Summoner playstyle. A full breakdown of the build can be obtained here.

Best Diablo 3 Demon Hunter Builds: Season 32 Blizzard Entertainment/DexertoThe best Diablo 3 Demon Hunter build in Season 32 will let you eviscerate the hordes of hell in style – so here’s everything you need to know to do just that. Lurking in the shadows with a thirst for vengeance, Diablo 3’s Demon Hunter uses their deadly ranged weapons to deal high amounts of damage and take down foes from a relatively safe distance. This mysterious class has quite a high skill ceiling in the game, however, featuring two resources that need to be effectively micromanaged to ensure you can keep up the pace. Here’s why you should be using the Demon Hunter in Season 32 of Diablo 3, as well as a rundown of the best builds to take with you into the Burning Hells. Is the Demon Hunter for me? A sound Demon Hunter can quickly level the battlefield, but there are some setbacks. While the class can deal a huge amount of damage, they’ll be backed against a wall if they become overwhelmed by enemies. As a ranged class, you’ll have to be a lot more active in managing the Demon Hunter’s dashes and abilities to keep your opponents at bay. For people looking to take down the Prime Evils with arrows and a penchant for destruction, then this class should be right up your alley. If you prefer running head-on into battle as a tank, though, we’d recommend running either Barbarian or Crusader. For those who prefer running fully ranged builds as a whole, you will feel right at home with the Wizard or the Necromancer. Is the Demon Hunter good in Diablo 3 Season 32? According to Maxroll.gg’s solo tier list, the Demon Hunter is a good choice for Season 32, with one build in the S-Tier and all others sitting in the A and B-Tier and below. Whether maximizing your damage and farming Greater Rifts is your main concern, or if you’re looking to be flexible with your playstyles, there’s a whole variety of playstyles to choose from. Best Diablo 3 Demon Hunter Build: Season 32 To ensure that your Demon Hunter has as much survivability as possible, you’ll want to run the Marauder Sentry build, which provides AOE-based gameplay that is great when playing solo. Reliant on the Embodiment of the Marauder set, it’s worth noting that this build continues the trend of the class’ typically high-skill ceiling. If you’re looking for a challenge, this is the one for you. Active Skills Below, we’ve listed all of the skills that are included in this build, but make sure that you’re prioritizing maxing out your stats in the following order of importance: Sentry damage, critical hit damage, fire damage, multishot damage, and critical hit chance above all, followed by area damage, attack speed, damage, dexterity, and cooldown reduction. Passive Skills The passive skills you’ll want to utilize for this particular build depend entirely upon what you’re looking to do. The three bolded passives should always be taken with you, and then choose a variation of what you personally prefer: Ambush – Awareness – Ballistics – Blood Vengeance – Cull the Weak / Tactical Advantage – Custom Engineering – Numbing Traps – Perfectionist – Item build Utilizing the right equipment is essential to any build, so here’s how to maximize your Diablo 3 Demon Hunter this season: Diablo 3 Demon Hunter Follower While some don’t play with a follower, they can ultimately help to make or break your gameplay. Changes from Diablo 3’s earlier seasons allow you to customize their armor alongside their weapons, meaning that they make much more of an impact when paired with and geared correctly alongside a particular build. We recommend bringing along the Enchantress, with an emphasis on Intelligence, Vitality, and Life percentage above all. She is also the only follower that gives a cooldown reduction – making her an important choice to keep your skills in play. Alternative Diablo 3 Demon Hunter build If the high-damage yet tough-to-master build of the Hungering Arrow doesn’t take your fancy – fear not! The next two builds both sit in the B-Tier, with one being a perfect choice for those looking for a less intense build. Shadow Impale build The beginner-friendly Shadow Impale build features a melee playstyle and is great to use against single enemy targets. It’s the perfect choice for those that are less experienced, allowing you to somewhat sit back and not need to micromanage everything during play. The full Shadow Impale build can be obtained here. Hungering Arrow build If you’re looking for something that’s a little bit harder to master, the GoD Hungering Arrow build might be just what you’re looking for. As the name implies, Hungering Arrow is where most of your damage is dealt, offering lightning-fast attacks to deal damage to your enemies – though it does hold itself back slightly with unimpressive AoE performance on the whole. The full Hungering Arrow build can be obtained here.

Best Diablo 3 Crusader Builds: Season 32 BlizzardIf you’re wondering what the best Crusader builds are in Diablo 3, we’ve got you covered. Keep reading to find out the best skills, items, and weapons for your Crusader class to use in Season 32 of the game. The Crusader is the Tank class in Diablo 3 and is the spiritual successor to Diablo 2’s Paladin. Both are champions of law and faith and will enforce their ideals through steel and force if necessary, however, their fighting styles do differ. The Crusader is heavily armored and use their physical strength to overcome their enemies. Often armed with a mighty sword or flail and a great shield, Crusaders excel at close combat – although thanks to the magical abilities they have access to, they can also wield spells to tackle their enemies from a distance. If a Crusader is your class of choice for Season 32 of Diablo 3, we’ve got a full rundown of the best builds to use below. Is the Crusader right for me? The Crusader is well suited to those who like the idea of easing into the game with a tank-like character, but may also want to indulge in some magic and unique skill-based play later. While the Crusader appears to be a chunky armor-clad, hammer-wielding powerhouse, there’s a lot more to them. You may also want to consider if the Crusader’s personality and style suit you as an individual. Crusaders are very forthright, disciplined, and focused on their ideals. Anyone who doesn’t share these is simply in their way. While this can make for some fun banter between them and characters like the Scoundrel, they may not be to everyone’s taste. If you prefer your protagonists to be morally grey anti-heroes, then the Crusader might not be for you. They are essentially the Captain America of the Diablo universe – great in a fight, but due to their unshakeable and unmovable values, not so fun at a party. Yet in battle, the Crusader is buttery smooth in the right hands and can deliver massive damage from afar and up close. They can also rush their opponents in ferocious charge moves that are great for crowd control and cutting through swathes of demons. If you want to smite your enemies with both power and unrelenting judgment, then the Crusader will be your character of choice. Is the Crusader good in Season 32? According to Maxroll.gg’s key farming tier list the Crusader’s AoV Heaven’s Fury build this season scores an A rank. This means that those who choose the Crusader this season and decide to use this build are in for a treat – and Diablo’s minions are in for one hell of a bashing. Best Diablo 3 Crusader build The top Crusader build this season is the Aegis of Valor Heaven’s Fury. As you can guess this is built around equipping the Aegis of Valor set and taking advantage of the massive bonuses it gives to the Heaven’s Fury skill. Active Skills Passive Skills We’d recommend making use of the following passive skills as soon as you can: Heavenly Strength – Holy Cause – Finery – Long Arm of the Law – Items and weapons Here’s a breakdown of the items you’ll need and where they go: Follower With the Crusader being a tank, it may make sense to bring along the Enchantress so she can blast spells at enemies and provide some elemental damage. But we’re inclined to recommend the Templar for two reasons. First, his dialogue is interesting. Kormac is also a member of the Church of Zakarum, and for every similarity he shares with the Crusader, he also has a different view. Secondly, his healing buffs can be the most useful skills for this build and add a layer of security. Although, you can also hire the Scoundrel to watch him test your Crusader’s patience. His buffs are useful too, but you’ll not have much use for his attacks. Remember the Crusader has no summonable minions or pets, so unless you bring along one of the three followers, you’re on your own against the legions of Hell – but that’s just how the Crusader likes it. Alternative Diablo 3 Crusader builds If this build doesn’t seem like your style then there are other paths the Crusader can walk: Legacy of Dreams Bombardment Crusader Build Akkhan Condemn Crusader Build The full guide to both these builds can be obtained here.

Best Diablo 3 Barbarian Builds: Season 32 Blizzard EntertainmentLooking for the best Diablo 3 Barbarian builds heading into Season 32? Here’s everything you need to beat the hordes of Hell into submission. The hulking Barbarian class in Diablo 3 loves nothing more than getting up close and personal. The Barbarian returns from Diablo 2, and was also a character class in the original Diablo game’s unofficial Hellfire expansion. Offering a classic tank/melee playstyle that makes use of crowd control attacks, this is a character that’s best suited to those who enjoy bashing and slashing. The question is, how effective is the Barbarian in Season 32 of Diablo 3? Here’s why you should pick the Barbarian class in Season 32, as well as a rundown of some of their best builds. Is the Barbarian right for me? If you’re tired of fancy spells, but just prefer the old-fashioned hack ‘n’ slash method, look no further than this Diablo 3 class. The Barbarian relies almost entirely on melee attacks and skills, which the character’s most powerful builds are based around. Want to take on hordes of enemies all by yourself? Well, you’ve picked the right class for the job. If you want a more complex playstyle, the Monk is always a good choice, and the Demon Hunter is also just fine for tearing up demonic hordes. However, when it comes to pure, innate, brute power and strength, you really can’t beat the Barbarian. While the class has a variety of intricate skills to make use of, the best builds are designed around pure ruthless aggression. Is the Barbarian good in Diablo 3 Season 32? A quick glance at Maxroll.gg’s tier list will show you that the Barbarian has some A-class tier builds this season. However, when compared to the rest of the classes, the Barbarian is actually at the bottom of the pile in Season 32. Yet no matter, the class still boasts a variety of A-Tier builds. Therefore, there are plenty of fun and effective ways to tear Diablo’s minions to pieces. Best Diablo 3 Barbarian Build: Season 32 If you’ve played Diablo 3 before, you’ll probably know what the best Barbarian builds were from last season. The Waste Whirlwind Rend Barbarian remains a firm favorite this time around too. It’s still by far the most reliable Barbarian build for Season 32. As the name implies you’ll need to grab the Wrath of the Wastes armor set to utilize this build to its full, demon-mowing potential. Active Skills Below are all of the skills included in the build, but be sure to focus on getting a 45-50% cooldown reduction to get the most out of this setup: Passive Skills We already touched on some passive skills you’ll want to have, but here’s the full list: Rampage – Boon of Bul-Kathos – Brawler – Ruthless – Berserker Rage – Nerves of Steel – Build items & weapons Your skills are nothing without a good set of armor and weapons, and while the Barbarian could still bring the pain with just their fists, here’s how to maximize this build for the season: *You need Ambo’s Pride for this build to work at full effectiveness since it applies Rend while you use Whirlwind, so don’t spare any expense to get it if you want the best build. Follower While many players might dismiss the Follower, they can make or break your gameplay. Changes from earlier seasons allowed you to customize their armor alongside their weapons, so now they really do have much more of an impact. There’s really only one choice that makes sense to pair with this powerful build, and that is the ever-supportive Enchantress, as she is the only follower that gives Cooldown Reduction, allowing you to spam your abilities even more. Her ranged elemental magic is also a welcome addition to your arsenal. Alternative Diablo 3 Barbarian build If you want something a bit different than the classic Waste Whirlwind Rend build, don’t worry! There is another path we can recommend following, which comes in at a very respectable A-rank. Raekor Boulder Toss This build focuses on the Ancient Spear ability, which is the definition of hack’n’slash with simple, straightforward melee mechanics enhanced by massive Attack Speed bonuses. The full rundown of the Savage Frenzy Barbarian guide can be found here.

Diablo 4: Where to find Azurewrath Blizzard EntertainmentThe Azurewrath Sword is a Unique item in Diablo 4 Season 1, and here’s a guide on how to get it in-game. Several new additions will make their way to Diablo 4 with the arrival of the Season of the Malignant. One of the latest additions includes Season 1 exclusive Unique Items for all classes available in the game. The Azurewrath Sword belongs to the group of these Unique items and is specific to the Barbarian class. The Azurewrath Sword boosts the Core skills via powerful effects. What makes this Unique sword even more interesting is you won’t find its effects on other Legendary items. However, getting your hands on this item is not as easy as you may think. With that said, here’s a guide on how to get the Azurewrath Sword in the game. How to get Azurewrath Sword in Diablo 4? To get the Azurewrath Sword in Diablo 4, you need to defeat level 85 or above monsters in Nightmare difficulty (World Tier 3) or higher. To transcend from World Tier 2 to 3, you’ll need to clear the Cathedral of Light Capstone dungeon. However, there’s no guarantee you’ll get the Sword as the luck factor comes into play in this case. In order to increase your chances of securing the drop, you may: Clear Nightmare Dungeons – Participate in World Events – Start slaying World Bosses – Diablo 4 Azurewrath Sword advantages Here are the advantages that the Azurewrath Sword grant to Barbarians: Core Skills get a 20% chance of Freezing enemies for three seconds. – Deal 0.75 to 1.5 Cold damage after Freezing them. – This is due to the Lucky Hit effect granted after equipping the Unique Sword. So, there you have it — that’s everything you need to know about getting the Azurewrath Sword in Diablo 4. For more about the game, be sure to check our other content and guides: Diablo 4 Temple of Rot Stronghold guide | Where to find the Fallen Temple Capstone Dungeon in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Asmongold warns Diablo 4 will bleed players if Blizzard waits too long to “fix sh*t” Blizzard Entertainment/Twitch/AsmongoldTwitch streamer Asmongold is concerned that Diablo 4 may not be able to hold onto its player base if Blizzard doesn’t step up and fix some of the game’s big issues. Diablo 4 has been a mammoth hit for Blizzard, breaking all sorts of records for the company, but it hasn’t been without some flaws. In addition to server issues and ongoing button delays, some players have even claimed the game literally puts them to sleep. While Blizzard has promised fixes, the fact they could take quite a while to deploy has Asmongold warning that this could cause players to move on to other games unless the devs take swift action. Asmongold says Blizzard needs to fix Diablo 4 immediately During a recent broadcast, Asmongold was watching a video about Diablo 4 being in jeopardy and chimed in that by not moving quickly to fix problems, Blizzard could alienate fans. “I think what’s really going to make or break the game in the next six months is if Blizzard actually fixes things proactively,” the MMO streamer explained. “There are obvious problems in the game right now, and the fixes for these problems are being withheld to a date after a date that we don’t even know.” For instance, the devs have promised to fix inferior Resistances in Season 2, but Season 1 won’t start until mid-July, so fans don’t have a concrete date on when to expect that update. (segment begins at 3:05) “What the f**k am I playing season one for?” Asmongold asked. “Why do we have to wait for Season 2? This is outrageous. How do you expect people to just sit around for a random amount of time until you decide to get off your ass and fix the game?” The streamer went on to accuse Blizzard of making players continue to experience a “certifiable worse version” for at least three months. When someone in chat proposed that the consoles may be to blame, Asmongold hit back, saying the same thing has happened in other Blizzard games and that the company has a record of taking “too long to fix sh*t.” We’ll have to see if hell freezes over and Blizzard heeds Asmongold’s warning or if these concerns fall on deaf ears.

Asmongold under fire for silencing critics of his Diablo Immortal pay-to-win stream Asmongold/Blizzard EntertainmentTwitch star Asmongold has drawn heat for deleting posts on his subreddit that called him out for his Diablo Immortal broadcasts where he spends considerable amounts of money on the game. Asmongold has long taken a vocal stance against pay-to-win video games. He even specifically called out Blizzard for including this model in their new mobile game Diablo Immortal. Although he shared his distaste for Blizz’s handling of the APRG title, he still streamed his first playthrough and even decided to spend money on in-game currency every time the game prompted him to. Now, he faces a backlash from his community. Asmongold caught deleting negative Reddit posts While streaming on his backup account zackrawrr on June 3, the 30-year-old streamer was caught deleting tons of negative posts on his subreddit, r/Asmongold. All of the posts he can be seen deleting are ones calling him out for spending nearly $350 on Immortal in his first broadcast of the game. Asmon apparently was trying to prove a point about spending money on free-to-play games, but that point was lost on those who already are aware of how predatory pay-to-win games can be. His own subreddit moderators even took a stand against deleting the posts. Mod Voiddyn said, “We’re not taking down this thread. And if it gets taken down it’s just a miscommunication in the mod team and just DM us. We understand the frustration and many agree with the points. Just think it’s worded a bit hostile for our full support. But we’re going to keep it up either way.” Shortly after Asmongold pulled down the post, Voiddyn added: “Asmon took it down, so I’m unable to restore it. Sorry folks.” One Asmongold fan called deleting negative posts “cringe” and said it is “hypocrisy to the maximum.” Despite approaching against pay-to-win games in the past, Asmongold’s fans believe he’s now embracing it with his Diablo Immortal streams.

Asmongold slams Diablo 4 Druid as “worst class” he’s played in the game AsmongoldAsmongold has labeled the Druid as the “worst class” in the Diablo 4 beta, so here’s what the popular Twitch streamer had to say. Asmongold has been busy delving into the dark dungeons of Diablo 4, and while his beta playthrough has been largely positive, the Twitch star had some complaints surrounding the Druid class. This shape-shifting unit can effortlessly switch between a ferocious bear or a vicious werewolf to fight the demonic hordes. The Druid was added during the Diablo 4 beta, featuring alongside classes like the Barbarian, Necromancer, Rogue, and Sorcerer. Unfortunately, when compared to these counterparts, Asmongold believes the Druid just isn’t worth using in its current state. So, here’s what he had to say about the unit’s lackluster performance. Asmongold blasts Diablo 4 Druid class “This character is f*cking horrible, it is so bad. This is the worst class so far that I have played,” explained Asmongold. Previously, Asmongold and the Diablo 4 community had voiced their fears over the disparity between ranged and melee characters. While both Sorcerer and Barbarian feel good to play, commenters were keen to highlight just how easy ranged combat seems. A lot of these issues seem to stem from Diablo 4’s bosses, which are a lot easier to take down with ranged abilities. Asmongold also noted this during his early impressions video, where he stated that he “didn’t enjoy a lot of the fights as melee” and that enemies felt “obnoxious to play against.” Timestamp of 2:48 While Barbarian and Rogue have the tools and damage to make up for the riskier playstyle, Asmongold believes the Druid is in a really rough spot. This is mainly down to the lack of damage and high cooldowns of the Druid’s abilities. “I don’t want to sit there auto-attacking, just so I can have enough energy to use one spell. Meanwhile, I have Darth Sidious — this Necromancer just [electrifying everything].” So far, Blizzard has been quick to address in-game issues. In fact, the developers recently stated that they would be buffing the Barbarian’s early game strength, following community complaints. Whether the Druid class will receive a similar buff remains to be seen, but for now, Asmongold appears unimpressed by the shapeshifting class.

Asmongold slams Diablo 4 and says he’s “done” after Season 1 update Twitch: zackrawrrThe Diablo 4 Season 1 update seems to have broken Asmongold who looks to have hit a breaking point with the game and has quit – very possibly for good. To say the Season 1 update to Blizzard’s Diablo 4 has been divisive is an understatement. There have been some positives such as in the introduction of Malignant Hearts, but Battle Pass problems and Nightmare Dungeon technicalities have been just some of the issues caused by Season 1. Asmongold has been a massive vocal supporter of wanting Blizzard to fix Diablo 4. He warned that “Diablo 4 will bleed players” if issues continue to remain unattended. But now, it seems he’s become a victim of his own prophecy. Diablo 4 Season 1 causes Asmongold to quit the game In a brief clip from the popular Asmongold clips YouTube channel, the content creator was repeatedly attempting to overcome a boss in Diablo 4 but kept getting one-shotted. On the first attempt, Asmongold was well away from the enemy in question and got instantly killed out of nowhere, to which the streamer replied: “Ok.” The next attempt was almost a carbon copy, prompting him to say “what the f**k” whilst laughing. But it was the third attempt that got to Asmongold as he was on the receiving end of another instant one-hit KO. “Oh f**k, I don’t think I can do it.” After one more death, the streamer declared to his viewers: “The mechanics are dogs**t, it’s c**p.” In response to a user calling him out for being a quitter he had this to say: “So, you want me to sit there and play a game that just sucks? Why? Why would I do that? You want me to sit there and get mad playing a game that’s frustrating and not fun?” One of Asmongold’s viewers then chimed in with an interesting comment: “Imagine any other developer failing to make a working resistance system on a released game and gaslighting players by pushing fixes into later seasons as if that’s acceptable.” He summed everything up with a simple “yep” before declaring “I’m not playing, I’m done.” Given that he is one of the biggest streamers in the world, it could be detrimental to Diablo 4 to lose one of its hottest stars.

Asmongold slams “condescending” Diablo 2 Resurrected Amazon changes Blizzard Entertainment, YouTube: AsmongoldDiablo 2 Resurrected’s iteration of the iconic Amazon class has sparked mass debate among fans of the title, and Asmongold has weighed in with his thoughts on her in-game changes. If there’s one character that will go down in Diablo history as being one of the most controversial, it’s Diablo 2 Resurrected’s warrior queen, the Amazon. Initially slammed for being unattractive by prospective players, Blizzard fixed her in-game model with a little bit of plastic surgery. While this helped her regain her status as Sanctuary’s resident exotic beauty, subsequent admittance from the game’s developers that they did tone down some aspects of the game has left players disgruntled once more. One of these is Twitch star Asmongold, who has actively criticized Blizzard’s removal of inappropriate content in their games for some time. Asmongold slams Diablo 2 Resurrected Amazon changes While it has never been confirmed that the changes to the Amazon’s curvaceous form were in response to the current lawsuit against Activision Blizzard for fostering a “pervasive frat boy culture” within the workplace, the recent removal of hyper-sexualized content suggests that it may have been a factor. Read More: Diablo 2 Resurrected review – “I heard they changed the Amazon’s face in Diablo 2,” Asmongold notes in a September 22 stream. “Who cares? I do.” He goes on to clarify that “I know a lot of people might not really care, but I do. I don’t like to see this happen, this revisionism. I want to play a video game. The extent that they’re going to change the game based off of them trying to make up for the fact they molest people at their office is just, it’s insulting to me as a player. I think that it’s also condescending. It’s patronizing.” He concludes that “the implication is that the players are somehow at fault for playing the game. There’s no artistic integrity. The game is no longer an artistic expression, it’s now a vehicle to promote an agenda and a worldview, and I don’t really want to play a game like that if I don’t have to.” As Blizzard continues to remove inappropriate content from their games, it’ll be interesting to see what’s next on the chopping block. One thing, however, is very clear; Asmongold isn’t in support of it.

Asmongold shocked after discovering Diablo 4’s highly-priced WoW mount AsmongoldDiablo 4’s shop added the infamous Lich King Invincible mount from WoW as Asmongold slammed Blizzard for its high price instead of making it a free in-game reward. Asmongold has been widely known to give his opinions on Diablo 4, where in July he said he was done with the game after the Season 1 update. Blizzard launched their Season 2 update on October 17, which features an overhaul of new updates to the game, which fans have highly praised. Setting the past aside, the Twitch streamer’s opinions towards Diablo 4 have also been more positive since the updates, stating: “It’s really not that bad.” However, Asmongold has slammed the developers once again. This time for adding one of the most popular World of Warcraft mounts to Diablo 4 at a $25 price tag within the shop instead of an in-game reward. Asmongold slams Diablo 4 for making WoW mount $25 During his Twitch stream on October 21, he was seen checking out all the new changes in Season 2. After venturing onto the item shop within the game, he noticed they added the Invincible Aspect, which is a classic beloved mount from World of Warcraft: Wrath of the Lich King. “What the fk?! Are you kidding me? Holy sh*t! Oh wow! That’s actually pretty cool! Yeah, you get the helmet, too. Look at that. Looks better than it does in WoW,” Asmongold responded. After he realized it was actually 2,500 platinum which costs each player $25 to buy the item, he spoke “It would’ve been really nice if that was a reward for, you know, killing Duriel or something. You know? Like, I don’t know. It would be better for the game. It would be another motivating factor to get people to play,” he added after realizing it was 2,500 platinum which would cost each player $25 to purchase. The rare WoW mount still remains a sought-after item, which is obtained by defeating a main boss. The Invincible mount only has a 1% drop rate in WoW, which has proven to be a challenging task for players, compared to Diablo 4, where players can just instantly buy it in the shop. Aside from this, players have been stunned by other customization features and outfits added to Diablo 4.

Asmongold shames “out of touch” Blizzard as Diablo 4 devs ridiculed for gameplay showcase Blizzard Entertainment/Twitch/AsmongoldAsmongold weighed in on the Diablo 4 developer gameplay showcase that’s causing an uproar from the Diablo 4 community. He was left wondering why the video was ever released, claiming that the developers were set up to fail. Diablo 4 has sold extremely well, though it hasn’t been spared from post-release controversy. Players have had their fair share of gripes with the game, and, while many have been addressed, there are those who aren’t thrilled with the current state of the title. To try and build a bigger connection with the community and introduce the team, Blizzard released a video that had two dungeon designers sit down and chat about working on the game and their background as developers. While their discussion in the video was fairly non-controversial, the gameplay that went up in the background has sparked massive backlash against the devs. Asmongold chimed in, and, while he wasn’t happy with the video, he also felt bad for the two developers who were put in that position. Asmongold claims Diablo devs are “out of touch” Asmongold hasn’t played Diablo 4 in a while. He claimed he was quitting and he committed to that claim, with him airing his grievances about the game and moving on. Even when his chat was telling him to watch a video that showed the developers playing Diablo 4, he was hesitant to watch it. However, he ultimately took the plunge. Asmongold then spent 40 minutes breaking down the video, drawing conclusions about Diablo 4’s current state and some of its issues, and called out Blizzard for releasing a video that put their developers on the spot. As one commenter put it on the original dev gameplay video, “Blizzard just sacrificed these two right in front of our eyes.” Asmongold was in disbelief as he watched the video, and ultimately wound up feeling bad for the developers whose gameplay was put out there for the world to see. “Clearly, they don’t have a lot of experience playing this game. They have no idea what they’re doing. Anybody who plays the game knows that. And all it does is open these two people up for criticism and hate from an entire community. The people who made the decision to release this video should be ashamed of themselves.” Asmongold continued. “You just put two people on your team – regardless of if they deserved the criticism – you put them in the crosshairs of everybody.” Regardless of the quality of the gameplay and the content of the video, Asmongold was shocked that Blizzard sent this video out the door in the first place. And, though it’s partially a matter of disappointment that the developers who design the game’s dungeons aren’t as proficient at the game as some of the more hardcore players, this video was ultimately approved by someone else on the team. “All this does is it confirms a lot of people’s concerns about the game. The developers – they don’t have a proper build. Yeah, you could say they’re talking and whatever, but that’s not really gonna come across.” Asmongold continued: “I stream video games, I understand being on autopilot, talking and playing the game. But I also understand, whenever you’re putting something out for an audience, what that audience is gonna respond with. It’s out of touch – not only is it out of touch, it’s irresponsible.” He also gave what he claimed to be a “hot take” by saying, “I think that if you’re in a senior position for a video game, you should know how to play it proficiently.” At the time of writing, the video is only getting more and more dislikes as the community discovers it. Blizzard has yet to give a public statement about the ongoing backlash.

Asmongold criticizes “boring” Diablo 2 Resurrected gameplay Blizzard Entertainment, Twitch: AsmongoldTwitch sensation Asmongold isn’t known for holding back, and he’s been pretty brutal when it comes to Blizzard’s Diablo 2 remaster, Diablo 2 Resurrected. Finally unleashed to players on September 23, Diablo 2 Resurrected dominated Twitch during its launch day. With a whole host of content creators diving into their Sanctuary adventures, one even cosplayed as a genderbent Deckard Cain. Asmongold, however, wasn’t part of the devilishly delightful party. Previously stating that he wouldn’t play the game on stream, there was no sign of the self-professed professional neck beard on launch day. While ongoing medical issues with his mother were likely the main cause of this, he opened up in a September 28 stream about why Diablo 2 Resurrected has little to no appeal to him. Asmongold calls Diablo 2 Resurrected “boring” When asked whether or not he was planning on streaming the remaster, Asmongold had few nice things to say about Blizzard’s latest release. “I’ve played a little bit of Diablo 2 but the truth is that Diablo 2 is pretty boring to play,” he said. “I’m going to be honest, I think it’s boring to play, it’s boring to watch; it’s just not something that I’m super excited about. “If it had come out when I was still streaming I probably would have played it that day and played through the campaign,” he confessed. “But in terms of playing it as, like, a consistent thing, I think it’s a very acquired taste. The fact that I never played Diablo 2 back in the day removes the nostalgia element that attracts a lot of people.” When asked if he doesn’t enjoy the game at all, he noted: “I loved Diablo 3, I thought it was such a fun game, but the gameplay of Diablo 2 is just not good in my opinion. I think that it’s just fundamentally not good. I don’t like the way characters move, I don’t like the way that NPCs move, I just don’t like the way the game plays.” While concluding that “it feels like Diablo 2 is true to form, and I’m so happy for all the people that do like playing Diablo that they have this game,” it’s pretty clear that Diablo fans won’t get to see Asmon play the game anytime soon. Maybe if we say a few prayers to the high heavens he’ll change his mind, but at this moment in time he’s looking to conquer a New World (get it?) instead of Sanctuary’s old one.

Asmongold rips Blizzard for leaning into pay-to-win with Diablo Immortal asmongold/BlizzardTwitch streamer Asmongold was shocked after learning about the thousands of dollars in pay-to-win gear that will be included with Diablo Immortal. Diablo Immortal is finally set to come out on June 2, 2022, after spending years in development following the infamous announcement at BlizzCon 2018. Ahead of the launch, YouTuber Gregg2G put out a video on the massive amount of pay-to-win content that would be coming in the game, up into the thousands of dollars. After hearing about how much was included, Asmongold joked he might not be able to afford to stream Immortal. “For some reason, no one is talking about this” Gregg2G called the amount of P2W “disgusting” and added that he didn’t think having thousands of dollars of items for sale made any sense. As Asmon watched, he couldn’t believe how greedy Blizzard was apparently being with Immortal. “Ok guys, we’re going to have to do a sponsored stream for this,” he joked. “Yeah, I need a small loan of $50,000 to play a f***ing phone game.” While Immortal will be free to play, Blizzard is obviously giving players plenty of opportunities to spend money on massively OP items that will definitely tip the scales in favor of those who do pay. Immortal isn’t the only upcoming mobile game Blizzard is putting out, either. Asmongold also predicted that Warcraft Arclight Rumble, would “make more money than WoW” ever has.

Asmongold reveals the biggest Diablo 4 problem that made him quit Blizzard Entertainment/Twitch/AsmongoldA recent video posted by Asmongold showed yet another Diablo 4 player experiencing the same issues he did that made him call it quits during Season of the Malignant. Diablo 4 has its quirks and bugs, but one problem that seems to be rumbling around the forums is Affixes on bosses being too tough for even the most seasoned players of the game. Content creator and streamer Asmongold recently published a video of repeatedly dying to the same boss due to an Affix that stuns and guns the player down with little room for survival. Another player has encountered the same issue, which Asmongold shines a spotlight to show exactly why he stopped playing early on. Diablo 4 Affixes wreaking havoc In the original Reddit post that Asmongold referred to in his upload to YouTube, we see a player going into the Study Halls dungeon on what appears to be scaled to level 43+. The Shivering Nangari Rattlejaw spawns and begins hacking away at the player. The player in the video is a Druid, known for its survivability and tank-like damage reduction. But as players can see, the Druid gets frozen in place, and a barrage of blows hits them for their entire health pool. The Affix that seems to be causing issues is called the Freeze Affix. This locks the player in place and appears not to be dispellable once frozen. Though the enemies in Asmongold’s video and this player’s example differ, the Affix on the opponents is the same. As Asmongold watches the player get killed repeatedly, he states, “This game is so f****** bad. Holy s***. Oh my god, it’s so f****** bad.” While some argue this is simply a player error, Asmondgold disagrees. He even went back and forth with someone in his chat about whether or not they truly believed this was a well-balanced mechanic. Asmongold says, “Do you think this is well-designed and well-balanced?” to which the chatter replies, “yes.” This encounter ends with the person relenting and just agreeing with Asmongold. He ends the conversation by saying, “They can never actually defend their perspective. They can never actually say — and actually hold an argument with it — because it’s just so transparently wrong.” Given that Asmongold is one of the most prominent streamers in the world today, his opinions could be an absolute detriment to Diablo 4 as time passes.

Asmongold praises Diablo 4 devs over Immortals-style trading change YouTube: Asmongold/BlizzardAsmongold praised the Diablo 4 development team after confirming that players won’t be able to trade items bought with premium currency. Blizzard made plenty of controversial decisions surrounding Diablo Immortal’s monetization that left fans split. Popular streamer Asmongold was one of those outspoken critics of Diablo Immortal’s monetization scheme. However, the streamer is now praising Blizzard after Diablo 4’s global community lead confirmed the game will remove its controversial cosmetic trading system. Asmongold praised Diablo 4 devs decision to remove item trading Asmongold showed the full interaction through a clip on his Asmongold Clips YouTube channel. The video begins with the streamer declaring that he wants “Blizzard to come out and say definitively that you will not be able to sell or transfer any item between players for gold that is cosmetic that you can obtain on the store.” Following a quarterly update surrounding Diablo 4, Blizzard shared details about the game’s season pass and cosmetics shop. Specifically, the update promised that Diablo 4 would avoid pay-to-win mechanics, likely in lieu of Diablo Immortal’s controversial monetization system. Noticing one big question not included among the quarterly update, Asmongold replied to the official Diablo Twitter account and asked the question on a lot of players’ minds. “Will any of the items on the shop or items purchasable with ‘premium currency’ be tradable in any capacity between other players? Not between your characters, but other players so you can effectively ‘sell’ them.” Not long after, Diablo’s Global Community Lead Adam Fletcher responded and said, “You can not trade anything purchased with premium currency in Diablo 4 with other players. This includes items unlocked in the Season Pass.” Seemingly satisfied with the response, Asmongold replied, “There it is dude, there it is. W.” While many players likely see this decision simply as a stepping stone to correct course away from Diablo Immortal, it seems it has done much to assuage Asmongold’s fear for Diablo 4’s future going forward.

Asmongold left stunned after Diablo 4 bug deletes his character during stream YouTube/Asmongold ClipsPopular Twitch streamer Asmongold was briefly left stunned and furious after a random bug during the Diablo 4 Early Access period erased his character. Diablo 4’s Early Access beta is still going, and fans finally have a chance to explore a bit of the world of the series’ next entry. Unfortunately, the beta period hasn’t been the smoothest experience for every fan, and the various bugs and glitches have naturally affected some content creators and streamers as well. During his early hours with the beta, popular Twitch streamer Asmongold fell victim to a particularly nasty bug that booted him out of the game and deleted his character, which left him visibly frustrated. Diablo 4 beta bug deletes Asmongold’s character The glitch occurred during the early hours of Asmongold’s stream, not too long after he’d finally gotten into some gameplay. After Asmon had spent roughly 10 minutes creating his Barbarian to his liking, he traveled through the tutorial map, encountered combat, and met a few NPCs. Hilarously enough, the streamer had just taken a moment to read a message from chat aloud which said, “DC incoming,” to which he jokingly replied, “No, it’s not going to DC me. I’m a streamer, I’m special.” Just as he was talking to another NPC, the game cut out and a message reading “Network Disconnect” popped up. After a few moments of sitting in stunned silence, Asmongold put his face in his hands in disbelief. The WoW streamer was then forced to sit through a lengthy loading screen while his annoyance built. Unfortunately, once he was brought back to the main menu he made the unfortunate discovery that the character he’d just spent 10 minutes crafting had been lost completely. To make matters worse, after recreating his Barbarian, Asmongold tried to re-enter the beta only to be met with an error message that read “Your account is currently locked. Please wait a few minutes and try again,” to which he incredulously said, “What? Was I cheating? What the f*ck is this?” Thankfully, Asmongold’s second attempt was more successful, as after another lengthy loading session he was able to start over with his newly made character. While he was naturally frustrated with his early ordeal, he ended his stream with a fairly positive impression of the Diablo 4 beta overall.

Asmongold gives his verdict on Diablo 4 from the beta: “It’s not changing my life” AsmongoldThe Diablo 4 beta finally gave players the chance to delve into the new ARPG and popular Twitch Streamer, Asmongold, has given his early impressions of the latest game. Asmongold has been busy playing through the Diablo 4 beta, delving into the game’s new content and mechanics. While the streamer’s journey through the demon-infested world of Diablo 4 has been far from smooth, the streamer was keen to highlight his overall impressions. After all, many Diablo fans will be keen to know just how good the combat feels and whether the latest title does anything different from its predecessors. While the Diablo 4 beta has only been out for a few days, that hasn’t stopped Asmongold from powering through the latest content to provide his expertise. Asmongold gives first impressions of Diablo 4 beta “I would rate Diablo 4, the beta experience an 8.5. I don’t really feel comfortable saying 9 and I don’t really feel comfortable saying 8 either, so I’m feeling somewhere around 8.5,” explained Asmongold. “I don’t think it’s incredible, it’s not changing my life. It’s not innovative to the point where it completely reorients my thinking on the ARPG genre,” said the streamer. “However, it’s very good at doing what it does.” The streamer was also keen to highlight how good the Diablo 4 cinematics were. While they may not be the most visually stunning scenes, Asmongold was keen to highlight how he enjoyed seeing his main character as part of the story. Timestamp of 4:50 Of course, many players will be keen to know just how good Diablo 4’s combat is when compared to other titles in the series. Well, fortunately, Asmongold addressed his views on this aspect of the game. “I am very happy about the combat, I think it’s fun and pretty enjoyable overall. However, I really didn’t enjoy a lot of the fights as melee, I felt like you’re fighting a mob and he’s standing inside of a pool you’re supposed to move out of, it’s just annoying and obnoxious to play against.” Asmongold did note how his experience improved once he switched to a ranged character – an area he notes might be down to his preferred playstyle. All in all, it certainly seemed that the popular streamer enjoyed his time during the Diablo 4 beta, but Asmongold’s full impressions will likely be released once the full game is released later this year.

Asmongold explains why he’s worried about Diablo 4 Twitch/Asmongold/BlizzardPopular Twitch streamer Asmongold is not feeling the hype over Blizzard’s next entry in the Diablo franchise after taking issue with Diablo Immortal’s model. Diablo 4 is set to be the next game in the popular series and despite some fans eager to get their hands on it once test access kicks off, Asmongold doesn’t fall into that category. Lately, the series has come under final for Diablo Immortal, a mobile and PC game that has been hammered by critics, such as Dexerto’s Lauren Bergin, as being a “pay-to-win monster” with its microtransactions. Immortal’s problems seem to have damaged the hype leading up to Diablo 4 as well with the award-winning MMO streamer explaining why he isn’t exactly looking forward to the game. Asmongold blames Diablo Immortal for lack of D4 interest In a popular tweet, the streamer revealed that he wasn’t buying into the Diablo 4 hype, citing issues with Diablo 3 and Immortal. “D3 dead game no innovation for the better part of a decade,” he slammed. “Diablo Immortal P2W clown fiesta somehow a worse version of D3 literally reused tilesets and nostalgia bait.” In response to microtransaction fears, Blizzard has confirmed that Diablo 4 will have in-game purchases, however, they will consist of “optional cosmetic items” and “full story-driven expansions.” Not sure I’m buying into the D4 hype D3 dead game no innovation for better part of a decade Diablo Immortal P2W clown fiesta somehow a worse version of D3 literally reused tilesets and nostalgia bait Compare to PoE/Lost Ark? I rly hope I’m wrong, it’ll have to win me over — Zack (@Asmongold) June 13, 2022 The Twitch star went on to compare the game with Path of Exile and Lost Ark, commenting how at least if Diablo 4 ends up sucking he would have those games to look forward to. “I really hope I’m wrong, it’ll have to win me over,” he said, showing that he still wants Diablo 4 to be a good game despite his initial concerns. Whether or not Diablo 4 can overcome concerns remains to be seen, but all eyes will be on the upcoming installment once it drops in 2023.

Asmongold showcases Diablo Immortal’s ‘pay-to-win’ nature by comparing Elder Rift runs Blizzard / Twitch: AsmongoldIn the midst of the discussion about Diablo Immortal’s ‘pay-to-win’ elements, Asmongold highlighted the issue by comparing a standard Elder Rift run free to all players with that of a $20 run. Since its release, Diablo Immortal’s microtransaction system has been its biggest talking point. The trending narrative is that it’s a blatant ‘pay-to-win’ cash grab, and it’s being blasted by players left, right, and center. The furor sparked even more after various players started calculating how much you need to spend in order to have the best end-game equipment, which could extend beyond $100,000 in some cases. Of course, not everyone has an issue with it. Shroud and Asmongold are fully aware of the pay-to-win elements, but unlike others, it doesn’t faze them – presumably because they’ve got plenty of money at their disposal. However, that didn’t stop Asmon from showcasing the problem to his viewers during his latest stream. Asmon played through an Elder Rift run modified with $20 worth of Legendary Crests, which increases the likelihood of finding good loot. He then compared it to a free run. To no surprise, the ‘pay-to-win’ run ended with him finding an absurd amount of powerful loot, including a handful of legendaries. Meanwhile, the free run was far more underwhelming with just a couple of rare items at best. Asmon pointed out that the loot in the free run was so bad that it didn’t even give him any upgrades. It’s a stark contrast to the spoils of war that emerged in the premium run. $20 may not seem like a ton in the grand scheme. Though with that cost applying to just a single run, it can very quickly add up. As a result, a large portion of the player-base has argued the game is ‘pay-to-win,’ and they’re also concerned about the need to invest these sums regularly to find better loot. Despite that, though, developers downplayed claims that Diablo Immortal is indeed ‘pay-to-win’ ahead of its release. They argued a team of them thrived in the beta without spending a dime and implied others could do it.

Asmongold claims Diablo Immortal backlash won’t stop devs from pushing microtransactions Blizzard / Twitch: AsmongoldAsmongold claims backlash over Diablo Immortal’s pay-to-win features won’t stop devs from pushing microtransactions in future titles because people will always spend lots on them. Diablo Immortal was supposed to be the successor to the critically acclaimed series spanning almost 25 years. While it’s not all bad (for mobile players), it’s littered with pay-to-win elements that have soured the experience. Asmon warned people about this ahead of its release, and now that it’s out, he showcased the full extent of its pay-to-win nature on stream by making a startling comparison between free and paid Elder Rift runs. However, despite the chorus of criticism, Asmon believes pay-to-win microtransactions are here to stay in the series because people will always be willing to spend a fortune on them, giving devs no reason to change. “People will spend the money,” he said. “There will be people out there who will spend over $100,000 on Diablo Immortal. This will happen, and those people will fund the next game that will do the exact same thing, and this will continue happening forever. “There will never be a time where the gamers are going to ‘rise up,’ and they’re going to say, you know what, we don’t want any more of this pay to win sh*t. We want it to be like the good days. It’s never going to happen.” For that reason, he believes the developers will continue pushing the envelope. After all, ethical issues aside, it’s working out quite well for them in terms of profit. “This game design is straight-up evil? Well, it is Diablo!” he joked. The developers have downplayed the severity of the pay-to-win elements, claiming a team of them was able to thrive in the beta (both in PvE and PvP) without spending a dime. However, the community isn’t convinced. As it stands, Diablo Immortal has the third-lowest rated user score on Metacritic. While that should be taken with a grain of salt considering the likelihood of a review bomb, it’s still a sign that dissatisfaction is running rampant.

Asmongold comments on Path of Exile 2 being a Diablo 4 killer AsmongoldSince Diablo 4 Season 1 launched, Path of Exile 2 has been called the “Diablo Killer” as it feels “more complete.” Streamer Asmongold has commented on the differences between the two games. There is no shortage of complaints regarding Diablo 4 Season of the Malignant. Issues include affixes one-shotting players, classes being nerfed into oblivion, or even basic mechanics that cause bugs. Path of Exile 2 has been announced to be a standalone game instead of an expansion added to the original PoE. Now, Asmongold has shared his take on the subject at hand. Could Path of Exile kill Diablo 4? Asmongold discusses his issues with Diablo 4, focusing on the Stash and broken resistances. Both problems have been common among players for a while now. The Diablo devs stated that they could not enhance the amount of Stash space because it could cause performance issues. Asmongold doesn’t only focus on the negative, though. When asked by a chatter what he thinks Diablo 4 does better than PoE, he said, “I think Diablo 4 does great open-world, and I think PoE doesn’t have that and it’s an advantage that Diablo 4 has over PoE and I do actually think the open world is good and it adds texture to the world.” Asmongold further comments that the social interactions in Diablo 4 are better than in Path of Exile and the campaign as a whole. The main argument here is that the thought process behind how we handle comparing games is flawed. Asmongold and @dmdiablo4 share that they don’t think players need to bad mouth a game to say one is better. “No. Nobody can talk about an idea,” Asmongold states. “There’s a quote, small minds talk about people, medium minds talk about events and large minds talk about ideas, and I think it was from Eleanor Roosevelt.” He goes on to rant briefly about how the “unhinged” behavior needs to cease. He compares it to someone coming home from work to their beautiful wife and children, then going into Asmongold’s comments to post six comments on why World of Warcraft is better than the “cat simulation,” referring to Final Fantasy 14. Asmongold states, “Nobody does this. This is freak behavior and no normal person does this.”

Best Diablo 4 Sorcerer builds: Season 5 tier list BlizzardWith Season 5 of Diablo 4 now available, spell-slinger players should know about the best Sorcerer builds for Season of the Infernal Hordes, whether it be for leveling, endgame, or PvP. Sorcerers are one of the strongest character classes to choose this Season with their powerful arsenal of spells that can blast through waves of enemies. Despite often being glass cannons, Sorcerers have continued to be a reliable choice for a class with their fierce AoE spells. There is a bevy of unique builds to choose from as a Sorcerer, whether you lean more into the fire, ice, or lightning skills. Although taken down a peg by the macabre Necromancer class this Season, Sorcerers can still pack a punch. Blizzard does consistently update these classes so this information may change and shift throughout the Season of the Infernal Hordes and beyond. Our tier list below will go into detail about the best leveling, endgame, and PvP builds for Sorcerer, as well as what each build has to offer and how they work. Best Sorcerer leveling builds Best leveling build – Chain Lightning Just like the previous Season, Chain Lightning has continued to reign supreme as the best Sorcerer leveling build in Diablo 4. The build revolves around the Chain Lightning skill that strikes and bounces between you and your enemies. The focus on AoE damage and the high mobility will keep your Sorcerer out of harm’s way. From level one to level 50, the Chain Lightning Sorcerer is a dependable and strong build to run for Season 5. Luckily, it also works well in the endgame if you fall in love with it and don’t want to change to another build. Firewall is also a great leveling build, and the Aspects you’d want early on for it work well with the Fire Bolt build. Both options are strong, so pick whichever one looks more fun to you as you learn the class. Best Sorcerer PvP builds Best PvP build – Fire Bolt If you’re looking to take on other players in the Fields of Hatred, the best Sorcerer PvP build for Season of the Infernal Hordes would have to be the Fire Bolt Sorcerer. Arsonist players can apply high Burn damage to their victims using rapid shots of Fire Bolt, especially when used alongside the Firewall skill which was buffed heavily in the Season 5 patch notes. Fire Bolt Sorcerers have good maneuverability with ranged combat, alongside the Teleport skill which can get them away from another player if needed. Chain Lightning is also a strong choice, but it’s a bit less reliable and has less zoning tools with it lacking that Firewall. Best Sorcerer endgame builds Best endgame build – Fireball During the endgame of Season of the Infernal Hordes, the best Sorcerer build to try out is the Fireball Sorcerer. This build has strong defense, but also allows your Sorcerer to quickly annihilate groups of enemies. Your enemies will burn to the ground before you can even blink. Skills such as Flame Shield and Ice Armor make this Sorcerer less susceptible to damage in the dangerous Nightmare Dungeons, and they also have Frost Nova to render enemies Vulnerable for extra damage. Fireball’s at the top, but that doesn’t mean it’s the only S-Tier Sorc build. Chain Lightning and Fire Bolt can both deal a ton of damage, but both builds have some significant caveats. Chain Lightning requires you to get up close and personal with bosses since you don’t have much to chain off of, making the build a bit more volatile when it comes to taking down big bosses. You’ll really have to stay on your toes. Meanwhile, Fire Bolt is heavily reliant on Flame Wall. This is good for PvP, but not so great for getting through content quickly. The need to stay rooted in a certain spot makes this build’s clear times inherently slower and a bit weaker for high-tier Pit runs. All in all, Season 5 didn’t alter the Sorcerer class too much, but the good news is that the majority of balance changes buffed Sorcerer skills to make them a superior class. Our tiers explained S: The best – A: Very good – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Best to avoid unless you find yourself drawn to them – Below, you’ll find an explanation of all the Sorcerer builds and why we’ve ranked them where we have. All Sorcerer class rankings in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Chain Lightning Sorcerer The Chain Lightning Sorcerer has continued to be an incredible build for this class, whether you’re in leveling, endgame, or PvP. As a leveling build, Chain Lightning deals impressive AoE damage, while the Basic Skill Arc Lash focuses on enemies in melee range. In PvP, this build excels in mobility and single-target damage, while the endgame build provides you with great defense. Season of the Infernal Hordes buffed a bevy of skills used by this build, such as Greater Chain Lightning (now deals 10% increased damage with each bounce, up to 30%) and Teleport (base damage went from 25% to 35%). For a breakdown of how to make a Chain Lightning Sorcerer build for yourself, check out our guide. Fire Bolt Sorcerer Any Fire Bolt Sorcerer will know just how powerful this build can be during the endgame and Fields of Hatred, but not so much during the leveling phase. Fire Bolt Sorcerers place their Firewalls between them and the enemy while shooting Fire Bolts through the fiery barrier. This allows them to keep their distance from enemies and deal significant single-target damage. This run-and-gun playstyle is perfect for players who want a balance of survivability, mobility, and high DPS. It’s a simple build to put together for newcomers, but it also provides fun gameplay for veterans. Lightning Spear Sorcerer The Lightning Spear Sorcerer is uniquely designed around endgame play, especially with the new reworked Aspect of Splintering Energy this Season. This Aspect now allows critical hits with Lightning Spear to arc the Lightning, causing an extra 25-55% damage to the target and up to five other enemies. During the late game, this can make Lightning Spear especially damaging to enemies. Lightning Spear Sorcerers have amazing defensive abilities such as Ice Armor and Flame Shield, and the Unstable Current Ultimate is great to have as it allows for a random Core, Conjuration, or Mastery skill to cast anytime a Shock skill is inflicted. Firewall Sorcerer While the Firewall Sorcerer provides players with powerful leveling gameplay, it’s less likely to be useful in PvP or endgame. Despite this, Blizzard buffed Firewall in Season 5 to deal 230% damage instead of 160%. Players can also make use of the helpful Hydra skill, which can then grant you Summoned Hydra to apply extra Burn damage. Firewall Sorcerers are incredible with early-game AoE damage using the Inferno Ultimate to burn any enemy in their way. This build can bring your Sorcerer to the endgame in no time. For a breakdown of how to make a Firewall Sorcerer build for yourself, check out our guide. Fireball Sorcerer Fireball Sorcerers are great during the endgame, and less-so for leveling and PvP. It grants players plenty of defensive options, while not skimping out on impressive DPS with burning damage over time. Flame Shield and Ice Armor allow your Sorcerer to be tanky during Nightmare Dungeons, but they should still be careful as the endgame activities can provide difficult combat encounters for all classes. These Sorcerers should focus on dealing damage to groups of enemies over isolated foes, but in the case of an emergency, they still have the Teleport skill to pull themselves out of an enemy’s reach. For a breakdown of how to make a Fireball Sorcerer build for yourself, check out our guide. Arc Lash Sorcerer While less effective during the endgame, Arc Lash Sorcerers are a great pick for players who want to shine in the PvP Fields of Hatred, as well as the leveling phase. These Sorcerers inflict impressive close-encounter damage with the Basic Skill Arc Lash while having other Shock skills like Lightning Spear and Unstable Currents to back them up. Season 5 granted this build an extra boost with the changes to Flickering Arc Lash. Now players can gain five Mana after swiping one enemy, dealing 50% damage if they hit more than three enemies or a boss. This build continues to stay on top for the early game. Frozen Orb Sorcerer With less of an impact during the leveling phase, the Frozen Orb Sorcerer excels in PvP and endgame with its spectacular defense capabilities and damage output. Like most builds here, the Frozen Orb Sorcerer can dish out massive AoE damage with Frozen Orbs that Chill enemies and make them Vulnerable. They have no problem running through Nightmare Dungeons, Helltides, and other endgame activities. These Sorcerers serve even better this Season as the Frozen Orb damage increased from 41% to 50%, and its shard damage improved from 43% to 52%. This is an excellent choice for players who want to feel unstoppable in the late game. Check out our guide on how to build the best Frozen Orb Sorcerer builds in Diablo 4. Blizzard Sorcerer Finally, the Blizzard Sorcerer is a build that only really comes into play for endgame players, and doesn’t provide much for PvP or leveling. This build centers around the Blizzard Mastery which inflicts a massive amount of AoE damage to enemies, especially since it was buffed to deal 210% damage instead of 130%. We recommend any Blizzard Sorcerer to get the Glacial Aspect, or else this build doesn’t work well. This Aspect will periodically spawn Ice Shards after casting Blizzard which can Chill enemies. Blizzard Sorcerers focus on inflicting this status effect for improved damage numbers. Ball Lightning Sorcerer Ball Lightning is one of the more effective endgame mobbing builds, though that’s about all it’s good for. The slow-moving orbs this build centers around are both its greatest strength and its biggest flaw, as they don’t function well in PvP and require a lot of effort to properly put together. If you’ve got the right build, though? You’ll take out mobs at record pace. Just be mindful of your mana here, and be aware that this build requires a big commitment when it comes to farming certain Aspects. For a breakdown of how to make a Ball Lightning Sorcerer build for yourself, check out our guide. Now that you’re familiar with the best Sorcerer builds in Season 5 of Diablo 4, you should also check out the best Necromancer, Rogue, Druid, and Barbarian builds.

Best Diablo 4 Rogue builds: Season 5 tier list Diablo 4Rogue has a variety of ranged and melee options. With the right Rogue build in Diablo 4, you get a character with flexibility unlike any other class. Diablo 4‘s Rogue isn’t a new class to the series, but it was entirely omitted in the second and third entries. It was largely replaced by the Assassin, Amazon, and Demon Hunter classes, which used similar elements in their battle tactics, such as bows, traps, and stealth. If you’re looking to get that Demon Hunter-esque ranged playstyle with bows, traps, smoke bombs, and dodge rolls in, then you’ll want to play as the Rogue. However, you’ll need a powerful build that makes use of the Rogue’s unique abilities to get there. Here are the best Rogue builds in Diablo 4’s current meta for leveling, endgame, and PvP during Season 5. Best Rogue leveling builds Best leveling build – Barrage Rogue We recommend the Barrage Rogue to level up in Diablo 4’s Season 5, as it can help you clear hordes of enemies in a breeze. With Barrage, you’re firing a cone of arrows that turns enemies into pin cushions, whether they’re single bosses or a horde of minions. Close targets get obliterated while ricocheting arrows mop up the rest. Since the build is super mobile, you’ll be zipping around while shrugging off hits. Shadow Imbuement adds explosions and energy regeneration. Flurry and Twisting Blades are your best bet when it comes to melee builds, though melee on Rogue is very volatile on this class when it comes to leveling. Flurry does a ton of damage, for instance, but it also requires you to stand still and channel. If you find yourself dying a lot, swap to a ranged build. Best Rogue PvP builds Best PvP build – Rapid Fire Rogue As is the case with endgame, Rapid Fire Rogue is the best build if you’re heading into PvP in Diablo 4 Season 5. The high burst damage at range and ability to easily imbue these arrows allow you to dispense all but the tankiest builds in just a few bursts. Barrage Rogue is a close second, though. If you enjoy making your enemies vulnerable and having your bullets ricochet to deal critical damage, feel free to stick with it. If you’re looking for something a bit closer to that melee assassin playstyle for PvP, Shadow Step Rogue is probably the build for you. It’s lower on the list due to how much harder it is to play melee with such a squishy class, but Shadow Step is great for countering builds that depend on keeping their enemy at a distance. Best Rogue endgame builds Best endgame build – Rapid Fire Rogue The Rapid Fire Rogue build is the best endgame setup for Rogues. If you enjoy bombing people from a safe distance, the Rapid Fire Rogue is ideal. This build excels in all situations and shines in high-end content with massive single-target damage. Rapid Fire shoots a sequence of arrows in a straight line, dealing high damage to bosses but struggling with groups. The new Scoundrel’s Kiss ring, however, changes this by adding area-of-effect explosions on impact, making Rapid Fire a much more effective ability and putting it above Barrage just slightly. That said, Barrage can still be good, especially when it comes to single-target boss damage. If you’re looking for a melee build, go with Shadow Step. Though it relies on the proper rotation of cooldowns and has an incredibly high skill floor, it’s also got some super strong burst damage and works well as a specialist class. Playing the Shadow Step with friends who have other classes who make up for those AoE weaknesses is surprisingly effective. Our tiers explained S: The best of the best – A: Very good in the current meta – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Unless you love this class, there are much better options – Diablo 4’s meta might shift every season but don’t expect any wild surprises. The same reliable builds keep climbing to the top, season after season. That said, Season 5’s new items have certainly changed things up for the Rogue as far as which builds are truly optimal, though old-school staples like Barrage are still strong. All Rogue class ranks in Season 5 explained Barrage Rogue The Barrage Rogue excels in both AoE and single-target damage. It fires multiple arrows in a cone, which makes it perfect for clearing groups and close targets. You can reposition constantly to maximize damage output and use Shadow Imbuement for energy recovery and extra explosions. This build is all about strategic movement and high-impact attacks, making it a versatile and powerful choice. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Barrage Rogue this season, check out our guide. Rapid Fire Rogue Ideal for melting bosses and elites, this build focuses on high single-target damage. Rapid Fire unleashes a torrent of arrows, enhanced by Scoundrel’s Kiss for added AoE damage. You can stay at a safe distance, use Puncture to apply Vulnerable, and keep moving to avoid damage. High mobility and precise targeting make this build a top choice for tackling tough hordes of enemies quickly and efficiently. On top of all that, Rapid Fire doesn’t lose its single target damage here, either. Season 5 changes made Rapid Fire the best all-around build in most situations. Flurry Rogue Focused on melee combat, this build uses Flurry for rapid, close-range attacks. High attack speed and mobility allow for swift elimination of enemy groups, but it requires getting up close and personal. It’s effective for players who enjoy fast-paced, in-your-face combat, dashing through enemies with a flurry of quick strikes. However, as is always the issue with Rogue’s melee builds, it’s a bit riskier than ranged options and relies pretty heavily on understanding how Combo damage works. Penetrating Shot Rogue The Penetrating Shot Rogue build shines with piercing shots that deal significant damage to multiple enemies in a line. It’s excellent for crowd control and single-target scenarios, but it requires precise positioning and timing. If you master this build, you can cut through enemy ranks with powerful, well-placed shots that can decimate groups or focus on strong foes. However, with Rapid Fire getting buffed to do AoE damage, the precision required for Penetrating Shot doesn’t normally pay off. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Penetrating Shot Rogue this season, check out our guide. Andariel’s Rogue This build leverages poison damage and rapid attacks to wear down enemies over time. It’s got high mobility and consistent damage output, though you’ll need Andariel’s Visage (or at least its Aspect) to make this build work because of how important those Poison Novas are. It’s perfect for players who enjoy a methodical approach, gradually overwhelming opponents with relentless, poisonous attacks that chip away at their health and deal some decent AoE damage. Shadow Step Rogue The Shadow Step Rogue emphasizes mobility and burst damage. This build uses Shadow Step to teleport and strike enemies from behind, providing high burst damage at the cost of being tied to a rotation of cooldowns. With hit-and-run tactics, it suits players who prefer agility and elusiveness. Strike quickly, then vanish before enemies can retaliate. Shadow Step is an incredibly fun build, and it really sells the Rogue fantasy of dipping in and out of the fight. Unfortunately, the need to wait for cooldowns and a lack of consistency keep Shadow Step from being an absolute S-Tier build. Grenade Rogue Grenade Rogue specializes in AoE damage and crowd control. With it, you can throw grenades to deal with large groups of enemies all at once. It’s a fun build, if not a bit unwieldy. It’s worth noting that this build relies on effective positioning and timing. If you like taking your time to strategically place yourself on the battlefield and then throw explosive attacks, Grenade Rogue might be for you. However, Grenade Rogue is an outright worse option than most other builds. If you’re running this build, it should be because you want to rather than it being the best option available. Flurry Rogue Flurry Rogue focuses on melee combat with rapid and close-range attacks. You can swiftly eliminate enemy swarms thanks to its mobility, but you’ll have to be willing to get up close and personal. If you enjoy fast-paced, in-your-face combat, the Flurry Rogue lets you dash through enemies and jet around the battleground. Additionally, it’s a bit less focused on imbuement and cooldowns than other melee builds like Shadow Step and is more about resource management. That said, Flurry falls off a bit in terms of single target damage, and that’s Heartseeker Rogue This particular build deals consistent single-target damage. It focuses on critical hits with Heartseeker, and can offer a rewarding challenge in landing critical strikes on key targets. However, Heartseeker does less damage than most other single-target builds, and it sorely lacks AoE. That need to get crit chance/damage up to do significant damage combined with Heartseeker requiring a high level of precision make this one of the worse Rogue builds you can go for. Arrow Storms Rogue Arrow Storms Rogue focuses on area denial and sustained damage. This build uses Arrow Storms to control large zones. While effective for holding territory, it lacks the burst damage needed for quick eliminations. We only recommend this build if you prefer a more defensive, control-oriented playstyle, slowly whittling down enemy health over time. Now that you know which Rogue builds are best to use in this season in Diablo 4, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Necromancer, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds: Season 5 tier list Blizzard Entertainment / DexertoNow that Season 5 has arrived, it’s vital to know which Necromancer builds are best in Diablo 4 for leveling, endgame, and PvP. A fan-favorite character class, the Necromancer returns in Diablo 4 to lead another army of undead minions against the forces of Hell. The main draw of the Necromancer is in summoning a gang of skeletons and other monsters to do your dirty work while you hang back casting buffs on them and curses on your enemies through bone and blood magic. Some builds forgo minions entirely in Diablo 4, sacrificing them to turn the Priests of Rathma into a macabre one-person army of death-dealing. Our Diablo 4 Season 5 tier list will break down everything you need to know about the best builds to run for your death-dealing Necromancer for both PvE and PvP from early leveling to the endgame. Best Necromancer leveling builds Best leveling build – Minion Necro As it did in Season 4, the Minion Necromancer remains the cream of the crop in Season 5, along the with Blood Surge Necro. We’d recommend using the Minion Necro for leveling in Season 5, as not only is it incredibly potent, but it’s also a very fun build to use when playing through the campaign story. As it was in Diablo 2 and 3, having an army of minions while you work through the story is still highly overpowered and the backup your troops give you is a tremendous help when leveling through to endgame. That said, Blood Surge is a strong choice if you’d like to be a little more active in combat and not solely rely upon your minions. Just be aware that Blood Surge falls off hard late game, and that you’ll have to swap playstyles eventually to keep up in endgame content. Best Necromancer PvP builds Best PvP build – Bone Spirit Necro As is the case with endgame, pick the Bone Spirit Necro build if you’re heading into PvP in Diablo 4 this season, as there’s not much difference this season between the tier lists for the Necromancer this time around. The key change is that the Minion Necro build is far less effective in PvP than it is in all forms of PvE. This means the Bone Spirit Necro is the undisputed champion of the tier list. The Bone Spirit will hone in on your PvP opponents and is very difficult to dodge. Once it lands, the damage it does can be devastating – especially when you’re also hitting them with curses and other spells/attacks. Blood Lance is also a worthy mention here. It’s got a significant advantage over Blood Surge since Blood Lance’s cooldown is so short, and it has a level of burst damage that’s on-par with Bone Spirit in a PvP setting. However, you have to aim your lance whereas the spirit homes in on enemies. Running Blood Lance requires a bit more skill, but it’s worth the payoff if you’re able to land everything. Best Necromancer endgame builds Best endgame build – Bone Spirit Necro After reigning supreme in Season 4, the Minion Necro build has been knocked off its perch by the Bone Spirit Necro build in the endgame tier list. This isn’t surprising, as it’s been arguably the best endgame Necromancer build since the game came out – mainly due to the versatility and power of the Bone Spirit skill. The Minion Necro build isn’t far behind it in the meta, though, so if you’re enjoying commanding your undead troops, feel free to stick with it. This build is especially effective if you like sitting back, farming, and letting your summons handle the rest. That sort of playstyle is what many choose Necromancer for, and it’s perfectly viable if you want to stick with it. But, to maximize your potential in endgame play, switch out to the Bone Spirit Necro build to get the most out of the class. Our tiers explained S: The best of the best – A: Very good in the current meta – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Unless you love this class, there are much better options – While Diablo 4’s meta changes every season, its movements tend not to be huge, and we often see the same tried and tested builds rising to the top. However, as Blizzard tweaks and updates the game, there can be some surprising changes. For example, the Minion Necro was seen as a rather weak build in Seasons 2-3, but became incredibly powerful in Season 4 – and remains so in Season 5. All Necromancer builds in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Minion Necro In Season 5, the Minion Necro build is still super effective in both leveling and endgame but is less effective in PvP, where your minions just become cannon fodder for enemy players. The Minion Necro build is the classic summoner that’s been beloved since Diablo 2. In Diablo 4, the class has been tweaked, but it still involves summoning and buffing as many Skeleton Warriors and Skeleton Mages are you can get. It also lets you summon a powerful Golem to back up your team. The build involves supporting your team from a distance, letting your minions be your primary offensive tool while you cast spells and only enter the fray when it’s safe to do so. It’s a build for those who like to control all the chess pieces rather than getting their own hands dirty. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Minion Necromancer this season, check out our guide. Bone Spear Necro While not as effective this Season as the Bone Spirit Necro build, the Bone Spear build for Necromancers is based on the much faster skill of the same name. The cooldown of Bone Spear is also much shorter, making this an excellent Leveling build, but less effective in Endgame and PvP. If you choose to specialize in Bone Magic this season, we’d recommend leveling to endgame with this build, then switching out to the Bone Spirit build once you reach level 50, beat the story, and unlock the Paragon board. Bone Spirit Necro The Bone Spirit Necro build is all about using the skill of the same name as your primary offensive move while selecting skills and gear that boost its damage output, casting speed, and cooldown time. Bone Spirt can then be used every couple of seconds to inflict massive damage on mobs or elite enemies. It’s not so useful for leveling, as it takes time for the skill to be upgraded and buffed to a point where it becomes overpowered. However, it’s top of the tree this season when it comes to Endgame and PvP, making it the best builds in the current meta. Blood Surge Necro Blood Magic is one of the Necromancer’s primary talents along with Bone Magic, Minions, and Shadow abilities. However, it doesn’t make sense to be a jack-of-all-trades and a master of none. Therefore, the Blood Surge build involves, you guessed it, using the Blood Surge skill as your primary attack and leveling your Necromancer with other passive Blood skills that buff this attack and your Blood Magic in general. While it allows for some secondary skills, this build is all about the Blood. In Season 5, the Blood Surge Necro build is very potent for leveling but becomes rather middle of the road in Endgame and PvP. Still, if Blood magic is your vibe, there’s fun to be had – and demons to be bled. Blood Lance Necro The Blood Lance Necro is the second build on the meta to make use of Blood Magic and much of the information given above for Blood Surge applies here. However, Blood Lance is a much quicker skill with a faster cooldown than Blood Surge. Due to this, the build is also far more effective in PvP and endgame play than Blood Surge. So, if you use Blood Surge to level your Necromancer, consider switching to Blood Lance once you reach level 50, beat the story, and unlock the Paragon board. Blight Necro The Blight Necro build is the best one for inflicting Shadow damage in Season 5 of Diablo 4. The build involves primarily casting Blight and using this, as well as other Shadow abilities, as your main form of offense. From here, you’ll also buff your Shadow skills with passive abilities to become an all-powerful Shadow Necromancer. Blight as a skill and basis for a build isn’t particularly high on any of the leveling, endgame, and PvP metas in Season 5, and neither is Shadow damage in general – but it represents the best Shadow build you can use at the moment for the Necromancer. What’s more, the build can also be used alongside minions while treating summoning skills as secondary. Sever Necro Much of what we said above for the Blight Necro build applies to the Sever Necro, but the key difference is that the latter is a more melee-focused Shadow build. It can also benefit from the use of minions, but it may be more effective to sacrifice your minions and turn your Necromancer into the Grim Reaper of Diablo 4. While Shadow damage isn’t ranked very high in the Season 5 meta, this is still the best melee build you can craft based on this set of the Necromancer’s abilities. It’s also most effective when Leveling, but loses some of its kick in Endgame and PvP. Now that you know which Necromancer builds are best to use this season in Diablo 4, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Barbarian.

Best Diablo 4 Druid builds: Season 5 tier list BlizzardDruids in Diablo 4 are a unique class that call upon animal spirits to aid them in combat, while also acting as powerful forces of nature all on their own. We’ll uncover the best Druid builds for Season 5 and place them in a tier list. Season of the Infernal Hordes unfortunately didn’t boost Druids much higher when compared to the other classes, but with the right build your Druid can still take down waves of enemies with the power of nature. Players should be mindful that the meta shifts often, so what’s best now may not be the best later in the Season. Otherwise, the strongest Druid builds don’t change too often unless Blizzard decides to heavily nerf them in the future. From leveling to endgame, and even PvP, here are all the best Druid builds ranked in a tier list for Season 5 of Diablo 4. Below the tier list, you can find even more information about each build and their strengths in certain situations. Best Druid leveling builds Best leveling build – Lightning Storm Players running a Druid this season should try out the Lightning Storm Druid build while leveling. This build focuses on the Lightning Storm Core skill, which conjures a crackling lightning storm for massive AoE damage. Accompanied by skills such as Trample and Wind Shear, your Druid will be able to become Unstoppable and deal piercing wind damage to nearby enemies. They also have a few companions such as Wolves and Ravens to help deal multiple different types of damage. With Blizzard buffing Lightning Storm in the latest Season 5 patch, the damage vastly improved from 40% to 74%. This makes Lightning Storm a frightening build to be up against as the enemy, though the requirement to stand still and channel makes it weak in the endgame. This is a universal problem with Druid, however. The leveling process is a slog, and you’ll almost certainly have to change out your build once you’re leveled. Landslide and Boulder both don’t deal much damage until you’ve got the right items, so leveling with them is just not recommended whatsoever. Best Druid PvP builds Best PvP build – Boulder When entering the Fields of Hatred for some PvP action, your Druid build should lean towards the Boulder Druid. This build is all about the Boulder skill, which meshes well with the Hurricane ability to cause a tornado of boulders. These two skills, alongside Shred and Rabies, can make your Werewolf Druid damage enemy players in melee range. You also have the highly defensive Earthen Bulwark for a Barrier against oncoming damage. Season 5 brought along a Boulder buff that resulted in a weapon damage increase from 46% to 70%. As such, your Boulder Druid should easily wipe through enemy players in the Fields of Hatred this Season. That said, Boulder is a bit of an inconsistent skill when it comes to longer range, and there is an easier build: Lightning Storm. The biggest downside here is that channeling Lightning Storm requires you to stand still, but the sheer wall of damage you create by channeling for a while creates a wall of DPS enemies can’t get through. This build in PvP is less about mechanical skill and more about proper positioning, though it’s not great for PvE content in endgame. Best Druid endgame builds Best Endgame build – Landslide During the endgame phase of this Season, you may want to try out the Landslide Druid build. It became the star Druid build for the higher levels ever since Landslide was buffed from 37.5% to 70% of damage per hit. Other than Landslide, this build is accompanied by skills such as Storm Strike and Blood Howl, which can rip into groups of enemies in no time. This build is just as defensive as it is offensive with Earthen Bulwark protecting them through its Barrier, while Poison Creeper can deal Poison damage over time. Landslide is a great build for both AoE and focused damage during difficult endgame activities. And, while Boulder Druid sits alongside it in S-Tier, it’s just slightly worse due to how finicky Boulder can be as an ability. While it has the potential to do more DPS, lining up enemies properly and setting up for big burst damage is difficult. If you’re looking for more of a challenge, try this build instead. All in all, Season 5 granted quite a few buffs for Druids to make them a bigger contender in the class pool. Although we may rank your favorite build lower than you’d like, all Druid builds can be good depending on how much the player enjoys it. Our tiers explained S: The best – A: Very good – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Best to avoid unless you find yourself drawn to them – With each new Season of Diablo 4, players will often see small to massive changes with classes and builds. This means we rank based on the current meta, although the best-of-the-best builds shouldn’t change too much. All Druid class rankings in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Pulverize Druid The Pulverize Druid build is a perfect pick for a leveling or PvP player, but less so for endgame play. These Druids focus on the Pulverize Core skill, which deals AoE damage after a ground slam. A major component of this build is the Shockwave Aspect, which creates a shockwave alongside the Pulverize ability to deal extra damage to targets in its way. This is a good build for tanky players who would rather rely on melee combat instead of ranged, but it also suffers against big bosses. It’s a great build for mobbing and leveling, but not so much for endgame bosses. Landslide Druid The Landslide Druid is a dependable build during the endgame, and pretty good to use in PvP and leveling. It’s accentuated by gear such as the Earthbreaker ring (makes Landslide leave behind Tectonic Spikes) and Vasily’s Prayer (Earth skills Fortify you). Landslide Druids are great for survivability with Blood Howl healing you and Earthen Bulwark placing a Barrier around you. Additionally, it’s highly effective against bosses and Elite enemies and perfect for facing the new Infernal Hordes. It may not be the statistically strongest build, but it’s easy to use, consistent, and effective. Check out our build guide for the Landslide Druid to make it yourself. Boulder Druid Boulder Druids are all about massive AoE damage, great survivability, and floating spinning rocks. The best part about this build is when your Boulders start to fly around your Hurricane to wreak havoc against enemy hordes. With the Boulder skill receiving a nice buff from 46% of weapon damage to 70%, players this Season should have a good time with this build. It does revolve a lot around earning the right gear, such as the Dolmen Stone Amulet and Vasily’s Prayer, but it’s worth it for the mighty Boulder Druid. Just be aware that Boulder has a learning curve, and that getting it to roll where you want it to will take some practice. Additionally, the leveling process for Boulder builds is a bit slow, and other builds are substantially better. Items and aspects hold this build together, so it’s not nearly as good when you don’t have them. Companion Druid The Companion Druid build focuses mostly on your powerful friends such as Wolves and Ravens who can help deal damage as you perform other skills. While being a great build choice in leveling and endgame, it underperforms in the PvP space. Alongside your furry companions, you have a high defense with Earthen Bulwark, alongside incredible AoE damage skills like Pulverize. The Companion Druid is a well-rounded build for animal lovers, and it makes leveling a breeze. If you’re looking to turn your brain off, hang out, and cruise through the endgame, check out our Companion Druid build guide. Hurricane Druid Hurricane Druids may not be one of the highly recommended builds for this class, but it can still be fun if done right. The build revolves around the Hurricane skill, alongside the Maul Basic skill for heavy melee damage and the Wolf companions to accompany you. With an arsenal of AoE skills, the Hurricane Druid can demolish groups of enemies easily. But it requires quite a bit of recommended gear such as Locran’s Talisman (boosts Critical Strike Chance) and Tibault’s Will (buff to damage when Unstoppable). Additionally, as an AoE build, it’s got the same problem as Pulverize Druid when it comes to killing bosses but even worse. Hurricane is fun, but it’s one of the weaker endgame builds. Lightning Storm Druid The Lightning Storm Druid build embraces the Lightning Storm ability to deal incredible AoE damage, especially when paired with Unsung Ascetic’s Wrap (causes Lightning Storm strikes to hit twice). While not the most recommended build for endgame, it’s an impressive build in leveling and PvP. Lightning Storm is accompanied by skills like Trample and Debilitating Roar to render you Unstoppable and Fortified. It’s a great balance of massive damage and tough defenses, and it’s serviceable for pretty much any content you want to run through. Wind Shear Druid Finally, the Wind Shear Druid build is more applicable to endgame and PvP over the leveling phase, but it still packs a punch with the powerful Wind Shear skill that inflicts Vulnerable on enemies. Alongside Wind Shear, this build is strong with skills like Pulverize and Debilitating Roar which can make you Overpowered and Fortified. If you want to survive while also dishing out amazing damage numbers, try out the Wind Shear build. Now that you’ve learned all about the best Druid builds in Season 5 of Diablo 4, there’s also the Sorcerer, Necromancer, Rogue, and Barbarian builds to check out.

Best Diablo 4 Barbarian Builds: Season 5 Tier list Diablo 4The Barbarian class returns in Diablo 4, but you can only unlock this melee class’ true potential when you’re using the best Barbarian build. The Barbarian is physically the strongest class in the Diablo series and has been for a long time. They use pure strength and melee weapon mastery to defeat hordes of enemies. If a one-person army sounds like the playstyle for you, then the Barbarian is a great option. Having made their original debut in the Hellfire Expansion of the original Diablo, Barbarians have been featured in every Diablo game since, and there are multiple ways to build them. So, if you want to survive the legions of Hell, then using the best Diablo 4 Barbarian build is essential. Here are the best Barbarian builds for PvE leveling, endgame, and PvP during Diablo 4. We’ve put these builds in a tier list to give you an idea of where each build ranks. Best Barbarian leveling builds Best leveling build – Upheaval Barbarian To cruise through Season 5 with minimal effort, the Upheaval Barbarian is your golden ticket. This build is a wrecking ball of chaos and can delete rooms of enemies like no other build can. It can easily turn hordes of enemies into nothing but a memory with its massive area-of-effect carnage. Upheaval lets you smash everything in sight from a safe distance while Bash and Rallying Cry keep your Fury topped up. Add Leap and Charge to zip around the battlefield like an angry pinball and sprinkle in Iron Maelstrom for those “everything must die” moments, and you’ve got a recipe for the quick road to max level. The Upheaval Barbarian is a bit of a wimp when facing a lone monster, so it’s better to switch to a different build for the endgame. But when you’re leveling, it’s all about efficient crowd control. Also, Whirlwind Barb isn’t that great in the late game. If you want that spin-to-win Barbarian experience, do it in the early levels while you can. Best PvP build – Bash Barbarian Bash Barbarian’s high damage output and stun capabilities also make it the best option for PvP, and it’s not an especially difficult build to get off the ground. Recent buffs have turned Bash into a Swiss Army knife for PvP, allowing you to cleave through groups and focus down single targets with brutal efficiency. Bash’s insane Fury generation and defensive perks mean you can tank hits like a champ while dishing out punishment. Flay Barbarian might make enemies bleed slowly, but in PvP, there’s no time for that. You need them down now, not five seconds later after they’ve run halfway across the battlefield. Best Barbarian endgame builds Best endgame build – Bash Barbarian Once you’ve bulldozed your way through the leveling grind with Upheaval, it’s time to swap to the real deal: the Bash Barbarian. When you hit endgame, Bash Barbarian turns you into a walking sledgehammer. Thanks to recent buffs – like extra cleave animations and juicy damage multipliers – Bash now shreds both single targets and groups with alarming efficiency. Flay Barbarian is a close second. Bleeding enemies dry sounds fun, but you’ve got to keep those bleeds up to do the most damage rather than just bulldozing through the enemy. F Frenzy Thorns is also a great option here, though it relies on Razorback to really hit its S-Tier stride. It’s bulky, easy-to-use, strong against almost all enemy types and scenarios, but has a huge barrier of entry in terms of getting the right items. Banking off of one unique to succeed is a tough gamble. Unfortunately for Whirlwind Barb enjoyers, your best bet with the class currently is running other skills. It’s not a non-viable build per se, but it’s not ideal. Double Swing Twisters can give you that AoE damage you’re looking for, though. Our tiers explained S: The best of the best – A: Very good in the current meta – B: There might be situations where these can perform well – C: Unless you love this class, there are much better options – Diablo 4’s meta might shift every season, but don’t expect any wild surprises. The same reliable builds keep climbing to the top season after season. All Barbarian builds in Diablo 4 Season 5 explained Hammer of the Ancients Barbarian If smashing things with a giant hammer sounds fun, then the Hammer of the Ancients Barbarian is the build for you. This build thrives on Fury, bashing skulls with devastating hits that strengthen as your rage grows. Stack up shouts like Rallying Cry and War Cry to pump up your Fury and wreck everything in sight. Perfect for both smashing a single foe into the ground and sending groups flying, this build is all about maximum impact. However, Ancestral Force is a must-have Aspect for killing bosses with this build, and the DPS isn’t anywhere near builds that focus around Bash, Rend, or Flay. It’s not a bad build, but it’s not optimal. Upheaval Barbarian The Upheaval Barbarian is here to show that bigger is better, especially when wrecking multiple enemies at once. Channel your inner rage to fuel Upheaval’s wide-reaching attacks, turning hordes of enemies into piles of regret. Rallying Cry and War Cry keep your Fury topped off, while gear that boosts attack speed and critical damage ensures every swing counts. It’s great for leveling due to strong base damage, but falls off heavily late due to other abilities having much better Aspects to build around. Rend Barbarian The Rend Barbarian isn’t just here to fight – you’re here to make everything bleed. This build specializes in inflicting massive bleed damage over time. With Lunging Strike generating Fury and Iron Skin keeping you alive, this build focuses on turning your enemies into walking blood fountains. That said, cooldown management is key here. With Rallying Cry and War Cry both being essential for getting your damage up, and Rupture being a key part of maximizing your AoE damage, you’ll need to learn your ability rotation. Rend also really needs Ring of the Ravenous to be effective, making this build more difficult to put together than Flay Barb for minimal payoff by comparison. Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian If spinning until everything around you is dead sounds like your kind of fun, the Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian is the ideal build for you. Keep Whirlwind going with a steady supply of Fury from Rallying Cry, and let War Cry amp up your damage as you tear through hordes like a tornado with a grudge. This build is all about speed, efficiency, and making sure nothing survives. That said, it’s worse than most AoE options in terms of endgame content. If you’ve been playing Whirlwind Barb for years, no one’s stopping you, but there are better AoE builds out there. For a full rundown of the best way to build the Whirlwind Twisters Barbarian this season, check out our guide. Frenzy Thorns Barbarian The Frenzy Thorns Barbarian is the ultimate “hit me, I dare you” build. This build turns enemy attacks into their own worst nightmare. It’s perfect for both offense and defense. With Frenzy boosting your attack speed and thorns reflecting damage, this build is all about punishing anyone foolish enough to hit you while also adding some of that thorns damage to your hits. Challenging Shout and Iron Skin keep you standing tall. You won’t want to fully commit to a Thorns build until you get Razorback, though. It’s truly a make-or-break unique item for this build. Double Swing Twisters Barbarian The Double Swing Twisters Barbarian is all about speed and ferocity. It delivers rapid strikes that leave enemies wondering what just happened. This build focuses on relentless dual-weapon attacks, keeping up the pressure with the Fury generation from Rallying Cry and damage boosts from War Cry. If you want to feel like a whirling dervish of death, this build has you covered. This is, unfortunately for veteran Whirlwind players, your best bet when it comes to massive, sweeping AoE damage. The DPS and resource efficiency here is leagues ahead of most other area damage builds, and this should be your go-to for that playstyle. Still not as good as Bash and Flay, though. Bash Barbarian The Bash Barbarian is for those who believe that if you’re going to hit something, make sure it stays down. It specializes in powerful, single-target attacks, this build makes every swing count with maximum critical strikes and stuns. Use Lunging Strike to generate Fury and War Cry to amp up the damage, then let loose with a Bash that leaves enemies reeling. It’s ideal for smashing your way through any tough encounter. It’s strong, it’s simple, it hasn’t really been nerfed over the past few seasons despite Barbarian being one of the best classes in Diablo 4, and it’s one of the best builds. Leapquake Barbarian The Leapquake Barbarian is all about causing chaos from above, leaping into battle, and bringing the ground down with you. This build combines high mobility with devastating area damage, using Leap to trigger quakes that send enemies flying. It’s best for tearing through large groups. Unfortunately, getting this build together takes much more effort than it’s worth, and it’s not nearly as effective as other AoE builds without mentioning its poor performance against bosses. Leapquake is fun, but it’s not worth the effort even as a fun build. Death Blow Bonk Barbarian The Death Blow Bonk Barbarian is all about delivering that final, devastating hit that leaves enemies wishing they’d never crossed you. Timing and precision are key here, with Death Blow turning into a devastating finisher that can reset and be used again if you play it right. Lunging Strike keeps your Fury topped off, while War Cry cranks up the damage to make each blow count. Great for mobbing, not so good for bosses or large enemies. Seeing as the build is entirely oriented around getting killing blows, dealing with chunkier enemies will always be a challenge. Flay Barbarian The Flay Barbarian takes pleasure in making enemies bleed out, focusing on bleed damage that leaves foes in a world of hurt. Lunging Strike fuels your Fury, while Challenging Shout keeps you alive and kicking as you watch your enemies slowly die. This build is all about sustained damage and making sure your enemies regret every encounter. However, while Flay has a ton of damage potential, it takes a while to come out due to being entirely oriented around DoT damage. As a result, it falls just short of Bash Barb in terms of actual viability. Now that you know which Barbarian builds are best to use this season in Diablo 4, make sure to check out our guides for the Druid, Sorcerer, Rogue, and Necromancer.

All Uber Unique Items in Diablo 4 & how to get them BlizzardIf you want your build to truly stand out in Diablo 4, equipping Uber Unique items will do the job and provide you with some excellent weapons, rings, and armor. Uber Unique Items are extremely powerful drops and equally difficult to find in Diablo 4. These items can significantly buff your class builds and are perfect additions to your endgame arsenal. With that in mind, we’ve compiled a full list of every Uber Unique available in Diablo 4, and how you can best increase your chances of obtaining them. All Uber Unique items in Diablo 4 Currently, there are eight Uber Unique items in Diablo 4, each bringing its own power, and each being extremely tricky to get hold of. We’ve listed them all below. Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander – Andariel’s Visage – Doombringer – Harlequin Crest – Melted Heart of Selig – Ring of Starless Skies – The Grandfather – Tyrael’s Might – How to get all Uber Unique items in Diablo 4 In Diablo 4, Uber Unique items will only drop when the following criteria are met: Enemies need to be level 85 or above. You need to match or surpass this level to be in with a shot at defeating the enemy and getting the item. – You get them anywhere you can get a regular Unique in World Tier 3: Nightmare and World Tier 4: Torment. – They drop at iPower 925 from Duriel and Andariel. – While these three are the most important points, some Uber Unique drops are dependent on the class you’re playing. For example, Doombringer will only drop if you’re either playing as a Barbarian or Necromancer. On the other hand, Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander will only drop for Druid and Sorcerer classes. List of all Diablo 4 Uber Unique items and their stats Let’s take a look at each of these Uber Unique items and their stats in detail. Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander Ahavarion, Spear of Lycander is a Mythic Unique Staff that’s only available for the Druid and Sorcerer classes. Here’s what its stats look like: +[6 – 40]% Damage Over Time – +16% Critical Strike Chance – +20% Attack Speed – +35% Damage – Lucky Hit: Up to a +28% chance to Stun for 2 seconds – Gain a random Shrine effect for 20 seconds after killing an Elite enemy. Can only occur once every 30 seconds. – Andariel’s Visage Andariel’s Visage is a Mythic Unique Helmet available for all classes. Here’s what its stats look like: +18% All Stats – +10% Attack Speed – +2% Life Steal – +60% Poison Resistance – Lucky Hit: Up to a +20% chance to trigger a poison nova that applies 0 Poisoning damage over 5 seconds to enemies in the area. – Doombringer Doombringer is a Mythic Unique Sword available for the Barbarian, Necromancer, and Rogue classes. Here is its stats breakdown: +[3-17.5]% Critical Strike Damage – +19.5% Core Damage – +17.5% Damage – Lucky Hit: Up to a 5% chance to Heal +0 Life – 26% Maximum Life – Lucky Hit: Up to a 25% chance to deal 0 Shadow damage to surrounding enemies and reduce their damage done by 20% for 5 seconds. – Harlequin Crest Harlequin Crest is another Mythic Unique Helmet available for all classes. You can find a breakdown of its stats below: +0 Maximum Life – 7% Cooldown Reduction – 12% Resource Generation – +28 All Stats – Gain 20% Damage Reduction. In addition, gain +4 Ranks to all Skills. – Melted Heart of Selig Melted Heart of Selig is a Mythic Unique Amulet available for every class. Here’s what its stats look like: +[5-25]% Resistance to All Elements – +36 All Stats – +17.5% Movement Speed – +70.5% Damage while Healthy – 12% Resource Generation – Gain 60 Maximum Resource – When taking damage, 75% is drained as 2 Resource for every 1% of Maximum Life you would’ve lost. – Ring of Starless Skies Ring of Starless Skies is a Mythic Unique Ring every class can get. Here’s its stats breakdown: +[1.5 – 10]% Resistance to All Elements – +6% Lucky Hit Chance – +5% Critical Strike Chance – +17.5% Critical Strike Damage – +19.5% Core Damage – Spending your Primary Resource reduces the Resource cost of your Skills and increases your damage by 10% for 3 seconds, up to 50%. – The Grandfather The Grandfather is a Mythic Unique Two-Handed Sword and is only available for the Barbarian and Necromancer classes. Find the breakdown of the weapons stats below: +[6 – 35]% Critical Strike Damage – +56% Damage – +1 Maximum Life – +72 All Stats – Ignores Durability Loss – Increases your Critical Strike Damage by 100%. The other properties on this weapon can roll higher than normal. – Tyrael’s Might Tyrael’s Might is a Mythic Unique Chest Armor available for all classes. Here’s what its stats look like: +11.2% Resistance to All Elements – +5% Maximum Resistance to All Elements – +18 All Stats – 10% Damage Reduction – While at full Life, your Skills unleash a divine barrage dealing 0 damage. – Uber Unique drop rate in Diablo 4 Uber Uniques are the most difficult items to find. There are two ways of getting them: World Drops – From Duriel and Andariel – The drop rate from the world is only 1 in 1,000,000 which is nearly impossible to find. While the drop rate from Duriel and Andariel is approximately 2%. Duriel and Andariel are two bosses introduced in Season 2 and Season 4, respectively. So, those are all the Uber Unique items in Diablo 4 as well as how you can get hold of them. While searching around and hoping for drops, take a look at the fastest ways to get XP and level up in Diablo 4. Finding Uber Uniques is difficult which means you must have enough healing potions to back you up. Here’s how you can upgrade your healing potions.

All Faded Plaques in Diablo 4 and what they do Blizzard EntertainmentFaded Plaques in Diablo 4 are statues from which you can obtain rewards by using very specific emotes. Here is all that you need to know about Faded Plaques in this game. The world is Diablo 4 is filled with mysteries that you will often come across in your journey through the Sanctuary. These could be mysterious enemies, dungeons, NPCs, statues, or even objects. One such mysterious statue that you will often come across in Diablo 4 is called a Faded Plaque. Upon interacting with these Faded Plaques you will be presented with a riddle and solving them will grant you rewards. Here is a brief guide to every Faded Plaque in Diablo 4 and the rewards you can obtain from them. Faded Plaques and their Solutions in Diablo 4 Faded Plaques are some of the most interesting statues in Diablo 4. This is because, even though they provide you with a puzzle, the solution to that is an emote. Hence, the solution to every Faded Plaque puzzle has been provided below: It is important to remember that these Faded Plaques are random and none of these have a specific spawn location. The Faded Plaques will disappear as soon as you move away from them. Therefore, it is difficult to pinpoint their location. However, the puzzles that they offer do not change and they will revolve around the ones mentioned in the table. Hence, all you need to do is check which puzzle it is and press the corresponding emote for it. This concludes our guide for Faded Plaques in Diablo 4. If you found it informative, please look into some of our other Diablo 4 guides at Dexerto. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

All Diablo 4 Vampire Powers for Season 2 Blizzard EntertainmentVampire powers are a new addition to Diablo 4 Season 2, letting you unleash some of the powers of those you hunt. Here’s all the Vampire Powers in Diablo 4 Season 2. Season 2 of Diablo 4 is already more engaging than Season 1 thanks to the addition of the new vampire questline, and with it, the exciting Vampire Powers. These powers are special skills that allow you to play the vampire to catch the vampire. The good news is that Vampire Powers in Season 2 of Diablo 4 aren’t restricted to the new Vampire quests, they can be used for the duration of the season in all aspects of the game. Therefore, you can also use them during the campaign, side missions, endgame content, and more. However, if you’ve already completed the campaign with another character during Season 1 or before, you can jump straight into the vampire fun the moment you start Season 2. This is because Vampire Powers can be unlocked quite early on in the game, at least during Season 2. Here’s what you need to know. How to unlock Vampire Powers in Season 2 To start using Vampire Powers in Season 2, you’ll first need to gather some Potent Blood which can be farmed by completing quests, Blood Harvests, and through opening chests. Once you’ve gathered 25 Potent Blood items, the game will direct you to the Vampiric Power menu and allow you to unlock or upgrade one of three. From here you can upgrade that power or unlock the other two. There are another seven Vampire Powers to be unlocked later in the game, two by either progressing through the Hunter’s Acclaim Tier and another five by completing the Vampire-themed missions that have been added to Season 2. You then equip Vampire Powers by making use of Pacts, to do this, you’ll need to add the Vampire Power you want to equip into the Sanguine Circle and then use your accumulated Pacts to activate that power. Pacts are a new attribute that is found on gear in Diablo 4 Season 2. Some items will have a certain amount of Pacts, and by combining these in one build you’ll soon have enough to activate a certain Vampire Power. To shake things up, there are also three different types of Pacts: Ferocity, Eternity, and Divinity. Each one will correspond to different Vampire Powers. You can also find more Pacts in Seeker’s Caches during Blood Harvests, and add them to your existing gear. This allows for more build flexibility and lets you switch out gear and upgrade the items you want to keep. This way, you’re not just equipping gear to make use of its Pacts. You can also craft your own Pacts at the Alchemist, each costing 250 Potent Blood. You can also remove Pacts from items using Cleansing Acids, this will allow you to tailor your gear and switch the type of amount of Pacts you need on each. All Vampire Powers in Season 2 In total, there are 22 different Vampire Powers in Diablo 4 Season 2. Here’s what each of them does and how many Pacts, and the type of Pact, each needs to be unlocked: So that’s all the Vampire Powers in Diablo 4 Season 2. For more Diablo 4 content, check out some of our below guides: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4

All Diablo 4 Season 2 boss loot tables: Where to farm Uniques Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4’s got a swathe of stupidly powerful Unique gear with some build-defining Aspects. We’ve created an easy guide for who’s hoarding what so you can murder them indiscriminately for magic boots. Diablo 4’s latest seasonal update brings a new method for tracking down those hyper-limited Unique items that demonslayers crave. The addition of specific loot tables for major bosses allows targeted farming to speed up your grind. It’s not just Season of Blood that gives you access to Diablo 4’s new boss loot though. The devs have graciously added these bosses to the Eternal Realm so all your characters can benefit. Each of these Diablo 4 bosses is summonable by using components rewarded for completing in-game activities. Here’s how to spawn each one and a list of their precious loot. Contents Diablo 4 Varshan loot table Season of the Malignant’s eldritch horror Varshan is back for more. He can be fought and re-fought in the Nightmare and Torment World Tiers. Summoning him is relatively straightforward too. You can collect Varshan’s Malignant body parts at random by completing Whisper bounties. Once you’ve assembled all the pieces of Exodia… uh… I mean Varshan, you can summon him at the base of the Tree of Whispers. Here’s what you can rob from his corpse: Diablo 4 Grigoire loot table Grigoire, the Galvanic Saint, much like Varshan, can be fought in the Nightmare and Torment World Tiers. The devs have added a new material to the game called Infernal Steel which this fellow can’t seem to get enough of. Infernal Steel can be farmed during Diablo 4’s Helltide events and once you’ve collected enough, you can call forth Grigoire. Keep in mind he likes to use Lightning so stocking up on Elixirs that up your resistance to the element is a good idea. Here’s what you can get for going through the trouble of smiting him: Diablo 4 Lord Zir loot table Lord Zir is the fiend responsible for Season of Blood’s vampire scourge and the first of the new bosses in Diablo 4 that’s only available in the Torment World Tier. Unless you count the story fight in the seasonal campaign, but this space is for end-game enjoyers. Lord Zir is drawn to Exquisite Blood, which can be farmed via World Bosses and Legion Events. None of that regular blood for this guy, he’s fancy. Here’s some of the sweet gear you can get for driving a stake through the heart of Lord Zir: Diablo 4 Beast in Ice loot table After names like Grigoire, the Galvanic Saint, and Lord Zir, the Dark Master, Beast in Ice feels a little underwhelming. Don’t let that fool you though, Blizzard locked this guy to the Torment World Tier for a reason. To even fight this thing, you’ll need to farm Nightmare Dungeons of Level 30 or above to collect Distilled Fear. With enough Distilled Fear, you can head to an Occultist to craft a Glacial Fissure Nightmare Sigil and enter the lair of the Beast in Ice. After drowning yourself in Ice resist Elixirs and shattering the Beast, here’s what you can grab: Diablo 4 Duriel loot table The literal final boss of Diablo 4 and this list is Duriel, King of Maggots. Fitting his role as a Lesser Evil, Duriel can only be fought in the Torment World Tier. He’s a bit more complicated to spawn than Diablo 4’s other endgame bosses. This is because the Mucous Slick Eggs and Shards of Agony you need to summon Duriel can only be farmed by defeating other endgame Bosses. Specifically Varshan and Grigoire. To make up for the challenge of spawning him, Duriel will drop Uber Unique gear along with some other stuff. Here’s his table: That’s all the Diablo 4 boss loot tables plus a little extra info on how to summon them. Just a glance makes this new target farming system seem pretty exciting and will hopefully pad out Diablo 4’s endgame a little. For more help in your quest to be the savior of Sanctuary, check out our massive selection of Diablo 4 guides. Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

All Diablo 4 Gems: Types, effects, costs, more Blizzard EntertainmentGems in Diablo 4 are useful items that boost your armor, jewelry, and weapons stats. Here is a list of all Diablo 4 gems, as well as their crafting costs and uses. Using Gems in Diablo 4 is one of the best ways to increase your gear stats, regardless of build or class. Increasing equipment stats helps your survival in the game and is useful in combat against huge hordes of enemies and powerful bosses. Now, Gems in Diablo 4 are of various types, each offering different benefits when you socket them into different gear slots. The cost of crafting also differs from Gem to Gem. With that said, here’s a rundown of all the Gems that are available in the game along with their benefits and crafting costs. Contents Types of Gems – List of all Gems – How to upgrade Gems – How to unlock Jeweler – Malignant and Caged Hearts – Use of Gems in Diablo 4 – How many types of Diablo 4 Gems are there? There are seven types of Gems in Diablo 4. They are differentiated into different tiers and each of these Gems has its own benefits. Here are all the Gems that you can find to boost gear stats in Diablo 4: Amethyst Armor: Adds Damage Over Time Reduction – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to Shadow – Weapons: Adds Damage Over Time – – Diamond Armor: Adds Barrier Potency – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to All Elements – Weapons: Adds Ultimate damage – – Emerald Armor: Adds Thorns – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to Poison – Weapons: Adds Damage to Elites – – Ruby Armor: Adds to Maximum Life – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to Fire – Weapons: Adds Resource Generation – – Sapphires Armor: Adds Damage Reduction While Fortified – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to Cold – Weapons: Adds Critical Strike Damage to Crowd-Controlled Enemies – – Skulls Armor: Adds Healing Received – Jewelry: Adds Armor Stat – Weapons: Adds Life On Kill – – Topaz Armor: Adds Damage Reduction While Control Impaired – Jewelry: Adds Resistance to Lightning – Weapons: Adds Lucky Hit Chance – – List of all Diablo 4 Gems Here is the list of all the Gems available in Diablo 4 along with the levels required to unlock them, effects, and crafting costs: How to upgrade Gems in Diablo 4? To upgrade Gems in Diablo 4, you’ll first need to reach Level 20. After that, head over to the Jeweler, speak to him, and you’ll get the option to upgrade your gems there. As we mentioned earlier, there are seven types of Gems and each of them comes in different variants. You can craft the crude variants of Gems at Level 15 and their better counterparts unlock at Levels 20, 40, 50, and 60, respectively. As you level up, you’d be able to upgrade the crystals by chipping in three previous Gem variants and some Gold. Check the table above to get an idea of the required levels, crafting costs, and effects of the Gems. How to unlock the Jeweler in Diablo 4? To unlock the Jeweler in Diablo 4, you need to complete the priority quest after reaching Level 20. The quest requires you to go and see the Jeweler Kratia in Kyovashad, Fractured Peaks. Upgrade a Gem as he asks after which he will be available in every major location in Sanctuary. The Jeweler helps to upgrade the Gems which can in turn boost their stats, ultimately helping in taking down enemies and bosses in the game. Malignant and Caged Hearts in Diablo 4 While not technically Gems, Caged Hearts can be slotted into Jewelry in a similar way to gems. Rather than the small percentage-based enhancement of Gems, they give powers similar to and sometimes greater than Legendary Affixes. Adding the Infested Sockets in which Caged Hearts can be slotted is also done via the Jeweler but both the Sockets and Hearts have corresponding categories that work together differently than Gems. For a more detailed guide on Malignant and Caged Hearts, check out our in-depth guide. Use of Gems in Diablo 4 Gems are those items that help to increase the stats of armor, jewelry, and weapons in Diablo 4. These in turn boost the stats of Ultimate Damages, Damage Over Time, and much more. Equipping these items is quite essential in defeating powerful bosses both in the early and later stages of the game. So, there you have it — that’s everything about Gems in Diablo 4. For more about the game, be sure to check our other guides and content: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

Diablo 4: Which class is right for you in Season 5? Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 is in its fourth season and the community is once again feeling positive about the dungeon crawler thanks to changes Blizzard is making. But before you jump into Season 5 you’ve got a decision to make – which class do you pick? Maybe you used one class for the first season but fancy a change? Or maybe you’re new to the game and need a rundown of each class. There are five returning playable classes in Diablo 4 but not all will suit your playstyle. Whether you like to blast your enemies with spells or arrows, get up close and personal, let your minions do the work, or shapeshift into something terrifying, Diablo 4 has a character class for you in Season 5. Stay a while around the fire and listen, and let’s take a look at all of the current Diablo 4 classes, as well as what we know about their involvement in bringing down Lilith. How many classes are there in Diablo 4? There are five classes available in Diablo 4 with another on the way when the first expansion releases next year. Every character class in Diablo 4 is a returning class either from Diablo 1, 2, or 3. Players are able to choose from: Barbarian – Druid – Necromancer – Rogue – Sorcerer – It’s worth noting that none of the classes in Diablo 4 are gender locked, so players will be able to fully customize their character. All Diablo 4 Classes Barbarian Entering the Diablo games in the unofficial expansion to Diablo 1, the tanky Barbarian returns for Diablo 4. Perfect for those with an aggressive playstyle, the Barbarian is a master of double-handed weapons. If you’re the sort of player who likes to run into combat and bash everything in sight, then the Barbarian is perfect for you. With access to plenty of AoE ground-shaking attacks, hordes of enemies will stand no chance against the raw strength of a Barbarian. Combining their fearsome tools with ability-enhancing war cries and buffs, they’ll be on the front lines of the fight against Lilith. Druid Making their first reappearance since the Diablo 2 Lord of Destruction expansion, the Druid returns with their menagerie of animal companions. Alongside fighting with beasts, the Druid can transform themselves into a viscous werewolf or a towering wearbear, making short work of any foes in their path. So if you’re feeling some cool and ferocious shape-shifting action, the Druid will be your jam. With a design that allows you to focus on summoning creatures or wielding elemental skills, the Druid is the happy medium between ranged aggressive play and front-line fighting. Necromancer Cunning summoners capable of wielding the power of death magic, Necromancers can conjure hordes of undead to wreak havoc upon their victims. Their Essence flows into three powerful bastions of Bone, Blood, or Shadow that all play a key role in a Necromancer’s extremely deadly arsenal. The Necro can mix it up in close-quarters combat, but it’s often more fun to play a supporting role while your minions cut down your enemies while you cackle in glee. If this sounds like your idea of a good time, then select the Necromancer. This class certainly isn’t for the faint of heart, but anyone looking to wield dark forbidden power should definitely consider creating one. However, by picking a fight with life, the Prime Evils have also made an enemy of death – and death has allied with humanity to take down the forces of Hell. Rogue While the Rogue hasn’t been seen in-game since the original Diablo, their playstyle is similar to that of Diablo 2’s Assassin and Amazon classes or Diablo 3’s Demon Hunter. The Rogue is for those who favor dexterity over brute force and magic. Utilizing the bow as their primary weapon, alongside a collection of deadly knives and trap equipment, the Rogue is an agile warrior. That’s perfect for dealing huge amounts of damage from afar and being able to get out without a scratch. Sorcerer Back to sling spells and take names, the Sorcerer returns in Diablo 4 after taking a back seat to the very similar Wizard in Diablo 3. Both classes are from different schools of magic but the playstyle remains the same. This is the classic caster build, using elemental spells to zap, scorch, and freeze enemies into oblivion. A glass cannon that struggles with close-quarter combat, the Sorcerer thrives when dishing out damage from a distance. If blasting your enemies with powerful spells before they can get near you is your preferred playstyle, then the Sorcerer will be ideal. Classes missing from Diablo 4 As shown above, Diablo 4 is launching with five classes in total. That said, there are plenty of others that Blizzard could add in the future through DLC. Throughout Diablo’s previous titles, there have been nine other classes that are missing from Diablo 4 and longtime fans will be hoping some will be arriving in the not-too-distant future. You can check out the full list of missing classes below: Amazon – (Diablo 2) Powerful warriors that are masters of hand-to-hand combat, they’re adept at using bows, javelins, and spears. – Warrior – (Diablo 1) Trained in all of the weapons of war, Warriors are powerful fighters who are also capable of repairing gear & armor. – Paladin – (Diablo 2) A melee-orientated warrior who uses auras and holy magic to boost their strength and cripple foes. – Demon Hunter – (Diablo 3, Immortal) Capable of dual-wielding crossbows, launching explosives, placing traps, and casting shadow magic, the Demon Hunter is a combination of the Assassin and Amazon. – Crusader – (Diablo 3, Immortal) An offshoot of the Paladin, the Crusader is a hybrid caster that can also make use of melee, wielding a flail or sword and a shield. – Assassin – (Diablo 2) Masters of martial arts, Assassins use their claw weapon to tear foes apart with ease. – Monk – (Diablo 3, Immortal) Monks are disciplined fighters with agile offense and impressive defensive skills, meaning they’re extremely versatile in combat. – Witch Doctor – (Diablo 3) Witch Doctors channel the powers of Voodoo to summon spirits and creatures to attack foes and do their bidding. – Wizard – (Diablo 3, Immortal) Similar to the Sorcerer, Wizards make use of elemental magic to damage their enemies with powerful spells. – Bard – (Diablo 1: Hellfire Expansion) The Bard was a class added in the unofficial Hellfire Expansion of Diablo 1. As that content was unofficial the Bard is likely uncanon. However, Blizzard officially introduced the other Hellfire character, the Barbarian in Diablo 2, so never say never. – Blood Knight – (Diablo Immortal) A vampiric class currently exclusive to Diablo Immortal (for now). The first new Diablo class since the Diablo 3 Crusader DLC in 2014. – Tempest – A new class coming to Diablo Immortal that makes use of the power of the elements such as the tides and weather. – While the Wizard class is unlikely to appear as they are interchangeable with the Sorcerer, others might. However, we expect that the Amazon, Assassin, and Demon Hunter classes could be incorporated into the Rogue class in Diablo 4, rather than return as individual classes. The same could also be said of the Warrior class and the returning Barbarian. Although this means that either the Paladin or Crusader could return, as well as the Witch Doctor and Monk classes. That’s everything we know about Diablo 4’s playable classes.

All changes to Diablo 4’s Paragon system in update 2.0 Blizzard/DexertoBlizzard revealed a bunch of adjustments to the Paragon system during the Campfire Chat for the Diablo 4 2.0 PTR update. Arriving alongside Season 6 and the Vessel of Hatred DLC on October 8, update 2.0 will not only increase the level cap but make alterations to the difficulty tiers and itemization. One of the other major changes revealed was all the updates to the Paragon Board and Paragon Points system, which may look entirely unrecognizable to you once October rolls around. Here’s everything you need to know about these changes as shared in the 2.0 Campfire Chat. Paragon level updates Now that the level cap for earning skill points has increased from level 50 to 60, the Paragon levels system will work a little differently after the 2.0 update. Previously, players would start earning a few Paragon Points each level past 50. Now, levels 1-100 will split out into character and Paragon levels. This adjustment was already noticed by discerning fans who caught a screenshot from Vessel of Hatred that showed a glimpse of the Paragon levels starting at level 60 instead of level 50. Another huge change is the increase in Paragon Points you can receive. The maximum number of points players can earn has increased from 200 to 300 (not including points from Renown). Glyph updates The Glyphs players can slot into their Paragon Boards have been reworked for the 2.0 update. Here is a list of every notable change coming to Glyphs in Season 6: Glyph maximum rank significantly increased from level 21-100 – All Glyphs start as Rare at rank one Glpyhs go from Rare to Legendary at rank 46 – At Legendary, Glyph unlocks a huge multiplicative stat bonus – – Glyph radius increases on rank 15 and 46 – Players can level up Glyphs at the Pit instead of Nightmare Dungeons – Guaranteed success on rank upgrade if 10 Pit tier difference or more Bonus ranks if 20 PIt tier difference or more – – The major shifts with Glyphs here are the rank increases and the way you farm them. Now Glyphs will be able to reach a rank of 100 and they will move away from Nightmare Dungeons, instead going to the Pit. The Glyphs now showing up in the Pit also coincide with the huge changes in Pit tier progression. Pit tiers go up by five until the Penitent difficulty, then on Torment 1-4, it’ll go up by 15, all the way up to 65 at Torment IV. Paragon Realm updates There are some more substantial changes happening with the Paragon system that have to do with Realms. Paragon Points are now shared across an entire Realm. This means these Points roll over between a Seasonal and Eternal Realm. Players should also know Paragon points are latent on a pre-level 60 character. By this, the devs mean that once you reach your max level of 60, your character will unlock all Paragon Points you’ve accrued from any other character in the same Realm. Paragon Board updates The way Paragon Boards will work in the 2.0 update has been modified. Diablo 4 players will have a maximum of five Paragon Boards they can equip (including the starter board). This is entirely different from previous seasons where fans could have seven boards going at one time. The developers also mentioned the best strategy for boards is to get as many Glyph slots as possible instead of being choosy with your Glyph slots like before. Furthermore, each class will receive a brand-new board alongside the major progression updates. Blizzard has tuned each board with these updates in mind. That’s everything you need to know about the Glyph updates coming to Diablo 4 2.0 this October. Check out our guide on the Spiritborn class arriving in Vessel of Hatred, as well as the latest March of the Goblins event.

All changes to Diablo 4’s Difficulty system in 2.0 update Blizzard EntertainmentBlizzard has outlined its overhaul of the World Tier Difficulty system for Diablo 4’s 2.0 update, and there are a ton of changes that will drastically shift the game. The Campfire Chat for the 2.0 update on August 29 revealed plenty of upcoming features and improvements, such as a level cap increase, new class skills, and even the return of Runewords from Diablo 2. Additionally, the overhauled Difficulty system marked another huge revamp fans were not expecting. We’ll explain everything new about the Diablo 4 Difficulties arriving with Update 2.0 in October. Diablo 4 2.0 Standard & Torment Difficulties explained This action RPG will be pulling away from the term “World Tiers” to instead use the name Difficulties. There are now eight different types, four of which are Standard while the other four are Torment. As listed in the Diablo 4 2.0 patch notes for Season 6, the purpose of the Standard Difficulty tiers is to “temper your character while you strive to hit character Level 60.” This will be the new maximum character level, which also means you can earn 10 more skill points than usual. Standard Difficulties Here are all the Standard Difficulties detailed by how they will operate: Normal: Slower-paced mode for players looking for a lighter challenge. – Hard: An increased challenge, but still not too demanding. – Expert: A faster-paced mode that grants players a tough combat experience. – Penitent: A heightened and dangerous experience not for the faint of heart. – Similar to World Tiers, each time you jump to a new Difficulty level, the amount of EXP and Gold you collect rises as well. Some of these tiers have prerequisites to unlock: Normal and Hard are unlocked automatically. – Expert is unlocked after completing the campaign prologue. – Penitent is unlocked at Level 50. – As a note, the patch notes never specified that players would have to complete a Capstone dungeon to unlock the Penitent Difficulty, so we’re not sure yet if that’s still a requirement or if you get Penitent right at Level 50. Torment Difficulties The Torment Difficulties are entirely new to Diablo 4 and are where the true challenge begins. Your progression through Torment tiers correlates directly to the Pit of Artificers. This means that as you reach higher Pit tiers, you’ll also gain access to higher Torment Difficulties. The higher your Torment level is, the more rewards you’re likely to receive, but the enemies also get tougher. Here’s how you can unlock each Torment Difficulty: Torment I: Unlock Pit tiers 1-20 at Level 60, then beat Pit tier 20. – Torment II: Beat Pit tier 35. – Torment III: Beat Pit tier 50. – Torment IV: Beat Pit tier 65. – There’s also a new type of danger that runs throughout the Torment Difficulties called Curses. Here’s how Curses work throughout each Torment level: Torment I: -250 Armor and -25% All Resist. – Torment II: -500 Armor and -50% All Resist. – Torment III: -750 Armor and -75% All Resist. – Torment IV: -1000 Armor and -100% All Resist. – Fans should also know that monsters will no longer have their level displayed. Instead, they will scale to your current Difficulty. This should help all enemies feel a lot tougher as you scale to a higher challenge level. That’s everything you should know about the new Standard and Torment Difficulties in Diablo 4 2.0! Speaking of new features, Blizzard also revealed new powerful Mythic Uniques, as well as an overhaul to the Paragon system.

All buffs & nerfs in Diablo 4 Season 1 Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 Season 1 has finally dropped and Blizzard has delivered on their promise to drop a lot of changes. To make things easier for you to digest, we’ve rounded up all the key gameplay changes for you to sift through to see what’s changed when it comes to the classes and abilities. It’s time for Diablo 4’s Season of the Malignant, the first of many new chapters to come. While it’s not a complete DLC drop, it will reshape Blizzard’s RPG – for better and for worse. We say the latter as various elements of the 1.1.0 patch have not gone down well with players. Nevertheless, along with tweaks to powerful Barbarian builds and the addition of new Malignant features, there are a ton of updates made to the game’s gameplay balance. So without further ado, let’s get into them and show you what’s what in the game. Diablo 4 Season 1 buffs & nerfs: 1.1.0 update changes Here are all the gameplay buffs and nerfs in Diablo 4 Season 1: Season of the Malignant. Gameplay Updates General Altar of Lilith Unlocks are now account-wide. – Map discovery is now account-wide. – Whispers will no longer reward Sigil Dust. – Overall loot quality has been significantly improved for Silent Chests. – The channel time for the Leave Dungeon ability has been increased from 3 to 5 seconds. – We have generally reduced the tendency for many monsters to move around in combat, so that melee characters don’t have to chase down their enemies as much. – Added PS5 Dual Sense Edge Wireless controller support for PC. – World Tier World Tier II has had the following bonuses added: Bonus Gold: Increased from 15% to 20%. – Monsters now drop 15% more items. – – Level scaling inside dungeons and most overworld territories has been adjusted in World Tiers III and IV. Monsters will begin to trail behind the player in Level after a certain point (up to a maximum of 5 Levels behind). This change does not affect World Bosses, Legion Events, Fields of Hatred, Helltide, or Nightmare Dungeons. – World Tier III Example: If the player’s Level is below 55, the monster’s Level is 55. – If the player’s Level is 56-60, the monster’s Level is 55. – If the player’s Level is 61, the monster’s Level is 56. – If the player’s Level is 62, the monster’s Level is 57, etc. (from this point the monsters will always be -5 until World Tier III’s max monster Level of 70). – World Tier IV Example: If the player’s Level is below 75, the monster’s Level is 75. – If the player’s Level is 76-80, the monster Level is 75. – If the player’s Level is 81, the monster’s Level is 76. – If the player’s Level is 82, the monster’s Level is 77, etc. (from this point the monsters will always be -5). – Experience Reward experience for completing Whispers in World Tiers III and IV has been significantly increased. – We are adjusting bonus experience rewards for killing monsters that are a higher Level than the player. Pre-Season of the Malignant bonuses: 1 Level higher: +15%. – 2 Levels higher: +20%. – 3+ Levels higher: +25%. – – Post-Season of the Malignant: 1.5% bonus per Level up to 10 Levels. Ex: +1 level: +1.5%. – +2 levels: +3%. – +10 levels: +15%. – – – Ex: – – 1.5% bonus per Level up to 10 Levels. – – Pre-Season of the Malignant bonuses: – We are also adjusting experience rewards for monster Level offsets for higher World Tiers. Current World Tier Level offsets World Tier II: Up to +3. – World Tier III: Up to +10. – World Tier IV: Up to +100. – – We are changing this to World Tier II: Up to +3 (Unchanged). – World Tier III: Up to +6. – World Tier IV: Up to +10. – – For Example: You are Level 1. Your friends bring you to World Tier IV and leave you at the entrance of a dungeon. They start killing Level 100 monsters. Prior to Season of the Malignant, you get: (Level 100 Monster XP) * (1 + 25%) – – After Season of the Malignant, you get: (Level 11 Monster XP) * (1 + 15%) – – – Prior to Season of the Malignant, you get: – – You are Level 1. Your friends bring you to World Tier IV and leave you at the entrance of a dungeon. They start killing Level 100 monsters. – – Current World Tier Level offsets – Helltide Helltide monsters are now 3 Levels higher than the player instead of 2. – The Tortured Gift of Mysteries chest has had its cost increased to 250 Aberrant Cinders from 175. – All interactable objects in Helltide zones now have a small chance of dropping Aberrant Cinders. – Balance Updates BARBARIAN: Skills Violent Double Swing Vulnerable duration increased from 1 to 2 seconds. – Furious Upheaval damage bonus per stack increased from 3% to 5%. – Power Charge Cooldown reduction is now capped to 3 targets, for a maximum of 9 seconds of Cooldown reduction. – Tactical Ground Stomp Fury gain increased from 25 to 40. – Enhanced Death Blow’s damage bonus to Bosses increased from 100% to 150%. – Enhanced Steel Grasp Vulnerable duration increased from 2.5 to 3 seconds. – Enhanced Rupture damage increased from 30% to 45%. – Warrior’s Rupture Attack Speed bonus increased from 20% to 30%, and duration increased from 4 to 5 seconds. – Fighter’s Rupture healing increased from 15% to 18% Maximum Life. – Passives Hamstring now only Slows Healthy enemies, and Slow amount increased from 10/20/30% to 20/40/60%. – Cut to the Bone Bleeding damage bonus to Vulnerable reduced from 6/12/18% to 5/10/15%. – Paragon Wrath Glyph’s bonus now affects all damage instead of just Core Skills. – Aspects Relentless Berserker’s Aspect Berserking duration increased from 1 to 2 seconds. – Battle-Mad Aspect Beserking duration increased from 1-2.5 to 2-3.5 seconds. – Brawler’s Aspect damage increased from 1-1.3 to 1.5-1.8. – Aspect of Burning Rage damage increased from .08-.14 to .22-.28. – Aspect of the Iron Warrior Damage Reduction increased from 15-25% to 18-28%. – Slaking Aspect Lucky Hit Chance increased from 30-50% to 40-60%. – Aspect of Ancestral Echoes Lucky Hit Chance increased from 40-50% to 50-60%. – Weapon Master’s Aspect Lucky Hit Chance increased from 32-50% to 37%-55%. – Items Gohr’s Devastating Grips now explodes every 2 seconds or after it ends, and its hit cap has been removed. – Fields of Crimson Bleeding damage bonus increased from 10% to 15%. – DRUID Skills Enhanced Claw Attack Speed bonus increased from 10% to 15%. – Stormstrike Damage Reduction reduced from 25% to 15%. – Boulder damage increase from 33% to 46%. – Savage Trample Spirit gain increased from 20 to 40. – Prime Lacerate healing increased from 3% to 5%. – Cataclysm Lightning damage increased from 64% to 77%, and Tornado damage from 19% to 23%. – Supreme Cataclysm Vulnerable duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds. – Prime Cataclysm duration increased from 2 to 4 seconds. – Prime Grizzly Rage now grants Unstoppable for 6 seconds instead of while active. – Passives Provocation threshold required for guaranteed Overpower reduced from 35/30/25 to 24/20/16 seconds. – Spirit Boon Masochistic now also requires a Lucky Hit chance of 75%. – Prickleskin Thorns increased from .1 to .15. – Iron Feather Maximum Life increased from 10% to 14%. – Bolster Fortify increased from 10% to 15% of Maximum Life. – Overload damage increased from .2 to .25. – Paragon Spirit Glyph’s bonus now affects all damage instead of just Core Skills. – Aspects Aspect of the Calm Breeze Lucky Hit chance increased from 5-10% to 7-12%. – Balanced Aspect Maximum Spirit increased from 30-50 to 60-80. – Aspect of the Tempest damage bonus increased from 7-15% to 10-18%. – Skinwalker’s Aspect healing increased from .05-.1 to .07-.12. – Symbiotic Aspect Cooldown reduction reduced from 4-8 to 3-5. – Aspect of the Stampede damage bonus increased from 10-20 to 16-26%. – Shepherd’s damage bonus increased from 6-8% to 6-10%. – Items Insatiable Fury Werebear Skill Ranks increased from 2 to 3. – Mad Wolf’s Glee Werewolf Skill Ranks increased from 2 to 3. – NECROMANCER: Skills Initiate’s Decompose Slow increased from 30% to 50%. – Paranormal Sever casts required for Vulnerable reduced from 4 to 3. – Enhanced Blood Surge Healing increased from 2.5% to 3% of Maximum Life. – Enhanced Blood Lance damage reduction for piercing reduced from 15% to 10%. – Bone Prison initial Essence gained increased from 15 to 25. – Abhorrent Iron Maiden healing increased from 5% to 7% of Maximum Life. – Golems move faster and unhindered through enemies when their Cooldown is activated. – Supreme Blood Wave leaves behind Blood Orbs earlier in its path. – Raise Skeleton, Corpse Explosion, and Corpse Tendrils range for auto-targeting Corpses on mouse and keyboard increased by 50%. – Raise Skeleton Skeletal Priest bonus damage increased from 20% to 30%. – Raise Skeleton Skeletal Priest healing increased from 10% to 15%. – Passives Evulsion bonus damage to Vulnerable reduced from 6/12/18% to 5/10/15%. – Transfusion Minion healing increased from 15/30/45% to 20/40/60%. – Drain Vitality Lucky Hit Chance increased from 25% to 30%. – Amplify Damage increased from 3/6/9% to 4/8/12%. – Book of the Dead Necromancer’s minions will now automatically re-summon after respawning during a World Boss fight. – Skeleton Warrior Defenders Upgrade Thorns inherited increased from 40% to 50%. – Shadow Skeleton Mage Upgrade attacks required for an additional shadow bolt reduced from 5 to 4. – Bone Skeleton Mage Upgrade Fortify amount increased from 11% to 20%. – Iron Golems Upgrade attacks required for Slam attack reduced from 5 to 4. – Paragon Essence Glyph’s bonus now affects all damage instead of just Core Skills. – Aspects Splintering Aspect Bone Shard damage bonus reduced from 50-100% to 30-60%. – Aspect of Plunging Darkness bonus damage increased from 50-100% to 75-125%. – Coldbringer’s Aspect blizzard cooldown reduced from 10 to 8 seconds. – Aspect of Hungry Blood chance to fire a Blood Lance increased from 10-20% to 13-23%. – Blood-soaked Aspect damage increased from .15-.2 to .24-.31. – Aspect of Ultimate Shadow damage increased from .16-.22 to .43-.48. – Aspect of Grasping Veins Critical Strike Damage bonus reduced from 30-60% to 20-40%. – Osseous Gale Aspect bonus Bone Storm duration increased from 4-8 to 5-10 seconds. – Aspect of the Damned damage bonus increased from 30-40% to 40-50%. – Blood-bathed Aspect Echo damage reduction reduced from 70-60% to 60-50%. – Aspect of Reanimation Skeletons damage bonus increased from 20-30% to 30-40%. – Items Bloodless Scream Essence gained increased from 2-5 to 7-10. – Deathless Visage damage increased from .25-.35 to .28-.38. – ROGUE: Skills Advanced Rapid Fire duration increased from 3 to 5 seconds. – Caltrops cast speed increased by 15%. – Enhanced Cold Imbue Lucky Hit Chance increased from 30% to 40%. – Enhanced Smoke Grenade damage bonus increased from 15% to 20%. – Methodical Dash maximum Cooldown reduction increased from 3 to 4 seconds. – Concealment Stealth duration increased from 4 to 5 seconds. – Enhanced Dark Shroud’s chance to not be consumed increased from 10% to 14%. – Supreme Death Trap Cooldown reduction increased from 10 to 12 seconds. – Passives Victimize Lucky Hit Chance increased from 30% to 35%. – Siphoning Strikes now also requires a Lucky Hit chance of 75%. – Rugged Damage Reduction against Damage over Time effects increased from 5/10/15 to 6/12/18. – Mending Obscurity healing per second while Stealthed increased from 3/6/9% to 4/8/12%. – Aftermath Energy restored increased from 25/50/75 to 30/60/90. – Paragon Combat Glyph’s bonus now affects all damage instead of just Core Skills. – Eldritch Bounty Legendary Node duration increased from 6 to 9 seconds. – Specialization Preparation’s Ultimate Cooldown reduction increased from 4 to 5 seconds. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Volatile Shadows damage increased from .1075-.193 to .2-.27. – Icy Alchemist’s Aspect Chill increased from 15% to 25%. – Shadowslicer Aspect damage increased from 25-35% to 80-100%. – Toxic Alchemist’s damage increased from 0.080-0.13 to .11-.16. – Vengeful Aspect Lucky Hit Chance increased from 30-50% to 40-60%. – Aspect of Imitated Imbuements duration increased from 5 to 9 seconds. – Aspect of Stolen Vigor healing increased from .02-.06 to .04-.08. – Aspect of Lethal Dusk Life of Kill duration increased from 4 to 6 seconds. – Aspect of Noxious Ice bonus damage increased from 10-25% to 14-29%. – Aspect of Elusive Menace Dodge chance increased from 1-5% to 3-7%. – Items Skyhunter’s Energy gain increased from 15-25 to 20-30. – Grasp of Shadow Lucky Hit Chance increased from 20-30% to 24-34%. – SORCERER: Skills Enhanced Charged Bolts damage increased from 24% to 30%, and now benefits from Skill Ranks. – Destructive Charged Bolts Damage Reduction increased from 20% to 25%. – Destructive Incinerate Damage Reduction increased from 20% to 25%. – Ice Blades cast clean up has been tightened, allowing players to act after its cast sooner. – Firebolt initial damage increased from 10% to 18%. – Wizard’s Firewall maximum increased Mana Regeneration increased from 25% to 35%. – Wizard’s Blizzard Core Skill Mana cost reduction increased from 10% to 20%. – Supreme Deep Freeze Cooldown Reduction increased from 50% to 100%. – Passives Elemental Dominance now also affects Mastery Skills instead of just Core Skills. – Potent Warding duration increased from 3 to 9 seconds. – Protection Barrier duration increased from 2 to 3 seconds. – Align the Elements Damage Reduction per second increased from 1/2/3 to 3/6/9. – Mana Shield Damage Reduction increased from 5/10/15% to 7/14/21%. – Devouring Blaze bonus Critical Strike damage reduced from 10/20/30% to 7/14/21%. – Devouring Blaze bonus Critical Strike damage to Immobilized reduced from 25/50/75% to 10/20/30%. – Fiery Surge Mana Regeneration increased from 10/20/30% to 15/30/45%. – Paragon Destruction Glyph now affects all damage instead of just Core Skills. – Enchantments Spark Enchantment chance to form Crackling Energy increased from 10% to 14%. – Frozen Orb Enchantment chance to be cast increased from 20% to 30%. – Incinerate Enchantment cooldown reduced from 18 to 14 seconds. – Hydra Enchantment Mana threshold reduced from 300 to 200. – Legendary Aspects Aspect of Efficiency Mana cost reduction increased from 10-20% to 15-25%, and now also affects Mastery Skills. – Aspect of Armageddon damage increased from .205-.25 to .35-.4. – Aspect of Shattered Stars damage increased from .15-.2 to .2-.25. – Serpentine Aspect Hydra duration reduction reduced from 30-20% to 20-10%. – Glacial Aspect Ice Spikes bonus damage to Frozen reduced from 25% to 15%. – Glacial Aspect Ice Spikes damage increased from .2-.3 to .25-.35. – Aspect of the Frozen Tundra Ice Spikes damage increased from .25-.35 to .3-.4. – Aspect of the Frozen Wake Ice Spikes damage increased from .2-.3 to .25-.35, and Chill increased from 10% to 15%. – Aspect of Biting Cold chance to apply Vulnerable to Frozen enemies increased from 25-35% to 30-40%. – Encased Aspect Life and Mana restore per second increased from 10-20% to 20-30%. – Stable Aspect chance for a free cast increased from 5-10% to 7-12%. – Aspect of Splintering Energy chance to spawn an additional Lightning Spear increased from 11-20% to 41-50%. – Aspect of the Unbroken Tether chance for additional Chain Lightning chains increased from 25-35% to 30-40%. – For more on Diablo 4, following all of the buffs and nerfs for Season 1, check out a bunch of our other guides: Diablo 4 Review | Diablo 4: Best way to make money | Diablo 4: Fastest ways to get XP & level up | How to Transmog gear in Diablo 4: Armor, weapons & more | Does Diablo 4 feature followers or mercenaries to hire? | Diablo 4 couch co-op explained: | When is Diablo 4 Season 1? Possible start date, theme, & rewards | How to play Diablo 4 Early Access: Dates, times & how to preload | What is Diablo 4 Hardcore mode? | How to get a mount in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: How to upgrade your healing potion | How to swap weapons in Diablo 4 | Diablo 4: World Tiers explained | How to use emotes in Diablo 4

A new Diablo 4 difficulty above World Tier 4 has been datamined BlizzardDiablo 4 just had a new difficulty tier datamined, one that will seemingly allow players to push beyond the current higher World Tier 4. Diablo 4 is one of Blizzard’s most successful games on launch. Amassing over $666 million dollars in just 5 days, it’s become Blizzard’s fastest-selling release of all time. The popular ARPG sees players venture into Sanctuary, the land created by Lilith and Inarius. Throughout their travels, they’ll meet characters, dungeons, bosses, and more whilst slaying plenty of demons along the way. Once players are completed with the main story campaign, that’s when the real fun begins, as new World Tiers and the endgame opens up for them. World Tiers in Diablo 4 essentially dictate how difficult the enemies will be in your world. Conversely, higher World Tiers often lead to better rewards in the game, making it a risk vs reward trade-off. Players can toggle between World Tiers as they feel fit, meaning they aren’t necessarily stuck at a difficulty they can’t complete. However, players that want the hardest experience in all of Diablo 4 can crank the difficulty up to World Tier 4. But that hardest difficulty may soon be changing, according to a recent data mine. Potential World Tier 5 difficulty data mined According to Diablo dataminer DataMineARPG, they believe they’ve found evidence that a fifth-world tier difficulty is currently in the works. “While this is all considered speculation at this point, we did find evidence of World Tier 5 being in the works, as shown in the image below,” their ko-fi states. Like other world difficulties, world tier 5 will offer an even greater challenge for those who seek it, granting greater rewards to the successful. Unfortunately, we’re not yet sure what those rewards may look like as they’re yet to be data mined, however, previous tiers give us an indication that a new tier of item could drop and that enemies will grant a huge amount of gold and experience. It’s not certain when this new world tier will release into Diablo 4, but with Season 1 coming sometime mid to late July, it’s possible we see it very soon.

7 games like Diablo you should play in 2024 Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 has finally been unleashed and fans of the demonic looter have already spent countless hours in Sanctuary, however, even the most dedicated players will want a break from time to time. So, here are 7 games like Diablo you should play in 2024. The modern entries in Blizzard’s Diablo franchise have become some of the most popular ARPGs available over the years, thanks to the unique builds players can create, the neverending pools of loot to collect, and a variety of classes to use. Diablo 4 has already gotten off the a great start with plenty of content for players to get stuck into, and future seasonal content on the way. Even the veterans of the franchise will want to take a break every now and then, however, and luckily there are plenty of similar games out there to pick up and play. Whether you’ve already completed all that Diablo 4 has to offer, or simply want to divide your time in Sanctuary with another title, here are 7 games like Diablo you should play in 2024. Torchlight II Torchlight II is a dungeon-crawler from Runic Games. This vibrant title is set in a fantasy world where players can control one of four classes, each with unique skills and abilities — much like in the Diablo franchise. The core gameplay loop sees the player exploring procedurally generated dungeons, battling waves of dangerous monsters, and collecting valuable loot to increase their stats and experience. This beloved sequel maintained all the features of the original and expanded the campaign, overhauled the UI, and added a number of features including a day and night cycle, and weather effects. Torchlight III was released in 2020 and is still considered by many fans to be the best game in the series, making it a great choice for Diablo fans. Hades Hades was a surprise smash hit when Supergiant unleashed the hellish game in 2020. This unique title puts players in the shoes of Zagreus, prince of the Underworld who’s desperate to escape from the realm to get away from his father Hades. The game is a hack-and-slash roguelike experience where the player must make their way through the Underworld by fighting enemies in a set of randomly generated rooms. While death will send you back to the beginning, the rewards and treasure you gain on each run will allow you to improve Zageus’ attributes, as well as unlock new weapons and abilities which will improve your chances of escape. Overall, Hades is an extremely fun, challenging, and charming game that features stunning action combat. Path of Exile Path of Exile is a top-down ARPG where players explore the fantasy world of Wraeclast as an exile with the aim of making their way back home to the nation of Oriath. There are seven character classes to choose from, which all have their own unique abilities, and with such an array of choices, there’s a class suited to every kind of player. Throughout your journey in Path of Exile, you’ll come up against ancient Gods and monsters, which you’ll have to defeat to progress. The game is clearly inspired by the Diablo franchise and is considered a spiritual successor to Diablo II in particular. Perhaps the biggest draw to Path of Exile is its free-to-play nature, meaning if you’re on the hunt for a new action-packed title to play and don’t want to break the bank, this is a great option. Darksiders Genesis A spin-off to the original Darksiders series, Darksiders Genesis brings a top-down perspective to a franchise that previously specialized in fully 3D action-adventure games. The title sees players step into the shoes of protagonist Stife, and his brother War after they are summoned by the Charred Council to investigate the plans of the demon King Lucifer. During the game, players can freely switch between Stife and War allowing both gunplay and melee action in combat. There’s plenty of exploration and puzzle-solving to enjoy in this game, as well as a handful of Diablo-like progression systems to get to grips with. It’s a fantastic entry in the action-packed franchise with compelling characters and excellent hack-and-slash gameplay. Borderlands 2 Originally released over a decade ago, Borderlands 2 is still considered one of the best looter shooters available. If collecting loot is your favorite thing about the Diablo franchise then this wacky sequel could be perfect for you. Borderlands 2 is a chaotic First Person Shooter, where players join a group of Vault Hunters on a journey across the land of Pandora in an attempt to stop the menacing Handsome Jack before he can obtain the powers of a brand new Vault. The narrative is widely considered the strongest in the series and Jack in particular is an extremely compelling villain. You’ll be shooting your way through countless enemies in Borderlands 2, and collecting loads of exciting loot along the way. If you’re itching for an FPS title with a lot of variety and that doesn’t take itself too seriously, Borderlands 2 is a must-play. Lost Ark Lost Ark is a MMO ARPG co-developed by Smilegate and Tripod Studios, and published by Amazon Games. In just a few short years the game has already earned a dedicated player base thanks to its wealth of available content, regular seasonal updates, and a compelling combination of MMO mechanics and hack-and-slash gameplay. The game features both PvE and PvP content with an emphasis on exploration, questing, and crafting. There are a handful of classes to try, and once the player’s character reaches level 50, a myriad of additional content is unlocked including endgame dungeons and raids. If you’re looking for an ARPG with MMO-like social aspects that you’ll be playing for years to come, Lost Ark is a great Diablo alternative. Destiny 2 If you’re looking for an FPS without the wacky humor of Borderlands, then Destiny 2 is a great option. This mammoth title from Bungie is an epic space adventure where players take control of a Guardian in one of three classes – the Titan, Hunter, or Warlock. At its heart, Destiny 2 is a pure looter shooter where you’ll be gunning down hordes of alien enemies all with the goal of scoring the most coveted gear and weapons in the game. There are countless activities to keep you busy in Destiny 2, from the game’s story expansions, fast-paced Strikes, or the incredibly challenging Raids, as a free-to-play title, it’s more than worth seeing what this Sci-Fi world has to offer. Although the sunsetting of older story content has admittedly made the game’s lore and overall newcomer onboarding quite a confusing experience, we’d still absolutely recommend giving Destiny 2 a go if you haven’t already. If you click on a product link on this page we may earn a small affiliate commission. There you have it, those are 7 games like Diablo you should play in 2024! For even more gaming content check out our lists below: Best Switch RPGs to play in 2024 | Best MMO games to play in 2024 | Best games like Animal Crossing to play on Switch & PC | Best Mario games | Best Need for Speed games | Best-selling games of all time | Best open-world games | Best Assassin’s Creed games | Best Call of Duty games | Best Naruto games | Best Digimon games | Best LGBTQ+ games | Games like GTA you should play in 2024

Diablo 4 players praise Season 2’s refreshed levelling experience Blizzard EntertainmentDiablo 4 players have taken to social media to express their delight at the refreshed leveling experience that arrived with the second season of the action RPG. The game itself has been through a difficult time since launch. Criticism of a lack of differentiation between the world tiers and an uninspired experience post-level 70 combined to leave the future open to significant questions. There was never any doubt that Blizzard would stick with Diablo 4, just as they did when the previous entry in the series suffered similar woes initially. The Reaper of Souls edition proved to be a real landmark for the third game, and Diablo 4 could be a similar path in the new landscape it has created in Season 2. One huge aspect of this is the leveling experience, which players have started to pick out as the forefront of the charge towards a better game. Leveling in Season 2 is vastly different from previous periods in Diablo 4 In a post on Reddit, a self-described “semi-casual” gamer highlighted new abilities and less grinding overall, saying: “This season, I just hit 74 and was hardly paying attention. So much better leveling and the vampire abilities are so much fun! Vampiric curse FTW! Probably won’t get to 100, but I am having a way better time this season. Probably doesn’t hurt I went frost mage lol.” Others were quick to echo those thoughts, with one adding: “I hit World Tier 3 at 50 and actually feel strangely overpowered for not having geared up at all for any build. It’s a breath of fresh air, honestly” Another highlighted further new features and dungeon improvements that have worked well while offering some tips on other areas the developer should prioritize moving forward: “Leveling is great. The blood harvest zone is fantastic. The bounty board makes me want to just walk around BH zones and never stop. And the fact that you get whispers, which give you infinite gold. Fantastic season update. If they can update loot in season 3, I feel like we’ll have a complete experience.” Finally, there seems to be plenty of positivity flowing through the Diablo 4 community. If the developer can consider this latest round of feedback, the future looks very bright.

1 million Attack Power Rogue leaves Diablo 4 community baffled Blizzard EntertainmentA Diablo 4 player has stunned the community by showing off a Rogue build with over 1,000,000 Attack Power. Diablo 4 Season 5 has done a lot to scale up the power of players and allow for nuanced buildcrafting. The newly introduced Infernal Hordes offer excellent loot, insane amounts of Gold, and crafting materials to engage with the endgame crafting mechanics introduced in Season 4. Coupled with the new and improved Mythic Uniques which have become centerpieces for the toughest build, you can create a terrifying foe for the enemies of Sanctuary. One player proved that beyond a doubt with a baffling build. Reddit user noobeeehunter’s Rogue boasts a ridiculous 1,064,667 Attack Power and players are struggling to comprehend the maddening stat. Despite their best efforts to downplay it, there’s no denying the feat. The author of the post did qualify that “Attack Power doesn’t matter” and they’re right in some respects. Innumerable factors go into determining damage output in Diablo 4 and Attack Power doesn’t factor many of them when coming up with a figure, even staggering ones in the millions. For those wondering about their Rogue, they are running an Andariel’s Visage build that gains a lot of additive damage for every use of the Dark Shroud skill. Diablo 4 prioritizes additive damage when calculating Attack Power so in the right situation, looking at the stat will show some absurd numbers. “Standing still, doing nothing, it (Attack Power) sits at about 20k,” the player explained. “But I had just downed the Burning Butcher in an Infernal Horde and Andariel had procced a bunch.” While it’s true that Attack Power isn’t a true representation of a build’s strength in Diablo 4, the ability to hit beyond 1,000,000 at all would equate to insane damage potential. For some context, in early seasons, Diablo 4 players were impressed when a Bonespear Necromancer managed to push 30,000 Attack Power.

Register Sign in Login to enable dark mode. Sign up for free to unlock exclusive perks: See fewer ads An Ad-lite experience on articles. Dark Mode Customize your Dexerto experience, choose between dark or light. Great deals with our monthly newsletter Recommendations for unmissable entertainment. Save money with the best online deals in Gaming, TV and Movies, and Tech. Already have a Dexerto Media Group account? Login Register Gaming Entertainment TV & Movies Esports Tech Connect With Us Twitter Twitch YouTube More Archive About Us Advertise With Us All News Call of Duty Pokemon Overwatch Baldur’s Gate Apex Legends Valorant Fortnite League of Legends Deadlock World of Warcraft Palworld EA SPORTS FC GTA Counter-Strike 2 Destiny Diablo Roblox Genshin Impact Honkai Star Rail Minecraft All gaming News, reviews, tips and guides for the biggest and best games All News Call of Duty Pokemon Overwatch Baldur’s Gate Apex Legends Valorant Fortnite League of Legends Deadlock World of Warcraft Palworld EA SPORTS FC GTA Counter-Strike 2 Destiny Diablo Roblox Genshin Impact Honkai Star Rail Minecraft Sign up free now Sign in Gaming All News Call of Duty Pokemon Overwatch Baldur’s Gate Apex Legends Valorant Fortnite League of Legends Deadlock World of Warcraft Palworld EA SPORTS FC GTA Counter-Strike 2 Destiny Diablo Roblox Genshin Impact Honkai Star Rail Minecraft Gaming Diablo Diablo | All All News Guides Patch Notes Diablo Ultimate Diablo 4 walkthrough guide: best builds, quest tips, locations & more Olly Smith Diablo Ultimate Diablo 4 walkthrough guide: best builds, quest tips, locations & more Olly Smith Diablo Best Diablo 4 Barbarian Builds: Season 5 Tier list Cande Maldonado Diablo Best Diablo 4 Necromancer builds: Season 5 tier list Sam Smith Diablo Best Diablo 4 Druid builds: Season 5 tier list Anyka Pettigrew Diablo Diablo 4: All Stronghold Locations Sourav Banik Articles Diablo Diablo 4 dev reveals how much microtransactions make for Blizzard James Lynch Diablo Blizzard hid Diablo 4’s best change from 2.0 patch notes Ethan Dean Diablo Diablo 4 Runewords explained: Effects, crafting, more Ethan Dean Diablo PTR Diablo 4 build is so OP the game doesn’t bother counting damage Noelle Corbett Diablo Diablo Immortal tier list: Best character classes for PvP and PvE in Season 30 Sam Smith Diablo Best Diablo 4 Twisting Blades Rogue builds in Season 5 Anyka Pettigrew Tech How to play Battle.net games on Steam Deck Joel Loynds Diablo Diablo 4 PTR players demand Blizzard makes one big change to lvl 60 Cande Maldonado Diablo Best Diablo Immortal Blood Knight Build: Season 30 Sam Smith Diablo Best Diablo Immortal Demon Hunter builds for Season 30 Sam Smith 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 View Archive

Dexerto Giveaway Official Rules NO PURCHASE NECESSARY TO ENTER OR WIN. A PURCHASE OR PAYMENT OF ANY KIND WILL NOT INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF WINNING. Eligibility: The Dexerto Survey Giveaway is open globally but restricted to those who are at least eighteen (18) years old. Employees of Dexerto Services LLC (“Sponsor”) and their respective parents, subsidiaries and affiliate companies, as well as the immediate family (spouse, parents, siblings and children) and household members of each such employee, are not eligible. The Dexerto Survey Giveaway is subject to all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Void where prohibited by law, or where registration or filing requirements of any state or local jurisdiction have not been complied with. This Dexerto Survey Giveaway is a promotion by Sponsor. – Participation in the Dexerto Survey Giveaway constitutes entrant’s full and unconditional agreement to these Official Rules and Sponsor’s decisions, which are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. Winning the prize is contingent upon entrant fulfilling all requirements set forth herein. Sponsor: Dexerto Services LLC, 8 The Green, Ste B, Dover, Delaware 19901. – Survey Giveaway Period: The Survey Giveaway runs from 12:00:00 am GMT on May 02, 2024 until 11:59:59 pm GMT on May 12, 2024 (the “Survey Giveaway Period”). Time is the official time keeping device for the Survey Giveaway. – How to Enter: During the Survey Giveaway Period, an eligible entrant must visit https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/63MV6GN and fill out and submit the registration form contained therein. Upon initial registration, the entrant will have to complete a brief survey, in its entirety, in order to be deemed an eligible Entry. All such entries shall be referred to in these Official Rules as an “Entry” or “Entries”. Maximum of one (1) Entries per person. Sponsor will determine in its sole discretion which Entries have satisfied all eligibility requirements. – Prizes: One (1) Prize shall be awarded. The Prize shall consist of one (1) $100 Amazon gift card (the “Prize”). The approximate retail value of the prize is $100. No substitution of the Prize shall be made except as provided herein at Sponsor’s sole discretion. The Prize is non-transferable. Sponsor reserves the right to substitute the Prize for one of equal or greater value if the Prize becomes unavailable for any reason. Winner shall be responsible for any taxes and fees arising from being awarded the Prize and/or its use. – Winner Selection: On May 15, 2024, Sponsor will randomly select a potential Survey Giveaway winner from all eligible Entries received during the Survey Giveaway Period. The potential winner will be notified by email at the email address provided at registration. Sponsor’s decisions as to the administration and operation of the Survey Giveaway and the selection of the potential winner are final and binding in all matters related to the Survey Giveaway. The potential winner will be required to sign and return to Sponsor, on or before 11:59:59 pm GMT on April 22, 2024, an affidavit of eligibility and liability/publicity release (collectively the “Prize Forms”) in order to claim his/her Prize. If a potential winner cannot be contacted, or fails to sign and return the Prize Forms within the required time period, the potential winner forfeits the Prize. – The potential winner must continue to comply with all terms and conditions of these Official Rules, and winning is contingent upon fulfilling all requirements. In the event that a potential winner is disqualified for any reason, Sponsor will award the applicable Prize to an alternate winner by random drawing from among all remaining eligible Entries. Only one (1) alternate drawings will be held after which the Prize will remain unawarded. Odds of Winning: The odds of winning will depend on the number of eligible entries received, pursuant to the eligibility requirements stated herein. – Release of Liability: By receipt of the Prize, winner agrees (or the parent/legal guardian if such winner is a minor in his/her state of residence) to release and hold harmless Sponsor and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, suppliers, distributors, advertising/promotion agencies, and Prize suppliers, and each of their respective parent companies and each such company’s officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from and against any claim or cause of action, including, but not limited to, personal injury, death, or damage to or loss of property, arising out of participation in the Survey Giveaway or receipt, use, or misuse of the Prize or any component thereof. – Publicity Release: Except where prohibited, participation in the Survey Giveaway constitutes winner’s consent to Sponsor’s, and its affiliates, parent and/or subsidiaries and respective agents’ use of winner’s name, likeness, photograph, voice, opinions and/or hometown and state for promotional purposes in any media, worldwide, without further payment or consideration. – General Conditions: Sponsor reserves the right to cancel, suspend and/or modify the Survey Giveaway, or any part of it, if any fraud, technical failures or any other factor beyond Sponsor’s reasonable control impairs the integrity or proper functioning of the Survey Giveaway, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion. Sponsor reserves the right in its sole discretion to disqualify any individual it finds to be tampering with the Entry process or the operation of the Survey Giveaway or to be acting in violation of these Official Rules or any other promotion or in an unsportsmanlike or disruptive manner. Any attempt by any person to deliberately undermine the legitimate operation of the Survey Giveaway may be a violation of criminal and civil law, and, should such an attempt be made, Sponsor reserves the right to seek damages from any such person to the fullest extent permitted by law. Sponsor’s failure to enforce any term of these Official Rules shall not constitute a waiver of that provision. – Limitations of Liability: The Released Parties are not responsible for: (1) any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether caused by entrants, printing or transcription errors or by any of the equipment, platforms or programming associated with or utilized in the Survey Giveaway; (2) technical failures of any kind, including, but not limited to malfunctions, interruptions, or disconnections in network hardware or software; (3) unauthorized human intervention in any part of the Entry process or the Survey Giveaway; (4) technical or human error which may occur in the administration of the Survey Giveaway or the processing of Entries; or (5) any injury or damage to persons or property which may be caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, from entrant’s participation in the Survey Giveaway or receipt, use, or misuse of the Prize or any component thereof. – If for any reason an entrant’s Entry is confirmed to have been erroneously deleted, lost, or otherwise destroyed or corrupted, entrant’s sole remedy is another Entry in the Survey Giveaway, provided that if it is not possible to award another Entry due to discontinuance of the Survey Giveaway, or any part of it, for any reason, Sponsor, at its sole discretion, may elect to hold a random drawing from among all eligible Entries received up to the date of discontinuance for the Prize specified herein. No more than the stated number of Prizes will be awarded under any circumstances. In the event that production, technical, seeding, programming or any other reasons cause more than the stated number of Prizes as set forth in these Official Rules to be available and/or claimed, Sponsor reserves the right to award only the stated number of Prizes by a random drawing among all legitimate, unawarded, eligible Prize claims. Disputes: By participating, entrants agree that (1) any and all disputes, claims and causes of action arising out of, or connected with, this Survey Giveaway or any prize awarded (if applicable) shall be resolved individually, without resort to any form of class action, and exclusively by the appropriate court located in Delaware; (2) any and all claims, judgments and awards shall be limited to actual out-of-pocket costs incurred, including but not limited to costs associated with entering this Survey Giveaway but in no event attorneys’ fees; and (3) to the extent allowed by applicable law, under no circumstances will entrant be permitted to obtain awards for, and entrant hereby waives all rights to claim, punitive, incidental and/or consequential damages and/or any other damages, other than out-of-pocket expenses, and any and all rights to have damages multiplied or otherwise increased. – Governing Law: All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of these Official Rules or the rights and obligations of any participant or Sponsor in connection with the Survey Giveaway shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions that would cause the application of any other state or country’s laws. – Severability: The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of these Official Rules shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. In the event that any provision is determined to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable or illegal, these Official Rules shall otherwise remain in effect and shall be construed in accordance with their terms as if the invalid or illegal provision were not contained herein. – Discrepancies: In the event there is a discrepancy or inconsistency between disclosures or other statements contained in any Survey Giveaway-related materials, notifications, or announcements and the terms and conditions of these Official Rules, these Official Rules shall prevail, govern and control. – Privacy: By entering the Survey Giveaway, each Entrant agrees to the website privacy policies of Sponsor, found at https://www.dexerto.com/privacy-policy/. – Results and Copies: For a list of Prize winner(s) and/or a copy of these Official Rules, send a hand-printed, self-addressed, stamped envelope to “Dexerto Giveaway”, c/o Dexerto Services LLC, 8 The Green, Ste B, Dover, Delaware 19901. Vermont residents may exclude return postage. –

Dexerto Editorial Staff Editor in Chief Tom East – Editors Calum Patterson – Managing Editor – Jacob Hale – UK Editor – Brad Norton – ANZ Editor – Connor Bennett – News Editor – Patrick Dane – Games Editor – Virginia Glaze – Entertainment Editor – Ava Thompson-Powell – Evergreen Manager – Olly Smith – Evergreen Editor – Chris Tilly – TV & Movies Editor – Tom Percival – Features Editor – Laura Gray – US Games Editor – Carver Fisher – Deputy US Editor – James Busby – Associate Games Editor – Jessica Filby – Deputy Games Edtor – Cameron Frew – Deputy TV & Movies Editor – Senior writers Anthony McGlynn – Anime – Daisy Phillipson – TV & Movies – Dylan Horetski – Entertainment & Tech – Eleni Thomas – Gaming & Entertainment – Michael Gwilliam – Gaming & Entertainment – Noelle Corbett – Gaming – Nathan Ellingsworth – Pokemon – Sam Smith – Gaming – Writers Alice Sjoberg – Entertainment Writer – Anamika Das – Anime Writer – Anyka Pettigrew – Gaming Writer – Brianna Reeves – Gaming Writer – Cande Moldonado – Gaming Writer – Chris Studley – Gaming Writer – Declan Mclaughlin – Esports Writer – Ethan Dean – Gaming & Entertainment Writer – James Lynch – Gaming Writer – Jasmine Valentine – TV & Movies Writer – Jeremy Gan – Gaming & Entertainment Writer – Jessica Cullen – TV & Movies Writer – Josh Taylor – Gaming & Entertainment Writer – Kawter Abed – Entertainment Writer – Kayla Harrington – TV & Movies Writer – Kurt Perry – Gaming & Entertainment Writer – Lauren Lewis – Food Writer – Liam Ho – Gaming & Entertainment Writer – Maddy Kinkead – Food Writer – Michelle Cornelia – Gaming Writer – Molly Byrne – Entertainment Writer – Raissa Jerez – Gaming Writer – Rishabh Sabarwal – Gaming Writer – Rishov Mukherjee – Gaming Writer – Ryan Lemay – Gaming Writer – Titas Khan – Gaming Writer – Tulisha Srivastava – Anime Writer – Tyler Constable – Gaming Writer –

Dexerto / Call of Duty® Giveaway Official Rules Dexerto / Call of Duty® Giveaway Official Rules NO PURCHASE NECESSARY TO ENTER OR WIN. A PURCHASE OR PAYMENT OF ANY KIND WILL NOT INCREASE YOUR CHANCES OF WINNING. 1. Eligibility: The Dexerto competition prizing is open to UK residents but restricted to those who are at least eighteen (18) years old. Employees of Dexerto Limited (“Sponsor”) and their respective parents, subsidiaries and affiliate companies, as well as the immediate family (spouse, parents, siblings and children) and household members of each such employee, are not eligible. The Dexerto prizing giveaway is subject to all applicable federal, state, and local laws and regulations. Void where prohibited by law, or where registration or filing requirements of any state or local jurisdiction have not been complied with. Activision Publishing, Inc. is not a sponsor of this Giveaway. Participation in the competition constitutes entrant’s full and unconditional agreement to these Official Rules and Sponsor’s decisions, which are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. Winning the prize is contingent upon the entrant fulfilling all requirements set forth herein. 2. Sponsor: Dexerto Limited C/O UHY Hacker Young St James Building, 79 Oxford Street, Manchester, UK, M1 6HT 3. Prizing Period: The prizing runs across three competitions related to Call of Duty® from October 5 until November 7, 2023 (the “Giveaway Period”). 4. How to Enter: During the Competition Period, an eligible entrant must complete one of the challenges set out by Dexerto, capture the image or video and complete the corresponding challenge form which will be linked via Dexerto Social(s). All such entries shall be referred to in these Official Rules as an “Entry” or “Entries”. Maximum of two (2) Entries per person per Challenge, provided the eligible entrant also completes the optional PlayStation Exclusive Task (the “Task”). For the avoidance of doubt, Entries with non-completed Tasks shall count as one (1) Entry. Dexerto will determine in its sole discretion which Entries have satisfied all eligibility requirements. 5. Prizes: Thirty (30) Prizes shall be awarded, ten (10) per competition/challenge. The Prize shall consist of two (2) tickets to attend the Activision Call of Duty®: Modern Warfare® III launch event on 09/11/2023 (the “Event”) in London, United Kingdom (exact address to be communicated to the winners closer to the date of the Event). All attendees of the Event must be 18 or older and provide valid photo ID at the entry. Sponsor will be responsible for the Prize fulfilment. No substitution of the Prize shall be made except as provided herein at Sponsor’s sole discretion. The Prize is non-transferable. Sponsor reserves the right to substitute the Prize for one of equal or greater value if the Prize becomes unavailable for any reason. Winner shall be responsible for any travel and fees arising from being awarded the Prize and/or its use. 6. Description of Challenges and Winner Selection: 6.1 Challenges: 6.1.1. During the ‘Beta’ Challenge Period ([6.10.2023 – 16.10.2023]), entrants shall participate in the Call of Duty: Modern Warfare III (PEGI 18) Open Beta* by playing the game and making a screenshot or recording a video of their Kill/Death ratio in-game. Submissions must not be obscene, lewd, sexually explicit, disparaging, defamatory, libelous, or otherwise contain inappropriate content or objectionable material, including but not limited to material infringing the rights of third parties. 6.1.2. During the ‘Zombie’ Challenge Period ([20.10.2023 – 31.10.2023]), entrants shall make a written submission explaining how they are planning to defeat the hordes of Zombies in the upcoming Call of Duty: Modern Warfare III Zombies (MWZ) mode. Submissions must not be obscene, lewd, sexually explicit, disparaging, defamatory, libelous, or otherwise contain inappropriate content or objectionable material, including but not limited to material infringing the rights of third parties. 6.1.3. During the ‘Campaign’ Challenge Period ([01.11.2023 – 06.11.2023]), entrants shall take a photo or record a video of their gaming set-up. Submissions must not be obscene, lewd, sexually explicit, disparaging, defamatory, libellous, or otherwise contain inappropriate content or objectionable material, including but not limited to material infringing the rights of third parties. 6.1.4. Entrants acknowledge and agree that Sponsor shall be deemed the sole and exclusive owner of all rights, title, and interest in the materials entrants submit as part of their entry into the challenges above and shall have the right to publish their entries on Sponsor’s social media channels and/or other properties. 6.2 Winner Selection Competition one – On October 18, 2023, Sponsor will randomly select a potential winner from all eligible Entries received during the ‘Beta’ Challenge Period. The potential winner will be notified by email at the email address provided through the Google Form associated with the challenge completed. Sponsor’s decisions as to the administration and operation of the prizing and the selection of the potential winner are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. The potential winner will be required to sign and return to Sponsor, on or before 11:59:59 pm GMT on October 22, 2023, an affidavit of eligibility and liability/publicity release (collectively the “Prize Forms”) in order to claim his/her Prize. If a potential winner cannot be contacted or fails to sign and return the Competition Form(s) within the required time period, the potential winner forfeits the Prize. – Competition Two – On November 1, 2023, Sponsor will randomly select a potential winner from all eligible Entries received during the ‘Zombie’ Challenge Period. The potential winner will be notified by email at the email address provided at registration. Sponsor’s decisions as to the administration and operation of the prizing and the selection of the potential winner are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. The potential winner will be required to sign and return to Sponsor, on or before 11:59:59 pm GMT on November 3, 2023, an affidavit of eligibility and liability/publicity release (collectively the “Prize Forms”) in order to claim his/her Prize. If a potential winner cannot be contacted or fails to sign and return the competition Form(s) within the required time period, the potential winner forfeits the Prize. – Competition Three– On November 6, 2023, Sponsor will randomly select a potential winner from all eligible Entries received during the ‘Campaign’ Challenge Period. The potential winner will be notified by email at the email address provided at registration. Sponsor’s decisions as to the administration and operation of the prizing and the selection of the potential winner are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. The potential winner will be required to sign and return to Sponsor, on or before 11:59:59 pm GMT on November 7, 2023, an affidavit of eligibility and liability/publicity release (collectively the “Prize Forms”) in order to claim his/her Prize. If a potential winner cannot be contacted or fails to sign and return the Competition Form(s) within the required time period, the potential winner forfeits the Prize. – Runner Up – On or after November 10, 2023, sponsor will randomly select a hundred and forty-one (141) potential runners up from all eligible Entries received during the ‘Campaign’ Challenge Period. The potential runner up winners will be notified by email at the email address provided at registration and provided with FGD MWIII codes. Sponsor’s decisions as to the administration and operation of the prizing and the selection of the potential winners are final and binding in all matters related to the Giveaway. The potential runner up winners will be required to sign and return to Sponsor, on or after November 12, 2023, an affidavit of eligibility and liability/publicity release (collectively the “Prize Forms”) in order to claim his/her Prize. If a potential winner cannot be contacted within the required time period, the potential winner forfeits the Prize. – The potential winner must continue to comply with all terms and conditions of these Official Rules, and winning is contingent upon fulfilling all requirements. In the event that a potential winner is disqualified for any reason, Sponsor will award the applicable Prize to an alternate winner by random drawing from among all remaining eligible Entries. Only two (2) alternate drawings will be held after which the Prize will remain unawarded. 7. Release of Liability: By receipt of the Prize, winner agrees to release and hold harmless Sponsor, Activision Publishing, Inc. and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, suppliers, distributors, advertising/promotion agencies, and Prize suppliers, and each of their respective parent companies and each such company’s officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from and against any claim or cause of action, including, but not limited to, personal injury, death, or damage to or loss of property, arising out of participation in the challenges or receipt, use, or misuse of the Prize or any component thereof. 8. Publicity Release: Except where prohibited, participation in the challenges constitutes winner’s consent to Sponsor’s, and its affiliates, parent and/or subsidiaries and respective agents’ use of winner’s name, likeness, photograph, voice, opinions and/or hometown and state for promotional purposes in any media, worldwide, without further payment or consideration. 9. General Conditions: Sponsor reserves the right to cancel, suspend and/or modify the prize, or any part of it, if any fraud, technical failures or any other factor beyond Sponsor’s reasonable control impairs the integrity or proper functioning of the prize, as determined by Sponsor in its sole discretion. Sponsor reserves the right in its sole discretion to disqualify any individual it finds to be tampering with the Entry process or the operation of the prize or to be acting in violation of these Official Rules or any other promotion or in an unsportsmanlike or disruptive manner. Any attempt by any person to deliberately undermine the legitimate operation of the prize may be a violation of criminal and civil law, and should such an attempt be made, Sponsor reserves the right to seek damages from any such person to the fullest extent permitted by law. Sponsor’s failure to enforce any term of these Official Rules shall not constitute a waiver of that provision. 10. Limitations of Liability: The Released Parties are not responsible for: (1) any incorrect or inaccurate information, whether caused by entrants, printing or transcription errors or by any of the equipment, platforms or programming associated with or utilised in the prizing; (2) technical failures of any kind, including, but not limited to malfunctions, interruptions, or disconnections in network hardware or software; (3) unauthorised human intervention in any part of the Entry process or the prizing; (4) technical or human error which may occur in the administration of the prizing or the processing of Entries; or (5) any injury or damage to persons or property which may be caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, from entrant’s participation in the challenges or receipt, use, or misuse of the Prize or any component thereof. If for any reason an entrant’s Entry is confirmed to have been erroneously deleted, lost, or otherwise destroyed or corrupted, the entrant’s sole remedy is another Competition Entry. No more than the stated number of Prizes will be awarded under any circumstances. In the event that production, technical, seeding, programming or any other reasons cause more than the stated number of Prizes as set forth in these Official Rules to be available and/or claimed, Sponsor reserves the right to award only the stated number of Prizes by a random drawing among all legitimate, unawarded, eligible Prize claims. 11. Disputes: By participating, entrants agree that (1) any and all disputes, claims and causes of action arising out of, or connected with, these competitions or any prize awarded (if applicable) shall be resolved individually, without resort to any form of class action, and exclusively by the appropriate court located in the UK; (2) any and all claims, judgments and awards shall be limited to actual out-of-pocket costs incurred, including but not limited to costs associated with entering this Giveaway but in no event attorneys’ fees; and (3) to the extent allowed by applicable law, under no circumstances will entrant be permitted to obtain awards for, and entrant hereby waives all rights to claim, punitive, incidental and/or consequential damages and/or any other damages, other than out-of-pocket expenses, and any and all rights to have damages multiplied or otherwise increased. 12. Governing Law: All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforceability of these Official Rules or the rights and obligations of any participant or Sponsor in connection with the competition shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the UK, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions that would cause the application of any other state or country’s laws. 13. Severability: The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of these Official Rules shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. In the event that any provision is determined to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable or illegal, these Official Rules shall otherwise remain in effect and shall be construed in accordance with their terms as if the invalid or illegal provision were not contained herein. 14. Discrepancies: In the event there is a discrepancy or inconsistency between disclosures or other statements contained in any competition and prizing-related materials, notifications, or announcements and the terms and conditions of these Official Rules, these Official Rules shall prevail, govern and control. 15. Privacy: By entering the Survey Giveaway, each Entrant agrees to the website privacy policies of Sponsor, found at https://www.dexerto.com/privacy-policy/. By participating in this Giveaway, Entrant hereby acknowledges that Activision Publishing, Inc. may collect and use their personal data in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. For further details of what data will be collected and how this data will be used by Activision Publishing, Inc. please see Activision Publishing, Inc.’s privacy policy (available at https://www.activision.com/legal/privacy-policy). 16. Results and Copies: For a list of Prize winner(s) and/or a copy of these Official Rules, send a hand-printed, self-addressed, stamped envelope to Dexerto Limited C/O UHY Hacker Young St James Building, 79 Oxford Street, Manchester, UK, M1 6HT Activision Publishing, Inc. is not a sponsor of this Giveaway. The “Call of Duty: Modern Warfare III” names, logos, and/or materials are used for purposes of promotion and/or prize descriptions only and such use is not intended to suggest or imply Activision’s sponsorship of this Giveaway. * Actual platform availability and launch date(s) of MP Beta subject to change. See http://www.callofduty.com/beta for more details. Minimum open Beta duration is 2 days. Limited time only. While MP Beta code supplies last, at participating retailers. Online multiplayer subscription may be required for MP Beta. Actual play time subject to possible outages and applicable time zone differences. © 2023 Activision Publishing, Inc. ACTIVISION, CALL OF DUTY, MODERN WARFARE and WARZONE are trademarks of Activision Publishing, Inc. No Sony Interactive Entertainment group company is a promoter or sponsor of this competition. Please direct all enquiries to the Promoter.

Who is the best streamer of 2019? | Dexerto Awards From major personalities shaking the industry up by leaving Twitch for Mixer, to new stars breaking through, this has been a year of change and growth for streaming. For this Dexerto Award, we’re recognising four streamers who have entertained their audience no matter which platform they are broadcasting on. Vote for your favorite esports and streaming stars in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – Streaming has evolved to be about more than just playing a game, and requires personalities to engage and entertain to keep their followers coming back for more. Whether streaming gaming or variety content, the four personalities who have been nominated for the best streamer of 2019 in the Dexerto Awards do just that. 🤔 Who was the BEST streamer of 2019?@shroud, @xQc, @drdisrespect or @pokimanelol? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 18, 2019 Who is your number one? You can vote for your best streamer of the year in our Twitter poll. Dr Disrespect If you’re looking for streams with high-quality production, no one has Dr Disrespect beat. From his movie-level quality skits, to his iconic Doc Cast, he’s truly mastered being an entertainer. Guy Beahm’s ’80s action-hero persona is a spectacle that has drawn in millions of followers who tune in to watch his broadcasts, which are jacked to the teeth with violence, speed, and momentum. The self-proclaimed Two-Time champion took home the Streamer of the Year at the 2019 Esports Awards, proving that he still has what it takes to be number one. Imane ‘Pokimane’ Anys The Canadian-Moroccan streamer is the most popular female on Twitch, with millions connecting with her lovable personality and laidback broadcasts. She’s also a force to be reckoned with across multiple platforms, launching a successful merchandise line in 2019 that sold out, and boasting over 12 million followers across YouTube, Instagram, and Twitch. Pokimane gained popularity for her League of Legends streams, and she also entertains her fans with her variety gaming broadcasts, making her channel one to watch. Felix ‘xQc’ Lengyel Former Overwatch pro xQc has seen some insane growth on the platform in 2019, though he’s been broadcasting full-time since 2018. This year saw him branch out into becoming more of a variety streamer. The Canadian mastered the variety stream format, and grew a loyal following that tunes in every day to catch his fast-talking rants, and explosive takes during broadcasts. xQc has continued to dominate on the streaming platform, ranking at the top by consistently pulling in 30,000 viewers a stream – and in October he surpassed everyone to become the most subbed Twitch channel. Michael ‘shroud’ Grzesiek In terms of technical gaming ability, there is no better streamer than shroud. The former CSGO pro draws in thousands of viewers a stream to watch his god-like FPS skills that have earned him the nickname ‘human-aimbot’. He also turned the entire industry on its head when he followed in the footsteps of Tyler ‘Ninja’ Blevins in leaving Twitch to exclusively join Microsoft-owned competitor Mixer. Shroud consistently wows viewers with his amazing plays, making everyone wonder if there is any game he’s not good at. This is set to be one of the most keenly contested categories in the Dexerto Awards, and you can have your say by voting for your best streamer of 2019 in our Twitter poll.

Who is the best esports player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards You’ve been voting in your thousands for the top esports performers of 2019, and now it’s time to have your say in our final Dexerto Award. It’s the big one – the best esports player of the year! Many young guns exploded onto the esports stage in 2019, while some veterans finally tasted the glory that they’ve chased for so long. From the stories of Perkz role swapping in League and dominating not only Europe but the world, to Bugha going from being a high-school student to an international superstar overnight, esports had its fair share of miracles. 🤔 Who is the best esports player of 2019? Your votes so far have helped us decide the final four! Will it be @Bugha, @G2Perkz, @DashySZN, or @zywoo? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 20, 2019 With that in mind, choosing the best esports player of 2019 is not an easy task. We’ve taken four of the winners from our other awards who we feel deserve to be recognized as the finest of the year. Who should win? That tough decision is yours, so check out the nominations below and vote in our Twitter poll. Kyle ‘Bugha’ Giersdorf (Fortnite) Bugha took home our Fortnite Player of the Year award convincingly with over 50% of the vote, and there’s a good reason why. The 16-year-old won the Fortnite World Cup 2019 solos event with almost double the points of any other player, netting himself a cool $3 million to boot. Game one of the Solo #FortniteWorldCup is dominated by @bugha who picks up 9 eliminations along the way! Some incredible plays from him through the late circles after he saved his movement to clutch up a memorable Victory Royale. Watch here: https://t.co/MuOsVmQfx4 pic.twitter.com/L5LEMZVfa2 — Fortnite Competitive (@FNCompetitive) July 28, 2019 He swept the awards season for esports across the globe as well, lifting the PC Rookie of the Year and Player of the Year trophies at the Esports Awards, plus the Esports Player of the Year at The Game Awards. He even made it onto the Forbes 30 under 30 list. Read more: Bugha named on 2020 Forbes 30 under 30 list – The solos champion was also victorious in various Fortnite Champion Series heats and Solo Cash Cups throughout the year, cementing his position as one of the best Fortnite players in the world. Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut (CS:GO) ZywOo didn’t win any major titles in his first 15 months with Vitality, but he’s established himself as one of CS:GO’s most fearsome young guns. He was the game’s brightest star in 2019, winning our CS:GO Player of the Year award for good reason. All it takes is a @zywoo ACE to get @TeamVitality on the board! ♠️#ESLProLeaguehttps://t.co/ZvDWXMCAnq pic.twitter.com/6diUYagph8 — ESL Counter-Strike (@ESLCS) November 16, 2019 He’s currently the joint highest rated Counter-Strike player for 2019 on HLTV, equal with Natus Vincere superstar Oleksandr ‘s1mple’ Kostyliev at 1.31. Read more: ZywOo gets insane pistol ace at Berlin Major – The Vitality squad struggled at times throughout the season, but also managed to win some big events, with ZywOo leading the French team to victory at cs_summit 4 and ECS Season 7. They also finished second at ESL One Cologne. Luka ‘Perkz’ Perković (League of Legends) No role swap in League of Legends has been more successful than Perkz’s in 2019. The former mid laner took an ambitious plunge into the bot lane this year, and almost walked away with League’s first grand slam because of it. WELCOME TO THE 2019 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP FINALS, @G2esports! A @G2Perkz quadrakill caps off a back and forth game four victory! See you in Paris! #Worlds2019 pic.twitter.com/G98399hegS — LoL Esports (@lolesports) November 3, 2019 Our League of Legends Player of the Year won both LEC splits with G2 Esports, took home Europe’s first major international event in almost eight years at MSI, and almost ran it back at Worlds with a runner-up finish. The Croatian’s Xayah became one of the most feared in the world as he proved himself to be one of League’s greatest in not just one, but two roles across 2019. Brandon ‘Dashy’ Otell (Call of Duty) Dashy just edged out Chris ‘Simp’ Lehr in the vote to win our Call of Duty Player of the Year award. The OpTic star’s consistency throughout 2019 was impressive, even if his team didn’t manage to win Champs. The Canadian superstar earned an MVP medal at CWL Vegas in OpTic’s first victory in over a year and racked up highlight plays at every event. From his CWL Anaheim Hardpoint domination, to his demolition of Enigma6 at CWL Worlds, Dashy couldn’t help but make everyone watch in awe. Dashy will attempt to replicate his 2019 success with OpTic Los Angeles in the Call of Duty League, where his insane skills will be on show once again. Which of these four esports stars do you think performed the best in 2019? Vote for your choice in our Twitter poll.

Who is the best CSGO player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards We’ve seen players dominate the CSGO scene in the last 12 months and the rise of a new star, so choosing the very best player of the year was always going to be a tough call. You’ve been voting for your top Counter-Strike pros in the Dexerto Awards, and the results are in… Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – You voted ZywOo as your favorite CS:GO player of 2019 with 35% of the vote. S1mple was a close second with a narrow 32%. 🤔 Who was the best @CSGO player of 2019? 💣@s1mpleO, @zywoo, @dev1ce or @EliGE ? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 11, 2019 You can check out all the nominations for the best Counter-Strike: Global Offensive player of 2019, and discover why they each deserve recognition below. Oleksandr ‘s1mple’ Kostyliev It’s no surprise Oleksandr ‘s1mple’ Kostyliev makes this list. The Ukrainian has been a force to be reckoned with since 2016, and while other promising players have suffered a slump in form, he has remained consistent. Just s1mple things 👏 Crazy ace from @s1mpleO 🔥#csgo #cssltv #StarSeriesS7 pic.twitter.com/IUc1j93SNJ — StarLadder CS2 (@StarLadderCS) March 31, 2019 Regardless of the team’s form, Natus Vincere always have a shot thanks to this man, who many see as a one-man army – taking over matches and getting results almost single-handedly. He was the highest rated player for his team in all but one event, and sometimes even dominated overall statistics as his team scraped into the playoffs – the fact that he made this list considering Na`Vi’s poor year is mind-blowing. Jonathan ‘EliGE’ Jablonowskili Jonathan ‘EliGE’ Jablonowski has been one of America’s brightest stars and the key behind Liquid’s success. You’ll rarely see him run in first and obliterate a bomb site, but his consistency and incredible aim make him a menace for any opponent. .@EliGE getting an eco ace on his signature Krieg! #ESLProLeaguehttps://t.co/ZvDWXMCAnq pic.twitter.com/KGHZRQ0WLb — ESL Counter-Strike (@ESLCS) December 9, 2018 Whenever his team needs a solid defense, a clutch, or some way to tip the scales he’s there – without him the team would definitely not be the force they are today. Read More: Thorin’s Take: The Immovable ELiGE – He played a crucial role in kicking off Liquid’s insane run from June to July, where he won two back-to-back MVP awards at DreamHack Masters Dallas and the ESL Pro League Season 9 finals, securing the five premier event win-streak for the team. Nicolai ‘dev1ce’ Reedtz When you think Astralis, you think Nicolai ‘dev1ce’ Reedtz. The Dane has been the star of the team since its foundation and has thrived in 2019. DEV1CE 🤩 If this crazy ace from @dev1ce won’t get you hyped for the upcoming ECS Finals, nothing will! #ToTheStars ✨ pic.twitter.com/1zQtCaDXLd — Astralis Counter-Strike (@AstralisCS) November 27, 2019 Be it AWP, rifle, or pistol, he can always do something magical, while consistently putting up some of the highest numbers out there. It’s no coincidence that a team with this player won both Majors in 2019, and he even took home MVP awards for both thanks to his stunning performances. Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut Last but not least comes Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut, the young gun who took the CSGO scene by storm in 2019. Many fans knew of the Frenchman before his time at Vitality, but few expected the player to have such an impact. He displays incredible consistency, while his game sense, movement, and AWPing skills are second to none. Many fans have referred to his side as ‘Team ZywOo’ due to his monstrous performances that leave little else for the rest of the squad to do. Few could forget his ECS Season 7 finals performance, where he managed an almost unbelievable +30 K/D ratio against EG – a team that would go on to briefly take the number one spot in the world. All it takes is a @zywoo ACE to get @TeamVitality on the board! ♠️#ESLProLeaguehttps://t.co/ZvDWXMCAnq pic.twitter.com/6diUYagph8 — ESL Counter-Strike (@ESLCS) November 16, 2019

Dexerto Awards 2020 results The Dexerto Awards have wrapped up for 2020, crowning victors in multiple categories across esports and online entertainment, including Esports Rookie of the Year, Streamer of the Year and TikToker of the Year! 2020 has been a wild year in all regards. Through the major issues the world was facing, esports, streaming and content prevailed, keeping fans entertained all year. So, we whittled down some of the biggest categories to four possible winners: people who excelled in their field, players who set their game alight or moments that left us all open-mouthed in shock. After hundreds of thousands of votes across all categories, we’re very excited to reveal the final winners of the Dexerto Awards 2020. Dexerto Awards category winners Esports Rookie of the Year – Call of Duty Player of the Year – League of Legends Player of the Year – CS:GO Player of the Year – Valorant Player of the Year – Warzone Player of the Year – Overwatch Player of the Year: – Streamer of the Year – TikToker of the Year – Breakthrough Streamer of the Year – Cosplayer of the Year – Stream Highlight of the Year – Headline of the Year – Trash Talker of the Year – Esports Rookie of the Year Winner: iLLeY (Call of Duty) – Runner-up: Bymas (CS:GO) – Third: Alarm (Overwatch) – Fourth: Huanfeng (League of Legends) – Coming in to any esport and winning a world championship in your first outing is an astonishingly impressive feat, and iLLeY looked like a veteran with his smart plays and incredible raw skill in the inaugural season of the CDL. Call of Duty Player of the Year Winner: Envoy – Runner-up: Simp – Third: Shotzzy – Fourth: Abezy – Winning the vote by just 0.4% over Simp, you voted OpTic Chicago’s Envoy as your best Call of Duty player this year. He was the standout player on the then-Hunstmen roster and always dangerous, even when his team was losing. League of Legends Player of the Year Winner: Caps – Runner-up: ShowMaker – Third: Canyon – Fourth: JackeyLove – LEC Summer MVP Caps was a key component in making sure the West had some representation deep into Worlds and continues to be one of the most respected and feared players on the Rift. CS:GO Player of the Year Winner: S1mple – Runner-up: Zywoo – Third: NiKo – Fourth: BlameF – For many, s1mple is the best Counter-Strike player of all time, so it’s no surprise to see him taking this award. The Ukrainian has been as exceptional this year as every other year and looked unstoppable on LAN early in the year before tournaments had to move online. Valorant Player of the Year Winner: Mixwell – Runner-up: ScreaM – Third: Wardell – Fourth: Sinatraa – Former CSGO pro Mixwell has made a seamless transition to Valorant, guiding his G2 team to being near-perfect in Riot’s new FPS. Hopefully 2021 will bring LAN events back and the Spanish star can show us what he’s really capable of. Warzone Player of the Year Winner: HusKerrs – Runner-up: Aydan – Third: Vikkstar – Fourth: Tommey – HusKerrs has been one of the most dominant players in Verdansk since Warzone launched and is comfortably leading the earnings list, so it only makes sense to see him come out on top as Warzone player of the year. Overwatch Player of the Year: Winner: Fleta – Runner-up: Choihyobin – Third: Alarm – Fourth: Carpe – Shanghai Dragons just missed out on the Overwatch League finals, but the team’s flex DPS Byung-sun ‘Fleta’ Kim produced some magical moments during OWL, and was named League MVP for 2020. Streamer of the Year Winner: NICKMERCS – Runner-up: Valkyrae – Third: Hasan – Fourth: xQc – NICKMERCS might have thought his popularity had peaked during his Fortnite days but he actually continued to grow with his switch to Warzone. The FaZe Clan streamer rounds off an incredible year with this win in the Dexerto Awards. TikToker of the Year Winner: Addison Rae – Runner-up: Charli D’Amelio – Third: Daniel LaBelle – Fourth: Abby Roberts – Addison Rae’s army of fans came out in full force to push their favorite over the line, beating TikTok’s most followed creator, Charli D’Amelio, by just a handful of votes. Breakthrough Streamer of the Year Winner: Ludwig – Runner-up: Sykkuno – Third: Corpse_Husband – Fourth: The Botez Sisters – Ludwig has enjoyed a standout year in 2020 and his victory over other nominees like Sykkuno and Corpse Husband proves that. All our Breakthrough Streamer of the Year nominees have earned themselves an army of committed fans in 2020 but Ludwig’s turned up in force to give him 46.3% of the final vote. Cosplayer of the Year Winner: Sydeon – Runner-up: Zelina Vega/Thea Trinidad – Third: Shirogane-sama – Fourth: Mk_Ays – GenG content creator Sydeon has captured some of Apex Legends’ fiercest heroines — among a multitude of other characters — with incredibly detailed cosplays in 2020. The effort was clearly appreciated, as she ran away with this award, earning 75% of the vote. Stream Highlight of the Year Winner: TimTheTatman finally wins on Fall Guys – Runner-up: Dr Disrespect’s first YouTube stream – Third: Aydan pays off his mom’s school loans – Fourth: Thor breaks deadlift world record – In a story the whole streaming world was following, Tim was desperately trying to earn his first crown in Fall Guys. After a LONG time and a LOT of near misses, the moment he finally earned a win was celebrated worldwide. Headline of the Year Winner: Dr Disrespect’s Twitch ban – Runner-up: H3CZ buys OpTic back – Third: Mixer shuts down – Fourth: 100 Thieves re-enter the Call of Duty League – There have been some jaw-dropping moments in the esports and streaming spheres this year but Dr Disrespect’s Twitch ban is still hotly contested and, to the frustration of just about everyone, not understood. Maybe, in 2021, we’ll finally find out the reason. Trash Talker of the Year Winner: G2 Ocelote – Runner-up: Dr Disrespect – Third: Scump – Fourth: Tyler1 – An award that had Ocelote’s name all over it since it was devised, the G2 owner has made a hilarious habit of mocking his foes with clever tweets and videos. The fact that he’s beaten people like Dr Disrespect to this award is a true testament to his trash talking abilities. So, there you have it: the complete results for the Dexerto Awards 2020. We want to thank all of you that turned up to vote for your favorite players and creators to show how much their work was appreciated in such a turbulent year.

Dexerto Awards 2020 nominees and how to vote 2020 has been a strange year, yet with esports tournaments being played mostly behind closed doors and many of our favorite online entertainers and streamers being stuck indoors, there have still been plenty of memorable moments. We’re celebrating the great esports players, breakthrough content creators and incredible moments caught on stream in the second-ever Dexerto Awards. Once again you’ll be able to help decide who deserves the accolades by voting in our polls. Our expert panel has whittled down the shortlists for each category. Below you’ll find 2020 categories and nominees as well as how you can get involved. How to Vote We’re running all of our polls on Twitter, which will be linked below, and you can vote in whichever category you’re interested in – be it for your favorite Counter-Strike player of 2020 or the ultimate Twitch clip of the year. Each poll will run for five days, and links to each one will be added here as soon as they go live. Check out the dates for each award below. Dexerto Awards 2020 Categories Esports Rookie of the Year – Call of Duty Player of the Year – CSGO Player of the Year – League of Legends Player of the Year – Warzone Player of the Year – Valorant Player of the Year – Overwatch Player of the Year – Streamer of the Year – TikToker of the Year – Breakthrough Streamer of the Year – Cosplayer of the Year – Streaming Highlight of the Year – Headline of the Year – Trash Talker of the Year – Esports Rookie of the Year No aspiring pro would have dreamed of their debut season being played online, but many young stars thrived in 2020 with new blood rising to the top in virtually every major esport. Here are the top four young players of 2020. Bymas (CSGO) Aurimas ‘Bymas’ Pipira got his big break in Counter-Strike when he briefly joined FaZe Clan as a stand-in. However, it wasn’t until he joined Mousesports in August that the young Lithuanian truly began to shine. Under the leadership of karrigan, the 17-year-old is beginning to live up to the hype, instrumental in all of their wins, and securing qualification to BLAST Fall Finals. (Image: Mousesports) iLLeY (Call of Duty) Indervir ‘iLLeY’ Dhaliwal was always destined for greatness in Call of Duty and fans were eagerly awaiting his rookie season. After turning 18 and signing with Dallas Empire, the youngster showed why he was touted as a prodigy. when he helped his team win the first Call of Duty League Championship. (Image: Call of Duty League) Alarm (Overwatch) Philadelphia Fusion’s Kyung-bo ‘Alarm’ Kim became one of the Overwatch League’s very best Support players in his first full season as a pro. The 19-year-old wasn’t just the best rookie in the League, he was a top five player. (Image: Blizzard) huanfeng (League of Legends) 19-year-old Tang ‘huanfeng’ Huan-Feng became an overnight sensation at Worlds 2020, carrying Suning to their first Grand Finals appearance. His journey has been incredible – shunned by his parents at just 12 and once living in poverty, he has overcome adversity, making him an inspiration to any LoL player who dreams of making it. (Image: Riot Games) Call of Duty Player of the Year The first year of franchising in Call of Duty saw many players become human highlight reels and narrowing the candidates for this award down to four was particularly difficult. After much debate, here are our four nominees for Call of Duty Player of the Year: Shotzzy Anthony ‘Shotzzy’ Cuevas-Castro’s year was incredible. After some early-season struggles, the former Halo player really came into his own, becoming the 2020 MVP in the Call of Duty League after securing a World Championship win with Dallas Empire. Shotzzy’s uncanny ability to “break” the movement mechanics in his first full year of CoD competition made him virtually impossible to pin down and he’ll be equally dangerous during the Cold War season. (Image: Call of Duty League) Simp Chris ‘Simp’ Lehr was the breakout player of 2019 and the MVP of the Black Ops 4 World Championship. He didn’t slow down in 2020 as the 19-year-old’s near-perfect Modern Warfare gameplay helped make his Atlanta FaZe side one of the most consistent and formidable teams in the inaugural CDL season. (Image: Call of Duty League) Envoy Dylan ‘Envoy’ Hannon was the shining star of an inconsistent Chicago Huntsmen side. While the team showed that they could compete with the very best on their day, they also endured their fair share of struggles. However, 20-year-old Envoy was able to rise to the occasion even during his team’s weak moments. With Chicago rebranding to the legendary OpTic brand for 2021, Envoy has everything it takes to become the next CoD superstar. (Image: Call of Duty League) aBeZy As one half of the Tiny Terrors duo, Tyler ‘aBeZy’ Pharris is sometimes overshadowed by his teammate Simp. Yet there’s no denying that he is equally as dominant and incredible in his own regard. Without aBeZy, Atlanta wouldn’t have had the same success in 2020 and he 21-year-old was in the conversation for the best Modern Warfare player, especially during the first half of the season. (Image: Call of Duty League) CSGO Player of the Year In a year with virtually no LAN events worldwide, Counter-Strike: Global Offensive still managed to be one of the most exciting and competitive esports. Established veterans were still fragging out, and stars in the making made their names. Here are the nominees for CSGO player of the year. s1mple When it comes to raw firepower in CSGO, there are two players that stand head and shoulders above everyone else. The first is Ukrainian superstar Oleksandr ‘s1mple’ Kostyliev who has once again produced eye-watering stats in the online era. Crucially, he also looked completely dominant in the LAN events that were held earlier in 2020. Who can forget that IEM Katowice performance? (Image: Na’Vi) ZywOo If s1mple is 1A, Team Vitality’s Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut is 1B. The French sensation took the world by storm in 2019 and has continued to do so in 2020, even elevating his team to number one in HLTV’s World Rankings in November. The 20-year-old is evenly matched with s1mple in 2020 when it comes to statistics but has arguable faced tougher competition during the online era as European events tend to be more stacked than CIS ones. (Image: Team Vitality) blameF In a world where s1mple and ZywOo are so dominant, how can anyone else hope to compete for the CSGO Player of the Year award? By in-game leading a completely new international team to event wins and doing so by top fragging more often than not. Danish star Benjamin ‘blameF’ Bremer took Complexity’s juggernaut from a meme to a top contender in 2020 and he did it while posting incredible stats. (Image: Complexity) NiKo It’s easy to look at FaZe Clan’s inconsistent results in 2020 and write Nikola ‘NiKo’ Kovač off but the Bosnian star quietly racked up some impressive results and stats in 2020. Since relinquishing the in-game leadership role and moving to G2 Esports, the 23-year-old has been even more impressive and is one of the only players on the planet that can hang with the likes of ZywOo and s1mple when it comes to raw firepower. (Image: G2 Esports) League of Legends Player of the Year League of Legends continues to excel as the biggest esport in the world. It proved that in 2020, putting on a spectacle in Shanghai for the World Championships when most LANs were cancelled. This year has also seen the rise of new talent, as well as the return of veterans looking to learn some new tricks. The competition was tough, but we’ve managed to whittle hundreds of pros down to four: Canyon The Worlds Finals MVP for Damwon Gaming, Kim ‘Canyon’ Geon-bu was a standout in Season 10. With carry junglers being the name of the game, the Korean prodigy shone as he led his team, and his region, back to the Summoner’s Cup. The 19-year-old will continue to be a force to be reckoned with heading into 2021. (Image: Riot Games) ShowMaker If Worlds proved anything in 2020, it’s that Heo ‘ShowMaker’ Su is the best mid in the world when it counts. He has outshone the likes of Knight and Chovy in high-pressure situations, with his suffocating style of play helping Damwon secure the World Championship. (Image: Riot Games) Caps The best of the West, Caps had a stellar year despite a rocky start. While his ADC antics weren’t up to scratch in spring, after his swap back to mid, the LEC Summer MVP was a key component in making sure the West had some representation deep into Worlds. The G2 Esports superstar continues to prove that he can mix it up with the best of the best on any stage. (Image: Riot Games) JackeyLove While Top Esports bowed out of Worlds early, Yu ‘Jackeylove’ Wen-Bo can hold his head high after a consistently stunning 2020. He was the rock for Top throughout the year, always their most consistent performer. With Uzi out of the limelight, he now can truly prove he’s worthy of the title of China’s best AD carry. (Image: Riot Games) Warzone Player of the Year There’s no denying it: Warzone has been the breakout game of 2020 and even people who wouldn’t usually play Call of Duty have fallen in love with it. We’ve been blown away by these players’ abilities in the Call of Duty battle royale, but only one can be crowned the King of Verdansk in 2020. Tommey Thomas ‘Tommey’ Trewren’s 2020 season got off to a rocky start when he couldn’t secure a starting spot on a CDL roster. However, it’s arguably been the most successful year to date for the veteran pro. As well as a popping stream, he has consistently been among the top players in Warzone tournaments, and became the first player on 100 Thieves’ newly-formed Warzone roster in November. (Image: Call of Duty League) Aydan Aydan Conrad has proved himself to be a battle royale master, switching from a successful period playing Fortnite to Warzone, where he’s been absolutely dominant. The 21-year-old returned to his Call of Duty roots in 2020 and currently holds the Warzone solo-squads world record of 60 kills. (Image: Ghost Gaming) HusKerrs Jordan ‘HusKerrs’ Thomas has been a long-time battle royale player but has really found his A-game in Warzone, where he is highest earner by a fairly comfortable margin. When HusKerrs is in the server, he’s almost guaranteed a top spot. (Image: NRG Esports) Vikkstar Vikram ‘Vikkstar123’ Singh Barn is the most surprising Warzone star of 2020. Though he previously enjoyed some success in Fortnite, he has proved himself to be more than just an entertaining YouTuber. As well as becoming a co-owner of London Royal Ravens, he has firmly secured his place as one of the most intelligent and skilled Warzone players there is. (Image: London Royal Ravens) Valorant Player of the Year Valorant is 2020s hottest new FPS. In a single year, it’s gone from nothing more than a concept to a fully-fledged competitive esport. We’ve seen a crazy amount of talent competing in both the First Strike competition and Ignition Series, and so many more could have been nominated for player of the year. Here’s our top four. Mixwell Former CSGO pro Oscar ‘mixwell’ Cañellas Colocho has made a seamless transition to Valorant. Boasting crazy plays and carry-style performances on his signature Jett, the Spanish player is already a Valorant icon and the face of G2’s roster. (Image: G2 Esports) Sinatraa Former Overwatch player Jay ‘Sinatraa’ Won is already a Valorant sensation. Viewed by many as the best Valorant player in the world, his flexibility makes him a true force on Future Earth and the star of the talented Sentinels squad. (Image: Sentinels) ScreaM No Valorant award list would be complete without Adil ‘ScreaM’ Benrlitom. The CSGO ‘headshot machine’ has proven himself to be just as dominant in Valorant where he signed for Team Liquid in August. ScreaM’s Jett is here, and she’s here to stay. (Image: Team Liquid) Wardell Matthew ‘Wardell’ Yu has become the face of North American Valorant. The former CSGO player is the glue that has held TSM’s Valorant roster together. His Jet will cut you to pieces before you even know she’s there, making Wardell a real Valorant champion. (Image: Wardell) Overwatch Player of the Year The 2020 season of the Overwatch League saw some of the fiercest competition yet. With upsets galore and some spectacular plays, a new generation of players are etching their names into the history book. It hasn’t been an easy run for them though, as the veterans made sure the new kids couldn’t ignore them. Here’s our top four Overwatch players this year: Fleta Shanghai Dragons just missed out on the finals, but the team’s flex DPS Byung-sun ‘Fleta’ Kim produced some magical moments during OWL. He’ll play any hero he can get his hands on but his Tracer and Pharah plays are ones for the history books. (Image: Blizzard) Alarm Philadelphia Fusion’s Alarm is one of the best support players in the OWL. He kept his team’s hopes alive throughout the competition, playing every support he could get his hands on. Although Fusion fell at the final hurdle, Alarm made sure it was a narrow loss. (Image: Blizzard) Carpe Another Philadelphia Fusion player who stands out from the pack is Jae-hyeok ‘Carpe’ Lee, the team’s Hitscan DPS. When Carpe was on the map everyone bowed their heads – mainly to make sure they didn’t get it shot off by this powerful player. (Image: Blizzard) ChoiHyoBin The Off-Tank for the San Francisco Shock is tough to kill. As one of the many components that helped SFS walk away victorious, Hyo-bin ‘ChoiHyoBin’ Choi’s D.Va and Roadhog plays will always strike fear into the hearts of his enemies. (Image: Blizzard) Streamer of the Year The biggest streamers continue to raise the bar, and their content was in demand in a year in which more people were inside watching Twitch and YouTube. Countless content creators have enjoyed remarkable success in 2020, but here are our finalists for Streamer of the Year. NICKMERCS Nick ‘NICKMERCS’ Kolcheff has had a phenomenal year, even by his own standards. After becoming one of the go-to streamers for Fortnite content at its peak, Nick’s transition to Warzone has been seamless and seen him grow to arguably the biggest name on the platform. NICKMERCS also signed a three year extension to his lucrative contract with FaZe Clan in September. (Image: FaZe Clan) Valkyrae In 2020, Rachell ‘Valkyrae’ Hofstetter has continued to elevate her incredible platform and, even more importantly, helped inspire a generation of aspiring female streamers. The biggest move of the year for Valkyrae came when the 100 Thieves streamer made the switch from Twitch and signed an exclusive streaming deal with YouTube. (Image: 100 Thieves) Hasan Hasan Piker has been a popular streamer for a some time, but really came into his own during his coverage of the 2020 U.S. Presidential Election. Throughout the rest of the year, he mixed politics, gaming and much more on his channel. As a result, Hasan quickly rose up the ranks to become one of biggest streamers this year. (Image: Hasan Piker, Instagram) xQc Every year there’s one creator that takes on the “Face of Twitch” mantle. In 2018 we had Ninja, in 2019 Dr Disrespect and, in 2020, many fans would argue that xQc is the face of Twitch. His variety streams and over-the-top personality have struck a chord with his army of fans, and his channel continues to grow at unrivaledpace. (Image: xQc, Twitter) TikToker of the Year 2020 was the year of TikTok. A new generation of super-famous influencers have risen to prominence quicker than we have ever seen before. Despite nearly being banned in the US, TikTok’s biggest stars have quickly taken over the internet. Here are the four creators that we feel deserve to be in the running for the TikToker of the Year award Charli D’Amelio The queen of TikTok hit 100 million followers on the platform this year, far surpassing her fellow creators in the Hype House. At only 16, Charli has broken all kinds of records and has become the face of the fastest growing Social Media platform on the planet. (Image: Charli D’Amelio, Instagram) Addison Rae This breakout star turned dancing in her bedroom into a promising career, and now boasts a makeup line and a starring role in a movie. She’s even become close friends with the Kardashians! (Image: Addison Rae, Instagram) Abby Roberts British beauty guru Abby Roberts has spent 2020 leaving viewers in awe of her groundbreaking make-up styles and cosplay. She even collaborated with music stars such as Yungblud and Liam Payne. (Image: Abby Roberts, Instagram) Daniel Labelle With enormous amounts of energy, Daniel Labelle has had no trouble getting millions upon millions of views for his hilarious sketches and quirky impressions. Highlights include ‘If people did everything in a rush’, and ‘if people did everything aggressively’. (Image: Daniel Labelle, Instagram) Breakthrough Streamer of the Year Every year, we see new and exciting creators rise to the top of streaming platforms like Twitch and YouTube. They bring their own unique brand of entertainment to audiences across the globe, and whether it’s gaming or Just Chatting, these streamers have set themselves apart in 2020. Corpse Husband With his very deep voice, Among Us streams and viral music TikTok posts, Corpse Husband has brought his unique personality and skills to streaming this year. The horror YouTuber has amassed over five million subscribers on the platform and boasts 3.5 million monthly listeners on Spotify. (Image: @Vallact, Twitter) Sykkuno Another streamer who has rocketed to success this year thanks to Among Us is Sykkuno, Twitch’s real-life anime protagonist. Sykkuno started out as a League of Legends YouTuber eight years ago, before vanishing, but with some encouragement from fellow streamer and friend LilyPichu and others, he returned streaming on Twitch in late 2019. He’s always spreading good vibes and positivity in any game he plays, and has amassed 1.6 million followers on the platform. (Image: Sykkuno) Ludwig While some may know Ludwig as a Super Smash Bros. Melee player, the French-American has far eclipsed his popularity as an esports pro following his move into content creation. From Pokemon pack openings to live lie detector tests, there’s never a dull moment on a Ludwig broadcast, and he has shot up the ranks to become Twitch’s seventh most subscribed streamer in November 2020. (Image: Ludwig, Instagram) Botez Sisters When you think Twitch, video games are the first things that spring to mind. In 2020 though, chess has been a surprise hit, and two of the faces leading that charge are sisters Alexandra and Andrea Botez. Whether it’s playing and teaching other streamers how to play, or providing insight at events like PogChamps, crowds flood in to watch the pair show off their incredible skill. They currently have 440,000 followers. (Image: Botez Sisters, Instagram) Cosplayer of the Year Voting begins December 8 Cosplayers are so creative, and you can’t help but be blown away by the amazing content that comes out of the community every day. Here ere are four cosplayers that we think deserve an award for their work in 2020. Mk_ays The Russian cosplayer made waves on Instagram in 2020 with her incredible close-up portrait shots. Utilizing her mind-blowing makeup skills, Ays can literally transform into any character effortlessly, and was one of this year’s best at bringing our favorite anime characters to life – everything from Demon Slayer to Sword Art Online. (Image: Mk_ays, Instagram) Thea Trinidad (Zelina Vega) The former WWE star had an explosive impact on the cosplay scene this year, with several of her jaw-dropping costumes going viral on social media. The American wrestler put a major spotlight on the art form with some epic Overwatch and League of Legend cosplays. (Image: Thea Trinidad, Instagram) Shirogane-sama From video games to anime, Shirogane has been bringing fictional characters to life for nearly a decade. The industry veteran’s partnership with photographer ‘ovsyan.ph’ has resulted in some of the most visually stunning recreations we’ve ever seen. (Image: Shirogane-sama, Instagram) Sydeon The popular streamer wowed Apex Legends fans when she shared her insanely accurate portrayal of Loba. The GenG content creator has continued to capture some of the game’s fiercest heroines with incredibly detailed cosplays. (Image: Sydeon, Instagram) Streaming Highlight of the Year Voting begins December 8 Streamers not only wow us with their gaming skill, but make us laugh and cry. These were our our four favorite highlights from a year packed with great streaming moments. Tim FINALLY wins TimTheTatman’s battle with Fall Guys became legendary on Twitch. While other streamers were racking up crowns, he failed every time he got close, and was memed relentlessly. Until, one day, he did it – watching him win his first crown legitimately felt like a top sporting event. (Image: TimTheTatman, Twitch) Thor’s deadlift world record Twitch is no longer just a platform for gamers, and this highlight proves it. Hafþór Júlíus Björnsson – better known as Thor or Game of Thrones’ The Mountain – set the weightlifting world alight when he broke the deadlift world record with a 501kg lift live on Twitch. (Image: Hafþór Júlíus Björnsson, Facebook) Dr Disrespect’s first YouTube stream After the Doc’s controversial Twitch ban, the Two-Time had to find a new home. His first stream on YouTube was exactly what fans wanted. It was funny, it was electric, and it had all of the high-end production qualities you come to expect from a Dr Disrespect stream. The intro was a goosebumps moment for any fan. (Image: Dr Disrespect) Aydan pays off his Mom’s loans One of the most heartwarming streaming moments of the year was when Aydan phoned his mom let her know that he had taken care of all her school debts. By the end, Aydan, his mother and many of his viewers were crying. (Image: Dr Ghost Gaming) Headline of the Year Voting begins December 9 We report the most exciting esports and streaming stories every day, but there are some that stand out from the rest. These are the biggest headlines that really got people talking. Dr Disrespect banned on Twitch Dr Disrespect was banned from Twitch on June 26 and to this day, nobody seems to know why! Despite it being a topic of conversation across the entire esports and streaming sector, the ban still has everyone scratching their heads. (Image: Dr Disrespect) 100 Thieves join the Call of Duty League 100 Thieves and Nadeshot back in Call of Duty? It’s only right, isn’t it? After a year out, 100 Thieves created the LA Thieves and have put together a top roster to compete in the league, pleasing their global fanbase. (Image: LA Thieves) Mixer shuts down Mixer was one of Twitch’s biggest competitors – it never quite reached the same heights in terms of viewership but some of the biggest streamers on the planet, like Ninja and shroud, to exclusive deals with the platform. However, in July the service officially shut down and had to pay off their streamers’ huge contracts. (Image: Microsoft) Under new ownership and without the likes of H3CZ and Scump, OpTic Gaming became of a shell of its former self in 2020, That didn’t last long, though, as H3CZ fought to bring his baby back, officially taking ownership of the OpTic brand once more. (Image: OpTic Gaming) Trash Talker of the Year Even though esports events were moved online, you can never escape some good trash talk between competitors, streamers, and even team owners. These were the very best. Scump After leaving OpTic Gaming and joining NRG’s Chicago Huntsmen for the first CDL Season, Scump trash talking targeted former teammates, namely Envy’s Dallas Empire star Crimsix. (Image: Call of Duty League) Dr Disrespect It wouldn’t be a trash talk category without a bit of Dr Disrespect. Arguably the king of trash talking on Twitch, few streamers could win a war of words with the Doc. xQc, Summit1g, Nadeshot (especially Nadeshot) are some of his favorite targets, and he always has the best roasts and comebacks for his follow streamers. (Image: Dr Disrespect) Tyler1 If there’s anyone who could challenge Dr Disrespect for the trash talk crown on Twitch it would be Tyler1. He’s been on fire in 2020 as well, getting into spats with various other streamers. His clips on the controversial Fall Guys Twitch Rivals event went viral, after his brutal takedowns of both xQc and Tfue, when they ‘stream sniped’ his team. (Image: Twitch / loltyler1)

Dexerto Awards 2019 results The time has come to reveal all the winners of the first annual Dexerto Awards. Over 180,000 of you voted for your favorite esports players, streaming stars, and YouTubers – and now we have the full list of results, which you can check out below. In our first Dexerto Awards we wanted to recognize the very best professional players in the world, who dominated their respective games with their incredible skill and unmissable plays, finding solo glory or leading their teams to victories throughout 2019. Alongside the pro players are the streamers and content creators who entertained millions on sites such as Twitch, YouTube, and Mixer as they chatted with their audience, played games, and produced many hilarious and spectacular moments. So, which pro gamers, steamers and content creators got your vote, and who just missed out? Here are the full list of Dexerto Awards winners. Best Call of Duty player of 2019 Your votes have been counted, and the winner of the #DexertoAwards Call of Duty player of the year is @DashySZN! 🏆 pic.twitter.com/ZTAQZAz3cy — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Dashy – 38% Second: Simp – 37% Third: Octane – 19% Fourth: aBeZy – 6% Best CSGO player of 2019 Your votes have been counted, and the winner of the #DexertoAwards CSGO player of the year is @zywoo! 🏆 https://t.co/Zpy9h4RkbM pic.twitter.com/XH9xK98dUE — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: ZywOo – 35% Second: S1mple – 32% Third: dev1ce – 23% Fourth: EliGe – 10% Best League of Legends player of 2019 You voted on their plays on and off Summoner’s Rift! The winner of the #DexertoAwards League of Legends player of 2019 is @G2Perkz! 🏆 https://t.co/itBzFNs9eb pic.twitter.com/VRZ4nvJn1i — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Perkz – 40% Second: Doinb – 28% Third: TheShy – 18% Fourth: Tian – 14% Best Overwatch player of 2019 Your votes have been counted, and the winner of the #DexertoAwards Overwatch player of the year is @sinatraa! 🏆 https://t.co/jG0PVh7Cpm pic.twitter.com/6vWyfhAM33 — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Sinatraa – 53% Second: Super – 21% Third: Haksal – 14% Fourth: Guxue – 12% Best Smash player of 2019 You have voted! The winner of the #DexertoAwards Smash Ultimate player of 2019 is @Mkleosb 🏆 https://t.co/gX4TRl1lNe pic.twitter.com/rHjYNt1H6u — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: MkLeo – 87% Second: Tweek – 6% Third: Samsora – 5% Fourth: Marss – 2% Best Fortnite Player of 2019 You have voted, and the winner of the #DexertoAwards Fortnite player of the year is @bugha! 🏆 https://t.co/snLqmye7VL pic.twitter.com/bWJwSOxwCP — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Bugha – 50% Second: Benjyfishy – 27% Third: Unknown – 14% Fourth: Aquaa – 9% Best esports team of 2019 Are they the greatest CSGO team of all time? Thanks to your votes, @astralisgg is the #DexertoAwards esports team of 2019! 🏆 https://t.co/1UQUgGxFE3 pic.twitter.com/JiaJYyfkNw — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Astralis – 35% Second=: eUnited – 23% Second=: G2 Esports – 23% Fouth: San Francisco Shock/NRG – 19% Best esports rookie of 2019 He conquered the FGC scene in 2019! Your votes have been counted and @ArslanAsh95 is the #DexertoAwards rookie player of the year! 🏆 https://t.co/JDfjOCB85V pic.twitter.com/U5WypDdwcs — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Arlan Ash (Tekken 7) – 45% Second: Bugha (Fortnite) – 24% Third: Simp (Call of Duty) – 17% Fourth: ZywOo (CSGO) – 14% Best esports player of 2019 Thank you for your votes! The winner of the #DexertoAwards esports player of 2019 is @bugha! 🏆 https://t.co/SjMlzjcQCD pic.twitter.com/v5ync3Ppq9 — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Bugha – 43% Second: Dashy – 39% Third: ZywOo – 10% Fourth: Perkz – 8% Best Streamer of 2019 The people have voted! And @shroud is the #DexertoAwards streamer of the year! 🏆 https://t.co/ebl9g9mbD3 pic.twitter.com/7nyfxetOIH — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Shroud – 41% Second: Dr Disrespect – 31% Third: xQc – 15% Fourth: Pokimane – 13% Best YouTuber of 2019 With the majority of your votes, @MrBeastYT is the #DexertoAwards YouTuber of the year! 🏆 https://t.co/ysRDWPkSJa pic.twitter.com/sOKlumPFA1 — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 23, 2019 Winner: Mr Beast – 40% Second: PewDiePie – 28% Third: David Dobrik – 17% Fourth: KSI – 15% Thanks to everyone who voted and congratulations to all our award winners!

Who is the best Smash Bros. Ultimate player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Smash Bros. Ultimate was only released 12 months ago, but it is thriving as an esport, with big tournaments throwing up stunning finishes all the way through 2019. But who put in the best performances in the Nintendo fighter’s debut year? You’ve been voting for your favorite Smash pro in the Dexerto Awards and we can reveal that Mkleo was your best player of 2019. He has absolutely dominated this award, finishing far ahead of his nearest rival. Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – 🤔 Who was the best Super Smash Bros Ultimate player of 2019? 🎮@Mkleosb, @TweekSsb, @Samsora_ or @Marss_NE ? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Toad’s Nintendo News (@MailToadINTEL) December 14, 2019 However, while MkLeo may have won, every single one of these players deserves recognition based on their performances in 2019. Check out the nominations below. Leonardo ‘MKLeo’ Lopez Perez MKLeo dominated Ultimate in 2019, in part due to his mastery of the DLC fighter Joker. The Mexican unlocked the character’s potential, winning several majors, including EVO 2019 and Super Smash Con. THE SHOW’S OVER! After an incredible show of skill coming out of Losers and resetting the bracket, @Mkleosb defeats Tweek 3-0 and is your #EVO2019 Super #SmashBrosUltimate champion! Congratulations! pic.twitter.com/5KEk9s09bi — Nintendo Versus (@NintendoVS) August 5, 2019 Perez also competed in events in Japan and Europe, truly becoming an international star and leaving a lasting impression all over the world. To top off 2019, MKLeo emerged victorious at the S-tier tournament Kongo Saga where he never dropped into the losers’ bracket. Gavin ‘Tweek’ Dempsey While Tweek wasn’t completely dominant in 2019, he enjoyed a superb victory at Get On My Level in Toronto and finished second at EVO. Following this, Tweek’s Pokemon Trainer fell on hard times, but his hero pool is capable of evolution and the TSM star will be looking to have an even better year in 2020. While he did suffer a slump in form, he came back to have a good end to 2019, finishing second at Kongo Saga, where he fell twice to MKLeo in Winners’ Finals and Grand Finals. Given his post-Smash Con placements, this was a strong result. Ezra ‘Samsora’ Morris Peach main Samsora had respectable finishes at seemingly every event he entered in 2019. Notably, the eUnited pro ended MKLeo’s tournament win streak at Shine where he cracked the Joker code in dramatic fashion. When it comes to consistency, Samsora brought strong results day in, day out, finishing second at Super Smash Con, Smash Ultimate Summit 2, and Smash ‘N’ Splash 5. The Peach legend had a solid 2019, then, and as his mastery of the fighter continues, he should be dominant for many more years to come. Tyler ‘Marss’ Martins With his mastery of Zero Suit Samus, Marss used 2019 to become one of the most hype players in the world to watch. His electrifying skills with ZSS have led to many highlight reel moments, and with them, some strong 2019 results, including first-place finishes at DreamHack Montreal and Atlanta, and a runner-up spot at majors Get On My Level and CEO. A tough 3-2 set ending in a nail-biter! Congratulations to @Marss_NE for winning #SmashBrosUltimate at #DHATL19! 🥇 🥈 @Samsora_ 🥉 @DabuzSenpai pic.twitter.com/HSzlWbDdUf— Nintendo Versus (@NintendoVS) November 18, 2019 So there are four Smash Ultimate players who have enjoyed a stellar 2019. Look out for more Dexerto Awards in the coming days.

Who is the best Overwatch player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Overwatch went from strength-to-strength in 2019 – the Overwatch League expanded to 20 teams, while more talent was showcased at the Overwatch World Cup and Contenders. But who was the best player of the year? Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – Well, you’ve been having your say in the Dexerto Awards, voting for four players who all deserved recognition for their performances in 2019. There could only be one winner, though, and that was the San Francisco Shock DPS Sinatraa – he got twice the amount of votes as his fellow World Cup-winning teammate Super. Who was your favorite Overwatch Player of 2019?@sinatraa, @super_OW, @RunawayHaksal2 or Guxue (@Hangzhou_Spark)?Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 14, 2019 Find out why our nominees each enjoyed a cracking 2019 below. Jay ‘Sinatraa’ Won Is there anything Sinatraa didn’t win in 2019? The 19-year-old San Francisco Shock DPS had what can only be described as a golden year, producing one of the best individual performances the esport has ever seen. Congratulations to the 2019 @TMobile #OWLMVP, @sinatraa! 🎉 Learn more about his iconic season 👉 https://t.co/MU1G3JfEpx pic.twitter.com/hV6wTc9LbF — Overwatch Esports (@OW_Esports) September 6, 2019 Sinatraa took home out both MVP awards in the Overwatch League and at the Overwatch World Cup, and also claimed both trophies for the Shock and America respectively. Read more: Sinatraa wins OWL 2019 MVP – The Zarya specialist dominated players during GOATS meta, but he proved to be no slouch in Stage 4 when the meta shifted towards double shield, showing off his flexible hitscan and projectile DPS hero pool. Matthew ‘Super’ DeLisi Sinatraa’s teammate Super shared a lot of honors with him. Super made the top five MVP ballot for the Overwatch League, helped lead the Shock to the title, and then backed it up with a dominant performance at the World Cup. Remember THIS 🤯 We’re still ogling this play from @super_OW in Stage 2 of #OWL2019! pic.twitter.com/kkIve1sNUx — Overwatch Esports (@OW_Esports) October 5, 2019 He was one of the only main tanks to show incredible proficiency across Reinhardt, Winston, and Orisa across the 2019 season, making space and setting up the big plays for the rest of the team. Read more: Shock sweep finals to win OWL Season 2 – He’s one of the most well-rounded players in the Overwatch League, and was a big part of the San Francisco Shock’s success across the year. Kim ‘Haksal’ Hyo-jong Haksal made his Overwatch League debut in 2019, rejoining his former RunAway teammates at Vancouver Titans. As soon as he was allowed to step foot into Blizzard Arena, the Korean DPS prodigy slammed the rest of the competition into the ground. He calls himself Haksal for a reason. 😤 Raise your hand if you’re ready to see more @RunawayHaksal2 highlights on the Grand Finals stage! @Xfinity | #OWL2019 pic.twitter.com/G89x6tHxsb — Overwatch Esports (@OW_Esports) September 17, 2019 His aggressive playstyle on heroes such as Doomfist, Brigitte, and his iconic Genji sparked a fire under the rest of the Titans on the battlefield, and earned him the Rookie of the Year award. Read more: Haksal wins OWL Season 2 Rookie of the Year – He also played for South Korea in their 2019 World Cup campaign, where the three-time champions secured a third-place finish behind America and China. Xu ‘guxue’ Qiulin Guxue showed fans what he could do at the Overwatch World Cup in 2018, helping China reach the grand final for the first time. He joined the Hangzhou Spark for the 2019 OWL season, and stood out as their best player across the year. The Winston specialist got to show off his signature hero a bit during the season, but he surprised everyone with his strong Reinhardt during GOATS meta, securing the Spark two playoffs appearances mid-season. Read more: Hangzhou Spark sign Guxue heading into 2019 – He also led China to second place in the World Cup again in 2019, and while his teams fell short of success numerous times throughout the year, his individual efforts cannot be denied. Guxue. China’s brightest star. @TMobile MVP Finalist. Dive in to this profile on the @Hangzhou_Spark’s main tank, and why he’s nominated for this year’s #OWLMVP. pic.twitter.com/8v2XubP5Jn — Overwatch Esports (@OW_Esports) August 12, 2019 Look out for more Dexerto Awards in the coming days.

Who is the best LoL player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards 2019 was an unpredictable 12 months for the top League of Legends teams. While no team dominated, there were some outstanding individual performances throughout the year, making it tough to choose the best LoL player of 2019 in the Dexerto Awards. Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – 🤔 Who was the best League of Legends player of 2019?⚔️ @G2Perkz, @FPX_Esports’s Tian, @Doinbmid or @InvictusGaming’s TheShy?🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 12, 2019 It was an exciting season for League of Legends fans, alright. One with perhaps more uncertainty about who the supreme forces around the world truly were than ever before. After South Korea were finally dethroned in 2018, China looked set to take their place – but then it was Europe’s G2 Esports who claimed the MSI title. Until they were denied at the final hurdle by FunPlus Phoenix, the European titans looked set to complete the grand slam – both domestic titles, MSI, and Worlds in the same season – for the first time ever. Meanwhile, Team Liquid looked like NA’s most credible international side to date, and the looming threat of both veterans and young blood from South Korea remained throughout the season. Amid so much uncertainty, narrowing down a player of the year remains incredibly tricky, with plenty of candidates making a compelling case. Ultimately, though, the following four players deserve to make the shortlist. Check them out and cast your vote! Luka ‘Perkz’ Perković Perkz initiated perhaps the most shocking roster move of the pre-2019 offseason when he role swapped to make space for Caps in G2’s mid lane, but the change has proved to be more successful than anyone could have imagined. By the end of the year, Perkz was more than holding his own on the international stage, both innovating in the role with unconventional picks from his time as a mid laner, and playing traditional marksmen at an elite level. He was even hailed by many as the best Xayah player in the world. WELCOME TO THE 2019 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP FINALS, @G2esports! A @G2Perkz quadrakill caps off a back and forth game four victory! See you in Paris! #Worlds2019 pic.twitter.com/G98399hegS — lolesports (@lolesports) November 3, 2019 Gao ‘Tian’ Tian-Liang FPX proved a worthy successor to Invictus Gaming, dominating the domestic seasons of LPL and even going one step further than the iG team of 2018 by winning the LPL Summer title ahead of their Worlds victory. While Invictus were a team led by dominant laners, FPX leaned heavily on their more supportive elements, and perhaps none more so than jungler Tian, who ultimately claimed the MVP award at Worlds. “OOOOOOOOOOOOOH!” –@PapaSmithy Take a closer look at how Tian denied the TP and picked up a Double Kill on Lee Sin in the #Worlds2019 Final against G2! pic.twitter.com/44AwYJ9BdL — lolesports (@lolesports) November 12, 2019 Kim ‘Doinb’ Tae-sang While Tian was the MVP at Worlds, it’s impossible to ignore the presence of Doinb on FPX, whose unorthodox style of mid lane play and reputation as a shotcaller have been credited as major factors in FPX’s success. While he may not be a mechanical god, some would argue that the presence of Doinb is fundamental to a team who are now World Champions. ? SUPER ? CARRY ? @Doinbmid ? The @FPX_Esports mid laner gets the triple kill in a massive team fight near the Baron! #Worlds2019 pic.twitter.com/VhRZVUqeD0 — lolesports (@lolesports) November 2, 2019 Kang ‘TheShy’ Seung-lok After making an explosive statement at the 2018 World Championship, TheShy’s 2019 certainly didn’t end on such a high note. Nevertheless, he remains arguably the best player in his role with a peak that few in any position can match, and while consistency wasn’t always a hallmark of his season, when Invictus Gaming were at their most dangerous it was usually TheShy at the tip of the spear. TheShy CRUSHES Damwon! #Worlds2019 pic.twitter.com/4WaLwJKmKy — lolesports (@lolesports) October 14, 2019 So, who gets your vote? Have your say, if you haven’t already, in our Twitter poll.

Who is the best Fortnite player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards What a year it’s been for competitive Fortnite. Epic have broken esports prize money records and hosted the World Cup, one of the biggest tournaments ever. But who was the standout player of 2019? You’ve been voting for the best Fortnite player of 2019 in the Dexerto Awards and we can reveal the results! Perhaps unsurprisingly, the winner of the Fortnite World Cup came out on top, with Bugha receiving 50% of the votes. Vote for your favorite esports players and streamers in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 – 🤔 Who was the BEST Fortnite Player of 2019?@bugha, @aquaa, @benjyfishy or @UnknownxArmy1? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 15, 2019 Bugha is a worthy winner, but all four of our nominees deserve recognition. Check out their achievements below and look out for more Dexerto Awards in the coming days. Kyle ‘Bugha’ Giersdorf No ‘Fortnite Player of the Year’ list would be complete without the reigning World Cup Solo champion. Bugha burst onto the scene in 2019 with his first-place finish at the World Cup finals. He came home from the event with $3 million in his bank account and hundreds of thousands of new fans. He didn’t stop there, though, regularly winning FNCS qualifiers and Cash Cups, leading him to earn over $3 million from the game – almost all of which came in 2019 alone. There are a lot of top Fortnite players that could be considered the best in the world, but there’s only one reigning World Cup Solo champion. You can’t argue with the results. David ‘Aqua’ Wang For some reason, the World Cup Duo winners – Aqua and Nyhrox – didn’t get the same popularity boost as Bugha following the tournament. He got a bump in the competitive scene but isn’t always mentioned in the discussion of the top Fortnite players in the world. Since then, however, Aqua has shown that the World Cup was no fluke by taking home first place in the EU Season X FNCS and running the table on several Cash Cups and placement matches. The Australian has won an estimated $1,790,207 from Fortnite competitions over the course of 2019. Benjy David ‘BenjyFishy’ Fish BenjyFishy is widely considered to be one of best players in the European region. The 15-year-old has battled as a solo and team competitor over the course of the year, racking-up high placements and gaining respect from the rest of the Fortnite esports community. This high-level pro has teamed up with some of the best that the region has to offer in MrSavage and Mongraal, both of which acknowledge Benjy as one of the best. He can fill any role on a team and plays out-of-his-mind during solo competitions. BenjyFishy might not have the lifetime winnings of some of the other pro players, but he was too young to play in some of the early 16+ competitions. We can expect to see BenjyFishy and Mongraal compete together in the upcoming Winter Royale Duo competition, solidifying their role as EU’s Tfue and Cloakzy. Dominick ‘UnknownxArmy’ Green UnknownxArmy has been one of the more under-the-radar Fortnite pros of 2019 but deserves his spot on this list as much as anyone else. The free agent W-keyed his way to becoming the first – and one of the only – controller players to qualify for the Fortnite World Cup solos. That was his coming-out party, but he was only getting started. From there, Unknown has been dominating Cash Cups and regularly stomping pros in Creative Mode. He even showed that he wasn’t a one-trick pony with his L2 when he placed fifth in a Cash Cup on keyboard and mouse. UnknownxArmy is a true hybrid player. He could probably win a Cash Cup on an iPad. He pieced together a squad for the FNCS and ended up winning the NA-East Grand Finals. We’re watching the beginning of Unknown’s career, right now. This young pro is sure to get more shine in 2020.

Who were the best esports teams of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Astralis (CSGO), San Francisco Shock (Overwatch), eUnited (Call of Duty) and G2 Esports (League of Legends) achieved the highest levels of success and consistency throughout 2019 – claiming championships and winning multiple events. Each deserved to be nominated for the Best Esports Team of 2019 in the Dexerto Awards, but there could only be one winner. You’ve been busy voting for your favorite esports team of the year, and it was Astralis who claimed yet another accolade, beating eUnited to win by some distance. Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best CSGO player of 2019 – 🤔 Who was the BEST esports team of 2019?@astralisgg (CSGO) @SFShock/@NRGgg (Overwatch) @eUnited (Call of Duty) or @G2esports (League of Legends) 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 16, 2019 Check out the nominations below to discover more about each of these top teams. Astralis (CSGO) The Danish kings of Counter-Strike reclaimed their throne in 2019 after a shaky start. MAJOR CHAMPIONS 🏆#BerlinMajor pic.twitter.com/xAOzgwE6fD — Astralis Counter-Strike (@AstralisCS) September 8, 2019 While a handful of finishes at events in the summer raised some questions about Astralis’ consistency, they have proved twice this year that when it really matters they are still the best, claiming both majors of 2019. Victory at IEM Katowice was followed by another win at StarLadder Berlin, pushing their major streak to three, and increasing their overall total to four. While rivals Team Liquid had an untouchable summer, their consistent struggles at majors – along with their post-Berlin slide – ensured that Astralis got the nod as the top CSGO team. They are ending 2019 strongly, too, with IEM Beijing and ECS Season 8 Finals victories. San Francisco Shock (Overwatch) A little jolt to their system was all San Francisco Shock needed to spark an unprecedented and historic playoff run, which culminated in the Overwatch League Season Two championship. 🎉 THAT’S IT! THE @SFShock ARE YOUR 2019 OVERWATCH LEAGUE CHAMPIONS!! 🎉@Xfinity | #OWL2019 🔴 https://t.co/U6dIipgQGs pic.twitter.com/6VbThj0yO2 — Overwatch Esports (@OW_Esports) September 29, 2019 The Shock established themselves as a top-tier Overwatch team during the regular season, finishing second behind Vancouver Titans with an impressive 23-5 and the best map record in the league. Their only blemish was an opening round loss to Atlanta Reign in a dramatic seven-game quarter-finals series. But that loss motivated the team to reach even greater heights, as they won their next five series with five consecutive sweeps. San Francisco Shock ended up winning 20 straight maps, including a one-sided grand finals in Philly to lift the Season Two trophy. eUnited (Call of Duty) In the final year of the Call of Duty World League system, eUnited proved that they were the best Black Ops 4 team. CDL’s city-based franchising model will change everything in 2020, but this team’s CWL achievements won’t be forgotten. BACK. TO. BACK. eUnited are your #CWLChamps Champions! pic.twitter.com/UJmv0q5Nk2 — eUnited (@eUnited) August 18, 2019 Despite some struggles at individual offline events such as Fort Worth and Anaheim, this collection of talented players – including Simp, aBeZy and Clayster – rallied under the eUnited brand and played their absolute finest at the Pro League events. They had the best record in the Pro League season at 18-4, won the Pro League Playoffs while only losing one series (when Gen.G reset the bracket in the grand finals), and then won Champs without dropping any series. They even earned $1.3 million in less than a month, and all their players have landed spots in the upcoming CDL. G2 Esports (LoL) While the ending of their 2019 campaign broke the hearts of their European fans, there’s no question that G2 Esports’ League of Legends roster had an incredible 12 months. The side was so impressive that their five players each earned all-LEC pro honors. G2 were one grand finals series away from a perfect year, winning LEC Spring and Summer titles after finishing each regular season in first. They also enjoyed a thrashing of Team Liquid at the Mid-Season Invitational, and an impressive run at Worlds with a 5-1 group stage record, and solid playoff wins over two of the world’s best teams in DAMWON and SK Telecom T1. The biggest prize of all eluded them as they lost against FunPlus Phoenix, but the story of G2 in 2019 was outstanding regardless. WELCOME TO THE 2019 WORLD CHAMPIONSHIP FINALS, @G2esports! A @G2Perkz quadrakill caps off a back and forth game four victory! See you in Paris! #Worlds2019 pic.twitter.com/G98399hegS — LoL Esports (@lolesports) November 3, 2019 Which team from these four different games gets your nod? Vote for your best team of 2019 in our Twitter poll.

Who is the best rookie of 2019? | Dexerto Awards It’s hard to make the breakthrough in esports, but we’re seen four rookies that have revolutionized their game’s scenes forever. You’ve been voting for your best rookie of 2019 in the Dexerto Awards, and the results are in… Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Check out the results for the best CSGO player of 2019 – Tekken 7 player Arlan Ash sweeped the field with a whopping 45% of the vote, and was crowned people’s best rookie player of 2019. 🤔 Who was the BEST rookie of 2019?@Bugha (Fortnite) @zywoo (CSGO) @ArslanAsh95 (Tekken 7) or @SimpXO (CoD)? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 17, 2019 You can check out all the nominations for the best rookie player of 2019, and discover why they each deserve recognition below. Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut (CSGO) While ZywOo has been stomping players in the CSGO server for a couple of years, his 2019 season with Team Vitality was his breakout moment. ZYWOOOOOOOOOOOOOO 😱 He ends overtime with a 1v3 CLUTCH 💪@zywoo #ESLOne pic.twitter.com/uopAE2uZB2 — ESL Counter-Strike (@ESLCS) July 7, 2019 After joining the French organization in October 2018, they went on to win DreamHack Atlanta and make it to the IEM Katowice Major. Wins at ECS Season 7, ESEA Season 31, cs_summit 4, and a second place at Cologne had Team Vitality peak as high as second in the HLTV rankings for 2019. ZywOo was the spearhead of that insurgence, with the 19-year-old averaging a rating of 1.32, and almost a kill per round across the entirety of 2019. Only Na`Vi veteran s1mple came close to matching ZywOo’s numbers across the year, making him arguably the best CSGO player all year. Chris ‘Simp’ Lehr (Call of Duty) Simp was a weapon in eUnited’s back pocket for years before the support player made huge waves on his full-time entry into professional Call of Duty in 2019. The Search and Destroy star finally turned 18 in February, and eUnited wasted no time in promoting him from their Cadets academy team to the main roster. He came second at his first CWL event in London in May, before stepping it up during the CWL Pro League playoffs. He helped eUnited secure the $500,000 main prize in Miami, and then put on a great show to take home the World Championship in Los Angeles in August, and an MVP medal to boot. Read more: eUnited win CWL Champs 2019, Simp named MVP – Simp also took home Console Rookie of the Year at the Esports Awards, and has a spot in the Call of Duty League in 2020 with Atlanta FaZe. After a stellar rookie year, all eyes will be on him and FaZe during the league’s inaugural season. Kyle ‘Bugha’ Giersdorf (Fortnite) Bugha went from quiet performer to instant millionaire, dominating Fortnite in 2019 to take home the World Cup solos event and pocket $3 million. He didn’t win the World Cup by a small margin either – he almost doubled the points of any other player in one of the game’s most jaw-dropping performances. Game one of the Solo #FortniteWorldCup is dominated by @bugha who picks up 9 eliminations along the way! Some incredible plays from him through the late circles after he saved his movement to clutch up a memorable Victory Royale. Watch here: https://t.co/MuOsVmQfx4 pic.twitter.com/L5LEMZVfa2 — Fortnite Competitive (@FNCompetitive) July 28, 2019 His success didn’t stop in New York, though. He took out numerous Cash Cup and Fortnite Champion Series heats, and was one of the most consistent solo players across 2019. Read more: Bugha wins Fortnite World Cup solos – Bugha’s efforts have already netted him PC Rookie of the Year and PC Player of the Year at the Esports Awards, where he beat the likes of Overwatch’s Jay ‘Sinatraa’ Won and CS:GO’s Nicolai ‘dev1ce’ Reedtz. He even got a nod in the Forbes 30 Under 30 list, meaning the 16-year-old prodigy has firmly fixed himself into the mainstream conscience during the course of his rookie year. Arslan ‘Arslan Ash’ Siddique (Tekken) Pakistan was never a country anyone associated with Tekken – that was until Arslan Ash came along. The Kazumi main started off 2019 dodging border officials on his way to small-time events, and ended it with two EVO titles, and an unforgettable story. Arslan Ash won EVO Japan and EVO Las Vegas 2019, taking down some of the game’s best players, such as Bae ‘Knee’ Jae-min and Yoon ‘LowHigh’ Sun-woong. Having beaten Knee in late 2018, he wasn’t completely unknown, but his dominant 2019 turned the Tekken community’s attention to Pakistan. Read more: Arslan Ash wins EVO 2019 – Since then, numerous players have followed in Arslan Ash’s footsteps to make their way onto the world stage, and Pakistan has become the place to bootcamp for Tekken pros. Arslan Ash’s rookie year wasn’t just for himself, but his entire country, and he managed to pull off the impossible. 8 Players , 4 Countries, 1 Champion. Pakistan’s Arslan Ash takes #EVO2019!#TEKKEN7 Top 8 Results: 1 🇵🇰@ArslanAsh95 2 🇰🇷@holyknee 3 🇺🇸@tk_anakin 4 🇯🇵@hk_takkun 5 🇯🇵@daichinobi 5 🇯🇵@TLaionsan 7 🇯🇵@chikurintut 7 🇰🇷@TekkenLowhigh https://t.co/pRm0CRLp4y #TWT2019 #EVOPS4 pic.twitter.com/rrquuV8CBy— Evo (@Evo) August 5, 2019

Who is the best Call of Duty player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards The Call of Duty 2019 competitive season was enthralling and unpredictable, with many teams having ups and downs. However, some players showed an unbelievable level of skill and consistency. The four players nominated for the Dexerto Award for best Call of Duty player each helped their teams put in amazing displays during the season. However, there could only be one winner in our Twitter poll, and it was Optic’s Brandon ‘Dashy’ Otell who just edged Chris ‘Simp’ Lehr. Vote for your favorite esports players in the Dexerto Awards – Who is the best Overwatch player of 2019? Have your say! – 🤔 Who was the best @CallofDuty player of 2019? @SimpXO, @aBeZy, @OctaneSam, or @DashySZN? 🏆 Vote for your favorite in the #DexertoAwards — Dexerto (@Dexerto) December 10, 2019 You can check out all the nominations for the best Call of Duty player of 2019 and discover why they each deserve recognition below. Chris ‘Simp’ Lehr After a flurry of disappointing finishes for eUnited, rookie Simp appeared to be the missing ingredient. When he replaced two-time world champ, Jordan ‘JKap’ Kaplan, on their starting roster in March, plenty were questioning the organization’s decision, but Simp proved himself as an all-rounder; his sniping ability rendering teams fearful of pushing certain bomb sites, while often plucking out a clutch in a seemingly impossible situation. Lehr was recognized for his in-game feats when he took home the MVP award from the CWL Playoff Finals (1.18 K/D ratio) and Champs (1.35 K/D). After taking the scene by storm in his debut season, Simp was awarded Esports Console Rookie of the Year at the Esports Awards. Tyler ‘aBeZy’ Pharris aBeZy, Simp’s partner in crime held his own throughout his opening season during WWII, which led to a move to eUnited at the beginning of the Black Ops 4 season. aBeZy offered a glimpse into what he could do when his side looked out for the count during a regulation Pro League match against eUnited in February. 100T mounted a comeback from 0-2 down in the series and with the odds stacked against him, Pharris single-handedly took out all four remaining opponents and defused the bomb – taking the series from Thieves’ grasp and showcasing his gung-ho proficiency. Down in a 2v4 situation, @eUnitedgg break on through to take the final S&D and win it over @100Thieves! ? pic.twitter.com/Pxlcss7nzW — Call of Duty League (@CODLeague) February 22, 2019 As he continued to post impressive numbers throughout the season, the youngster led the charge alongside Simp at the Playoff Finals and Champs. After running riot at Champs, Pharris ended his whirlwind season on a high note. Not only was the SMG Flex crowned a world champion, but he did so in style, with a 1.35 tournament K/D in Respawn game modes. Sam ‘Octane’ Larew Sam ‘Octane’ Larew showed great consistency throughout 2019, anchoring his 100T squad to two major tournament wins. Averaging a 1.2 K/D across all major tournaments, he didn’t post a negative K/D at any major Black Ops 4 event. While being a dependable feature of the 100T roster, Octane also proved his worth in countless clutch situations. Most notably, his one-versus-three clutch during game five against FaZe Clan at CWL Champs. With an ICR in-hand, Larew showed that he had ice in his veins as he prevailed in the do-or-die situation and locked in the reverse sweep of FaZe. Four seasons on from his breakout season in Advanced Warfare, Octane has matured into one of the most reliable ARs in Call of Duty, displaying great consistency when mixing it with the very best on the biggest stages. Brandon ‘Dashy’ Otell A Maddox and Dashy – was there a more iconic duo in BO4? If anyone could give Octane a run for his money with an AR, it would be Dashy, who exploits his razor-sharp aim while adopting a run-and-gun approach. The Canadian earned MVP at CWL Vegas, where he led OpTic to their first victory with a 1.44 K/D. His Tempest clutch in the CWL Vegas Grand Finals versus eUnited – which put OpTic one map away from tournament victory – was one of the highlights of the season. Dashy’s 49-21 Hardpoint showing against Octane and co. during Winner’s Round 2 at CWL Anaheim was perhaps one of the most commanding performances of the year, and a game-long highlight reel for spectators. But if one clip could summarize Otell’s season, it would be his annihilation of the entire Enigma6 lineup. One Maddox magazine and four seconds later, Dashy secured control of the hill as a one-man army. He was, undoubtedly, OpTic’s star player of the season, Look out for more Dexerto Awards in the coming days.

Register Sign in Login to enable dark mode. Sign up for free to unlock exclusive perks: See fewer ads An Ad-lite experience on articles. Dark Mode Customize your Dexerto experience, choose between dark or light. Great deals with our monthly newsletter Recommendations for unmissable entertainment. Save money with the best online deals in Gaming, TV and Movies, and Tech. Already have a Dexerto Media Group account? Login Register Gaming Entertainment TV & Movies Esports Tech Connect With Us Twitter Twitch YouTube More Archive About Us Advertise With Us Sign up free now Sign in Gaming Entertainment TV & Movies Esports Tech Connect With Us More Entertainment Dexerto Awards Dexerto Awards | All All Dexerto Awards Dexerto Awards 2020 results Dexerto Dexerto Awards Dexerto Awards 2020 results Dexerto Dexerto Awards Dexerto Awards 2020 nominees and how to vote Dexerto Dexerto Awards Who were the best esports teams of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Scott Robertson Dexerto Awards Dexerto Awards 2019 results Bill Cooney Dexerto Awards Who is the best rookie of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Andrew Amos Articles Dexerto Awards Who is the best esports player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Andrew Amos Entertainment Who is the best YouTuber of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Jacob Hale Dexerto Awards Who is the best Fortnite player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Jimmy Russo Dexerto Awards Who is the best streamer of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Brent Koepp Dexerto Awards Who is the best Overwatch player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Andrew Amos Dexerto Awards Who is the best Smash Bros. Ultimate player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Michael Gwilliam Dexerto Awards Who is the best Call of Duty player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Andy Williams Dexerto Awards Who is the best CSGO player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Kamil Malinowski Dexerto Awards Who is the best LoL player of 2019? | Dexerto Awards Joe O’Brien 1 View Archive

You’ll regret not farming Destiny 2 Solstice’s best weapon before it’s gone DexertoThe Solstice event is live in Destiny 2 for just one more week, with it ending on August 27, and there’s one weapon you need to farm before it’s gone for good. Of the four available weapons in Solstice 2024, Crowning Duologue is by far the best. The Strand Rocket Launcher was reissued in Echoes Act 2 and has been given a massively improved perk pool. While the original version had Guardians unironically considering Cluster Bomb of all things, the new rendition rolls several meta perks: Auto-Loading Holster, Bipod, Bait and Switch, Envious Assassin, and Deconstruct. The most interesting of these is Reconstruction alongside Bait and Switch, a lethal combination that turns Crowning Duologue into a Strand version of Apex Predator, but with the added bonus of intrinsic tracking. This can be useful when trying to land shots on enemies that move a lot, like Wizards and Grim. Since Crowning Duologue is a Precision Frame, it deals slightly less damage per shot than Apex Predator. However, the Solstice Rocket Launcher is still a top option in PvE content when the Strand Surge modifier is active, which boosts its DPS by 25%. When it comes to Strand Rocket Launchers, the only other viable alternative is Semiotician, a High-Impact Frame released in Season 22. While a solid choice, this seasonal weapon has a weaker perk pool than Crowning Duologue and is impossible to farm these days as the content it was attached to was vaulted in The Final Shape. Here’s the god roll you’ll want to farm for Crowning Duologue before Solstice ends: Barrel: Hard Launch – Magazine: Impact Casing – Perk 1: Reconstruction – Perk 2: Bait and Switch – Origin Trait: Dream Work – For most players, the best method of farming Crowning Duologue is completing runs of the Bonfire Bash activity. Each run takes ten minutes and will usually reward one or two rolls of the Strand Rocket Launcher. Alternatively, completing high-level event bounties rewards Solstice weapons with multiple perks in each slot. While this is more time-consuming and requires a fireteam to farm efficiently, it substantially increases your odds of getting a god roll. For guardians who are especially lucky, this can even reward a Crowning Duologue with both Reconstruction and Grave Robber in the third column alongside Bait and Switch, which is the ultimate PvE god roll. Grave Robber instantly reloads the magazine after dealing charged melee damage, which is seriously powerful on Warlock builds using Arcane Needle. When playing Strand or Prismatic Warlock, you can utilize Grave Robber, and when playing Hunter or Titan, simply switch back to Reconstruction.

xQc ruins setup with spilled coke after getting way too excited over Destiny 2 xQc, Twitch / ActivisionFélix ‘Destiny 2 on Twitch after unlocking a brand new weapon on the game, but there was a slight problem. The popular Twitch streamer, who has over 1.3 million followers on the platform, was working through his first raid on the game with a group of other broadcasters – including Dizzy, Poke, Chevy, Slayerage, and Datto – in order to get enough shards to pay for a Midnight Coup Hand Cannon. After completing the mission and dismantling a number of items into Legendary Shards, one of the game’s most valuable resources, viewers noticed a few problems with his dramatic reaction. First of all, his celebrations completely screwed up his microphone, which unleashed an almighty screech rattling the ears of the viewers on his channel – and that’s just the start of it. He accidentally knocked his monitor into some Coca-Cola that was placed right next to it, which ended up spilling all over an audio mixer that doesn’t even belong to him. One of the worst parts about the whole thing, though, is that even after the roar of triumph and the mess that it caused, he couldn’t even afford the weapon that he was trying to buy. He didn’t have enough Legendary Shards. Read More: Overwatch professional player decided to give his viewers a closer look at the mess he made slightly later in the stream, showing the damage that the Coke disaster had made. It could have easily poured all over his PC. In what must be one of his messiest moments on stream, xQc couldn’t believe that he never even had enough for the Midnight Coup Hand Cannon at the end of it all and still, at the time of writing, hasn’t acquired it. –

World’s First Race in Destiny 2 Beyond Light: Start time, rewards, details BungieBeyond Light’s Deep Stone Crypt raid promises to be an intense affair. The race to be the first team to overcome this struggle will be as fierce as ever. Here’s a quick rundown about the World’s First race in Beyond Light and information on its start time and details. [jwplayer kU7UyuJf] There’s a certain prestige that comes with a brand new Destiny raid. These multiple hour slogs are pure tests of endurance, skill, and determination. Granted, they don’t have to be done in one sitting, but they do if you want to be the first team to successfully complete it. As with Garden of Salvation, Crown of Sorrow, Scourge of the Past, and many more, Deep Stone Crypt promises to be just as satisfying. In order to prepare yourselves for the raid and all the delights that come with it, we’ll try and inform you as best as we can. Here is everything to know about the World’s First race in Beyond Light, including start time and other information. Deep Stone Crypt Raid As we previously discussed with our article on the Deep Stone Crypt raid, we expect this raid to take 4-6 hours to complete. Teams of 6 will enter the fray with a maxed-out power level in the hope of etching their names into the history books. But we already know that even if you’ve achieved the max power level of 1250, Bungie will cap it at 1230. It will remain like this for the first 24hrs of the raid’s debut. This is an added challenge for the teams that want to be first. The consensus is that 24hrs is all that will be needed as a team will achieve this. Also, Artifact power will be DISABLED during the first 24hrs too, so bear that in mind. When does it start? Deep Stone Crypt will officially go live on November 21. These are the different times it will go live: 10 AM PT – 12 PM CT – 1 PM ET – 6 PM GMT – With that, it’s worth remembering that you need to be at Power Level 1230, so if you’re planning on taking part in the race, be sure to have hit that by the allotted time. What will you face? Bungie is being very steadfast in their approach to the raid and isn’t revealing any proper information about what players will be facing. The main rumors circulating are that it will either be a reincarnation of Eramis or one of Ermais’ lieutenants — possibly Aatrax — that Eramis sent to Deep Stone during Beyond Light. Whomever it is, they’ll surely tie into the Beyond Light story to maintain continuity. Rewards But what incredible goodies will you win if you beat the raid first? Only a Destiny title belt! Seriously. In addition to the belt, the box it comes with also contains some freebies including an official signed congratulation card from Bungie themselves. In order to be recognized as the first team, Bungie’s website says the following: “The Fireteam must loot the final chest before returning to orbit or their finish may not be recorded. A team’s official finish will be recorded when they return to Orbit.” On the other hand, if the World’s First race is something you’re not too keen on, then you’ll be pleased to know that you can still get access to goodies too. Everyone that finishes the raid at any point during the first 24 hours will get an exclusive emblem. For everyone that manages to complete the raid before 9am PT on December 1, you’ll be able to purchase a Europa-ready raid jacket. Result delayed? It doesn’t appear that the event will be getting postponed despite things like the Destiny 2: Beyond Light exploit that kills bosses in one hit. However, Bungie has warned players that the results will be delayed as they have to sift through all of them and ensure there’s been no foul-play. As mentioned previously, the prestige and honor that goes into these historic occasions mean that standards have to be met. There have previously been allegations of cheating to win the contest, especially with the Leviathan raid. Hopefully the content runs smoothly and it will be interesting to see which Fireteam comes out as the victor.

World’s first Destiny 2 solo flawless Vault of Glass completed after nine years BungieDestiny 2 PvE specialist The SnazzzyRock has become the first ever player to clear Vault of Glass solo while going flawless, nine years after the raid was first released. On September 16, 2014, Vault of Glass became the Destiny franchise’s first-ever raid. It launched alongside the base game with a Light Level of just 130 – a modest value compared to the 1810 Lightfall is currently at. Just Destiny’s other raids, Vault of Glass is designed to be taken on by a team. Be that an LFG group or a dedicated clan, solo players aren’t supposed to clear them. Yet one of the most talented PvE players has managed to not only clear Vault of Glass solo but even went flawless in the process marking a world’s first. Destiny 2’s first ever solo flawless VoG clear is done Streaming on his Twitch channel on November 2, Destiny 2 PvE specialist The SnazzzyRock managed to complete the first-ever solo flawless Vault of Glass clear across the franchise’s history. The phenomenal run took 55 minutes and features some of the most impressive mechanical play possible in Bungie’s looter shooter. Throughout the run, The SnazzzyRock used ten loadouts utilizing 21 different weapons, two subclasses, and five Exotic armor pieces to clear VoG’s seven encounters with each providing a unique challenge for a solo player. Reacting to the feat, The SnazzzyRock said: “I dont even know what to say, i actually was able to complete this. This challenge has never been done before in destiny, not even in destiny 1. Its insane how this basically took 10 years to clear if you consider destiny 1. I dont even know how to process this moment. I am SO unbelievably happy to say that i did this.” He explained that no one has managed to clear VoG solo flawlessly despite it being the oldest raid in Destiny. Also, this particular clear was especially emotional as it followed two failed runs that were ended by bad luck on Atheon, the raid’s final boss. Here’s every weapon The SnazzzyRock used on the loadouts during his Vault of Glass run: The SnazzzyRock is no stranger to spectacular Destiny 2 PvE feats having previously acquired the world’s first solo Nezarec and Ir Yut clears. Even so, this latest achievement is the most impressive yet and will be remembered for years to come.

Will Destiny 2 end with The Final Shape? BungieThe Final Shape is the conclusion to the Light and Darkness saga of Destiny 2. This has raised questions on whether this will be the end of Destiny 2. Here is a discussion surrounding the topic. The Final Shape will be the DLC where the Guardians finally confront The Witness and put an end to its tyranny. It is the final battle where good triumphs over evil and the eternal conflict between Light and Darkness comes to an end. This power struggle in this game has been continuing for the past 10 years where Guardians have fought against numerous adversaries like Atheon, Oryx, Crota, Rhulk and so much more. However, it is a question to ponder – Does Destiny 2’s story end with the conclusion of the Light and Darkness saga? Is Destiny 2 ending with The Final Shape DLC No, Destiny 2 is not ending with The Final Shape. This DLC will simply put an end to the “first saga” of the Destiny universe. The game itself will continue as it will explore new stories surrounding the other factions and therefore a new evil to fight against. Bungie confirmed this several times over the past year as well during the Destiny 2 showcase on August 23, 2023. In fact, once the campaign is over and The Witness is defeated, Bungie will continue the story with the aftermath of The Final Shape. The devs have announced that instead of four seasons in a year, they will release three Episodes that will provide players with a different story every time. They have confirmed that you can play the Episodes separately without a loss of continuity. This system will be implemented in 2024. However, as of now, Bungie’s sole focus is on The Final Shape. The developers want to ensure that the campaign and the raid provide a definitive experience before closing out the first saga. The Lightfall story and its raid was underwhelming and Bungie does not want that to happen with The Final Shape. Therefore, no information regarding a future DLC or a brand-new saga is available yet. Once it does, we’ll make sure to update this article and provide you with brand-new information. This concludes our guide for If Destiny 2 is ending with The Final Shape. If you found it informative, please look into some of our other guides at Dexerto. Deepsight Harmonizers: How to farm, use, and what weapons to convert | Exotic Mission Rotator: What it is, how to access, schedule, loot table | Best Exotic weapons | Best PvP Weapons | Best PvE Weapons | Destiny 2 Season of the Witch: Release date, raid, power cap, & more | Best Titan Builds | Best Warlock Builds | Best Arc 3.0 Builds | Best Solar 3.0 Builds | Best Void 3.0 Builds | Best Stasis Builds

Will Defiant Engrams expire in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep? BungieWith Season of the Deep around the corner, players are wondering what to do with their spare Defiant Engrams. Will they expire once Season 20 ends or are you safe to stack them up? This is our guide on will Defiant Engrams expire at the start of Destiny 2 Season of the Deep. The Season of Defiance introduced Defiant Engrams through the seasonal HELM activities. These Engrams are common drops that can be spent at the War Table. Players can cash these Engrams in for a range of rewards including weapons and armor. Season 20’s HELM rewards include some awesome craftable guns with the likes of the Perpetualis, Raconteur, and Regnant. However, with some players stacking up hundreds of Defiant Engrams it’s unclear if they need to spend them before the Season of the Deep gets underway. Contents Will Defiant Engrams expire in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep? – What should I spend Defiant Engrams on in Destiny 2? – Will Defiant Engrams expire in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep? No, Defiant Engrams will not expire after the Season of the Deep begins. This was confirmed on Bungie.net’s community forums. Responding to a thread asking about the Defiant Engrams, a Bungie helper responded: “Hey there. No, [Defiant Engrams] will not go away at the end of the Season.” This is contrasting information to what Bungie has previously stated with the Destiny 2 developer claiming that every Vendor’s Engrams would expire after Season 20 ended. What should I spend Defiant Engrams on in Destiny 2? If you don’t want to hold onto your Defiant Engrams it is recommended to spend them on getting all of the craftable weapons available. By focusing Defiant Engrams at the War Table you can earn a range of weapons. These are the best weapons and traits that you should focus on acquiring first: Perpetualis: Zen Moment/Keep Away, Hatchling – Prodigal Return: Lead From Gold/Envious Assassin, Voltshot/Demolitionist – Raconteur: Archer’s Tempo, Explosive Head/Headstone – Regnant: Auto Loading Holster, Explosive Light/Destabilizing Rounds – Furthermore, you can focus Defiant Engrams to earn Recovered Leviathan weapons. As with the seasonal weapons, these are craftable: Seasonal Decree: Threat Detector/Slideshot, Opening Shot – That’s it for if Defiant Engrams will expire in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep. For more Destiny 2 content check out some other helpful guides here: Best PvP weapons | Destiny 2 Promo Codes | Destiny 2 Prime Gaming Rewards | Infamy Ranks Guide | Glory Ranks Guide | Current Trials of Osiris map | Iron Banner countdown

Wild Destiny 2: Lightfall bug lets players farm Neomuna rep insanely fast BungieGuardians have found an insane bug with Destiny 2’s new Lightfall location Neomuna, allowing them to farm reputation for the zone incredibly fast. Destiny 2: Lightfall‘s new location has many things for players to do, with lost sectors, secret chests, and public events galore. Many things are still left undiscovered about Neomuna, but players have been diligently exploring to ensure no stone is left unturned. Completing various activities on Neomuna is great for the loot, but also increases the reputation with the city’s vendor, the Cloud Strider Nimbus. Nimbus watches over the city, and as thanks for your various deeds, will grant you rewards for assisting him in his trials. Reputation can be gained by doing almost any activity on Neomuna, with certain ones granting more than others. Players have now found one of the best ways to farm reputation with Nimbus is by completing the Terminal Overload activity, a public event located on Neomuna. Its location rotates throughout Neomuna’s zones daily and can be accessed via the map. The activity has players perform various tasks around the zone while clearing out waves of Cabal and Vex enemies. Players then need to face off against a miniboss in order to complete the activity. Terminal Overload drops two chests at the end, one requiring a key. The free chest can be gained by anyone who participated in the activity, meaning it’s a good way to gain Neomuna reputation. However, it has also been discovered that the chest can be looted more than once, making it an incredible way to farm reputation at insane speeds. Neomuna Reputation Bug Farm YouTuber ‘Tasso’ was able to find a bug that allowed the chest to be looted more than intended. Once the chests had spawned in, players were able to loot the chest for the first time. From there they’d quickly leave the load zone into a new area. (You would know when a new location appears in the bottom left corner). Players could then re-enter the zone and loot the chest once again. This could be rinsed and repeated until the chest despawns, meaning it’s all about how quickly players can move. The chest seemingly grants players 100 Neomuna reputation each go around, making it by far the most optimal method for farming, especially with this glitch.

Why The Witch Queen will be make or break moment for Destiny 2 BungieWith Destiny 2 now well and truly in the “Bungie era” of its lifespan, and Activision long gone in the rearview mirror, it’s time for the famous devs to prove they’re still worthy of that fame — The Witch Queen will be a make or break moment for the franchise. It’s well-worn history at this point; Bungie partnered with Activision to launch their first post-Halo franchise, a huge space opera called “Destiny,” and it was a smash-hit. Fans piled into the new world in droves, gobbling up the exciting new series. Three years on, Bungie shuffled out a sequel, Destiny 2, and troubles began. A heavier focus on in-game transactions and reported publisher meddling overshadowed the series. Things came to a head. Bungie split from Activision, but kept Destiny. And, fans had hope again. A hope, years in the making, that has been slowly drained away since early 2019. Shadowkeep was interesting, but shallow, and Beyond Light teased much more than it eventually delivered. It feels like not much has really changed. For many, The Witch Queen is the final stop — one last ‘make or break’ moment for the Destiny 2 powerbrokers to win back jaded fans. But can Bungie deliver? What does Bungie need to do? It would take too long to list out every complaint Destiny 2 fans have flagged about their favorite franchise since Beyond Light, but it feels like there’s three solutions to the problems that have been mounting since mid-2019 and Shadowkeep. The first is a recent problem, but a big one: content vaulting. Bungie made the bold call to strip out nearly half the content in Destiny, and replace it with two new areas — Europa and a reworked Cosmodrome — the Beyond Light story, and some Empire Hunts. In theory, the “reset” was a good idea to freshen up the series. In practice, it’s left Destiny 2 feeling pretty damn empty. We lost seven strikes, four full planets, a host of activities like The Reckoning and Forges, seven Crucible playlists, three full campaigns — including the game’s original “Red War” story — five Raids, and fifteen Exotic quests. Read More: Destiny 2 review: not the promised new era – I think Destiny 2 fans know that Bungie had the best intentions when they hoisted so much content out of the game. Right now, though, it just feels bad. Beyond Light brought very little to the table, and it’s left people already keeping one eye on the next expansion because of that. And this is where The Witch Queen comes into play. The Witch Queen could fix Destiny 2’s emptiness When Year 5’s expansion arrives in late 2021, it’s going to need to come chockablock full of new goodies. Players are expecting Crucible maps, Raids, another campaign; basically, all the things Beyond Light was supposed to bring in the promised — but not delivered — “reset.” Right now, Destiny fans are starving for things to do. Then, to boot, there’s new rumors springing up that we may have to trade EDZ and Nessus out of the game when Old Chicago and the Dreadnaught arrive. That’s just not what players want to see. Bungie promised a “living” game. Instead, we’re just watching it slowly die by losing content. If Bungie fails to pour — and I mean pour — new content into the game with The Witch Queen, then Destiny 2 could be in big trouble. Players are already leaving forever. What’s going to happen if nothing new pops up in Year 5 either? Luckily, there’s still plenty of time until the Year 5 expansion hits shelves. The developers can listen to community criticism — and boy is there a lot of it — and do what works best. If they do that, The Witch Queen can be another step forward for Destiny, and one that rights the leaning ship. If not, well, maybe Destiny 2 just peters out to a slow end. Let’s hope not.

Why is Destiny 3 trending on Twitter? Player frustrations reach boiling point BungieDestiny 3 has begun trending on Twitter after players’ frustrations reaches a boiling point with the buggy state of the current game. Destiny 2 has had a bit of a rough time as of recent. With the lackluster reception of the recent Lightfall expansion, players were uncertain about the future of Destiny and its story. This was only worsened by the lack of difficulty in the most recent raid the Root of Nightmares, which had players scratching their heads. Now the most recent patch of Destiny 2 has introduced several bugs into the game, causing player frustrations to rise ever higher as Bungie frantically scrambles to fix the issues. Some of the community have spoken about how Destiny 2 has outlived its original purpose, implying that a Destiny 3 is needed. Destiny 3 trends on Twitter as players’ frustration rises The discourse has caused Destiny 3 to hit trending on Twitter, sparking even more debate on the subject. Many are split on the potential existence of a Destiny 3, with some users completely on board with a revamp of the game. Those for the sequel are wanting either a revamp of the current Destiny 2 formula in an older style, or are looking to have a new engine added to prevent errors and issues from occurring. “New engine, transfer everything because there’s no need for a new start, profit. I’m very curious if it’s possible for them to move over to unreal 5 or something.” A Twitter user asked. Another added, “Give me Destiny 3 but change the game from the norm give us the old scrapped Destiny 1 style of game.” However, not all of the Destiny community were keen on another entry. Some just simply outright refusing the idea with a short “No.” Others were concerned about the time it would take for a new game, as well as the loss of all the hard work put into the existing one. “Once you go to a new engine, you can’t just transfer everything. Most things will have to rebuilt. Depending on what engine they go to determines the workload.” a user pointed out. Bungie has spoken about the future of Destiny 2 and confirmed in their Lightfall showcase that Destiny 3 would not be releasing anytime soon, or if all. So players may have to wait a fair amount of time before the next entry of the franchise.

Who is Xivu Arath in Destiny 2? BungieXivu Arath is one of the names that has surfaced quite a few times during the weekly mission and the latest dungeon of Destiny 2’s Season of the Deep. In fact, this is the name that has been mentioned by some of the characters quite a few times in the past seasons as well. Here’s what we know about the ominous figure. The question is bound to arise. Just who is Xivu Arath? If you are one of those players who loves to dive deep into Destiny 2’s rich universe, then you probably know everything about this Hive God. However, if you are one of those players who skips the cutscenes and rarely pays attention to the dialogue, then the name will be confusing to you. Xivu Arath is a very important personality in the Destiny universe. She has been dormant for quite a while, but considering what has happened so far in the game, it makes sense that she is finally ready to make her presence known. She is ready to fight both the Guardians and the Traveler and her only goal in mind is the success of the Witness. Xivu Arath is the Hive God of War in Destiny 2 Xivu Arath is one of the three siblings from Fundament’s trio who ended up becoming the Hive Gods after obtaining the gifts from the Worm Gods. She is the sister to Oryx, the Taken King, and Savathun, The Witch Queen. Xivu’s specialty is war and she is a master tactician who has led the Hive to victory in conquests that have spanned over millennia. However, that is not how she started in the beginning. Xivu Arath’s original name was Xi Ro. This is the time when she was still weak and fragile and was exiled from her home alongside Aurash and Sathona when their kingdom was overthrown. Thus, Xi Ro, Aurash, and Sathona fled deep under the oceans of Fundament. If you have played The Witch Queen DLC, then you might be aware that the Traveler was supposed to go to Fundament and repair it. However, the Witness did not want that and he sent Rhulk to Fundament to put the destruction of the planet into motion before the Traveler arrived. The idea was to ensure that the Krill develop a hatred towards the Traveler and thus towards the Light. In any case, in order to ensure that its plan was successful, the Witness had ensured that Sathona had access to a dead Worm familiar. This familiar directed the three sisters all the way to the depths of Fundament where they met the Worm Gods. The three sisters struck a deal with the Worm Gods where a larva was planted inside the former. The three sisters would continue to grow stronger as long as they fed the worm inside them with death. Thus the three sisters ascended and became Auryx (Aurash), Savathun (Sathona), and Xivu Arath (Xi Ro). However, in order to ensure that the worm inside them was fed, the three siblings started conquests smeared with blood and death and started the faction known as the Hive. They called it the Sword Logic and this was the only way they could grow stronger. Eventually, the three siblings met their match when they faced a race known as the Ecumene. This race put up a fight and in order for the Hive to exist, the three siblings had a find a way to win. Thus, Auryx killed both Xivu Arath and Savathun in order to gain more power. The combined power of both Xivu and Savathun made Auryx strong enough to fight the Worm God Aka and eventually obtain the power of the Deep. Thus, Auryx returned as Oryx, the Taken King, and started his conquest against the Ecumene. Oryx brought war against the Ecumene and embodied it as well. Thus, this embodiment of Oryx as war enabled him to resurrect his sister Xivu Arath as the ultimate God of War. However, after the Battle of the Gift Masts, Xivu left Oryx’s side as she felt that her power was unable to flourish under her brother. Unfortunately, her whereabouts became unknown until the battle of Torobatle. Xivu Arath brought forth the might of Sword Logic and demolished the homeworld of the Cabal and forced them to flee. In the meantime, her brother, Oryx, died and her sister Savathun turned against the Witness and joined hands with the Light. This led to a power vacuum in the Hive and Xivu Arath filled that up. She also gained favor from the Witness and ended up becoming one of its prime Generals. Why has Xivu Arath returned in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep? Xivu Arath’s return in Season of the Deep is quite simply a means to help the Witness to attain the Final Shape. However, this is not the first time that Xivu’s influence has been felt on Sol. The first time Xivu Arath sent her forces to Sol was back during the Season of Hunt when Osiris’s Ghost Sagira Died. The Guardians fought against Xivu Arath’s High Celebrant and defeated it in battle. The next time we saw Xivu Arath was during Season of the Lost where she attacked the Dreaming City to disrupt Savathun’s ritual. She failed to disrupt it and Savathun was able to separate herself from her worm. Xivu Arath also tried to attack Sol during Season of the Seraph but was driven away by Rasputin. Unfortunately, that chaos allowed the Witness to invade Sol in full force and take control of both the Veil and the Traveler. As it happens, she has returned once again in Season of the Deep, and this time she is ready to take down the Guardians. She is angry that the Guardians did not take the mantle of the Taken King after Oryx’s death and also the fact that her own sister decided to take help from the Light. Xivu Arath calls these acts blasphemy and heresy and she wants to put an end to this. She believes that she can see the Final Shape on the horizon and that the Witness’ plans are almost in place. Hence, her goal now is to take down the Guardians and ensure that the Witness does not suffer any form of roadblocks along the way. Xivu Arath is also quite unhappy about losing to the Guardians multiple times. Therefore, she now wishes to see the Traveler and the Guardians fail and will make sure that the Witness gets all the help it needs. This is all we know of Xivu Arath as of now. However, we will update this section with more information once we gain more information surrounding her upcoming invasion of Sol. Destiny 2 promo codes | Destiny 2 The Final Shape | Destiny 2 Season of the Deep Season Pass | How to farm and use Deepsight Harmonizer | How to get Epochal Integration in Destiny 2 | Will Defiant Engrams expire in Destiny 2 Season of the Deep? | Destiny 2 Xur location today

Who is the Witness in Destiny 2? The Darkness-wielding villain explained BungieOver the past two expansions in Destiny 2, the Witness has established itself as the main antagonist of Bungie’s looter shooter. Here is what you need to know about the Darkness-wielding mastermind. Destiny 2 is a massive game that has a core plot featuring the struggle between the forces of Light and Darkness. There are several subplots as well, but regardless of the story, all roads lead to the Witness. This entity wields the Darkness exclusively and considers the Traveler as its enemy. Ever since it was born, it has made innumerable efforts to take down the Traveler and complete a mystery referred to as The Final Shape. The question is how this Darkness overlord was born and what is this Final Shape. Additionally, why is the Witness so bent on achieving The Final Shape? If you are interested in learning about this mysterious entity, here’s an in-depth breakdown of the Witness and his role in Destiny 2’s story The Witness was originally born from the Light in Destiny 2 The Witness during the Witch Queen DLC revealed itself as an entity of the Darkness. At first, there were questions on if this entity is Darkness itself. However, as the seasons progressed, it became clear that Darkness is not the enemy, but it simply wields this power to fight against the Light. This led to the question of where did this being come from. The answer was not revealed during the Witch Queen DLC and it took more than a year- all the way to Season 21 where we finally got the answer. The Witness even though it uses the Darkness, was originally a follower of the Light similar to the Guardians. This story dates back to ancient times, to a place that nobody even remembers. There was a race that was blessed by the Traveler and its Light. This race named The Traveler as The Gardener and they prospered under its Light into a Golden Age. The power of Light allowed this race to travel into space and during their research they came across an object called the Veil. They brought the Veil to their planet and wanted to use it to find the secrets of the Traveler and the Light. However, this race came to a realization that the Light is not a beacon of hope, but a harbinger of chaos. Therefore, they soon began to doubt The Traveler and eventually while studying the Veil came to know about The Darkness. This race termed The Darkness as The Winnower, a force that dealt with the mind, dreams, and consciousness in contrast to the physical aspects of the Light. Through the Darkness, the race eventually found the means to attain The Final Shape. Thus, this ancient race tried to merge the Veil with the Traveler to deepen their connection and obtain the power to shape reality. The Traveler refused and fled this world. The race, however, did not give up and used the Darkness’s power to merge their consciousness into one. They created an entity, a being that was birthed in Light but re-forged in the Darkness- The Witness. What has the Witness achieved until now? Since the Witness was born, this entity has pursued the Traveler all across the universe. It created disciples like Rhulk and Nezarc to carry out its will. Rhulk made the Worm Gods strike a deal with the Krill and create the Hive. Through the Worm Gods, Oryx also earned the power to Take and became the Taken King. As such, the Taken race was born with Oryx as their leader. On the other side of the cosmos, in a mysterious place called the Black Garden, a group of Vex called the Sol Divisive started following the Witness. They even created something called the Pale Heart, which was supposed to be a replica of the Veil. During the collapse of the Golden Age, Nezarec was the one who led the Darkness to Sol in the fight against humanity. This led to the first collapse and led to the birth of the Guardians. You can say Guardians would not have been born if this Collapse had not happened, making it an extremely important historical event. This being has also confronted the Guardians quite a few times. It gave Emperor Calus the power of Darkness. With that power, Calus stormed to Neomuna to capture the Veil. While the Guardians defeated Calus, the Witness took over our Ghost and created a link. This link allowed The Witness to enter the Traveler. Additionally, when the Witness confronted the Traveler in Lightfall, it resulted in the resurrection of Nezarec. However, the Guardians managed to defeat Nezarec and Rhulk, which were crushing blows to The Witness’ plans What is the Witness’ final goal? The goal of The Witness in Destiny 2 is to achieve the Final Shape. It wants to reach Finality, a state where nothing exists and there is absolute order. There are several explanations as to what the Final Shape is in the game. However, the Witness’ definition is the end of suffering. This entity believes that the reason suffering exists is because of the Traveler. The problem is Light believes in equality and Darkness believes in survival of the fittest. This was the primary theme of the Unveiling lore book in Destiny 2. This being thinks that the concept of equality is nonsense and that only the strong must survive. Additionally, this entity wants to create a state where everything is frozen in stasis in the Universe. Change leads to chaos, but if that does not exist then there will be peace. However, it intends to do this by destroying every last living being that has been graced by the Traveler. If the need arises, the Witness will destroy its chosen disciples as well, as long as its Final Shape is achieved. This cannot be achieved by Darkness alone as it needs the power of the Light to do so. This led to the Witness entering the Traveler and creating a monolith. Inside the Traveler, it intends to poison the great machine, while also using its power to create the perfect moment and freeze it in time. What will happen once Witness is defeated? The key goal of The Guardians in Final Shape is to defeat the Witness. For a moment let us assume that this entity is defeated, even though we do not know what happens. However, its defeat will create a massive power vacuum. The Taken, Scorn, Sol Divisive, Shadow Legion, and the Dread will be without a leader. This will create chaos for a while as the forces will struggle to find a common goal. This will be beneficial for the Guardians who can pick them apart one after another. Eventually, there will be a leader who will unite these forces. It could be Xivu Arath, who would be itching to take revenge against Eris Morn. It could also be Fikrul, the Fnatic, who is currently the leader of the Scorn. However, whatever happens, the concept of Final Shape will be long gone. For more on Destiny 2, you can check out our guide for Unforeseen Consequences ship and All Exotics in Final Shape. If you want more, you can check our guides for the Final Shape raid race, Shiny weapons from Brave Arsenal, and all content getting vaulted before The Final Shape.

Who are The Dread? Destiny 2: The Final Shape new faction explained BungieThe last expansion of Destiny 2‘s Light and Dark saga, The Final Shape, is finally here, with many of the features already confirmed. One of the most exciting additions is the arrival of a new faction that looks set to be a frightening foe. In the run-up to the arrival of The Final Shape, Bungie released a series of live streams that blew the expectations of many out of the water. Though the major reveals for Into the Light were exciting in their own right, the release of the full expansion is filled with groundbreaking revelations. Among them is a new subclass known as Prismatic. Different from anything players have seen previously, it allows Guardians to mix and match subclass abilities from across the Light/Dark spectrum, resulting in a huge increase in customization and build viability. The other huge reveal was the name and content of the new enemy faction known as The Dread. Here’s everything we know so far. Destiny 2: The Final Shape Dread faction enemies revealed The new Dread enemies are unique in appearance, but they carry the general aesthetic of The Witness and his followers. In actuality, the Tormentors introduced in Lightfall were simply the first taste of a far wider-reaching faction. Existing players will already know how deadly Tormentors can be, and new enemies of that ilk should provide a significant challenge. Here are the new units we know about so far: Subjugators, Weavers, Attendants, Grims and Husks. Grims are arguably the most interesting of the lot. They are Destiny 2’s first flying enemy (with wings). They also carry weapons, and if they manage to hit the Guardian, they inflict significant slows and suppression effects. Husks are melee bruisers who carry huge blades. They are surprisingly fast, covering distance quickly and unleashing a barrage of acrobatic attacks on the player. It doesn’t end when they are killed as, if Guardians kill it the wrong way, creatures pop out from inside the Husk to attack the player. Weavers and Attendants are Strand and Stasis versions of Psions reshaped by the Witness. They carry many of the associated powers of those subclasses, able to pull players towards enemies with Strand and freeze them in place with Stasis. The first live stream covering this new enemy type did little to shed further light on the Subjugators, who were announced previously in mid-2023. We do know Subjugators have access to Darkness abilities and should operate in a support role during engagements. As the expansion progresses and more becomes clear, this guide will be updated to reflect new information and specific abilities. That’s all we know so far about the new enemy types heading into The Final Shape. For more tips on Bungie’s looter shooter, check out these best builds for Hunter, Titan, and Warlock, plus the strongest weapons in both the PvE Meta and PvP Meta right now.

Where to find the Loot Cave easter egg in Destiny 2: Beyond Light BungieBungie’s new Beyond Light expansion has heralded the return of arguably Destiny’s most famous exploit ever. The legendary “Loot Cave” has returned to the game. We’ll instruct you on how to find the easter egg in Destiny 2: Beyond Light. [jwplayer kU7UyuJf] It’s amazing how one single, minuscule cave, in the overall scheme of things, can still maintain a storied legacy. Destiny 1 was a game years in the making and people could not contain their excitement for it. So it’s amusing to think much of its early chatter was about a cave of endlessly spawning enemies. The old “Murdercave” as it was known, was eventually ceased after Bungie became discouraged by many of their player base taking advantage of its endless loot. So an update removed live enemies and replaced them with charred ones to symbolically close the chapter on it. But it’s back! We’re going to tell you how and where to find the Loot Cave easter egg in Destiny 2: Beyond Light, so you too can bask in its lore. Where is the loot cave? There are plenty of Destiny 2 players that perhaps missed out on the original game’s offerings. So to them, the Cosmodrome will be just another location. For Destiny veterans, this is where it all began, and players will be coming full-circle. As part of the Beyond Light update, some parts of the Cosmodrome have been dug out of the content vault and restored. This includes the notorious Loot Cave too. If you head to the location seen in the picture above, you’ll see we’ve identified a specific location with a red circle. That is the very cave itself, dart towards it in a straight line and you’ll arrive at your destination. What you’ll find there Have the Hive returned to reclaim what was once theirs? Is there a super-secret message written on a wall waiting to be decrypted by the internet? Actually…no. All you’ll find there is pretty much what was there in Destiny 1, and a chest. Some charred remains and memories of what once was, which is a bit disappointing really. However, Bungie has at least kept the ability to “Disturb the Remains”. By performing this action, a distorted, haunted message will echo repeating “A million deaths are not enough for Master Rahool. ” So what are you waiting for? Go and check it out!

Where to find the five Entropic Shards in Destiny 2: Beyond Light BungieIn addition to a whole host of new features, Beyond Light also debuts Aspects and Fragments too. But to unlock Aspects, you’ll need to destroy five Entropic Shards in one of the game’s missions. We’ll help you locate and destroy the five Entropic Shards in Destiny 2: Beyond Light. [jwplayer kU7UyuJf] It’s understandable to want to have access to some of Destiny’s most exciting additions in some time. But even completing the campaign won’t get you there, you’re going to have to graft to get within reach of it. One of the main things you’ll need to do on the way to unlocking Aspects is destroying Entropic Shards. Five, seemingly indestructible shards of darkness that are blocking your path to an icy reception with foes. Here’s how to make the five Entropic Shards destructible in Destiny 2: Beyond Light and where to find them. You need Salvation’s Grip first Salvation’s Grip is an Exotic Stasis Grenade Launcher. Sounds fun doesn’t it? Well, you will have to jump through hoops to get your hands on it. But once you manage to do so, then you have the exterminator of Entropic Shards. Here is what you’ll need to do to get it: Acquire the Stasis Prototype quest – Kill Captains and Servitors on Europa – Complete an Empire Hunt – Kill enemies using your Stasis abilities – Meet Spider’s Associate – Speak to the Drifter – Complete Stealing Stasis quest – Once you’ve completed Stealing Stasis, then the Salvation’s Grip grenade launcher should be yours and now we can proceed to the Entropic Shards. Entropic Shards Asterion Abyss Our very first Entropic Shard can be located in Asterion Abyss. Steps: Spawn in at Charon’s Crossing – Head right to reach the patrol zone – Start climbing the Vex Structures – Make your way halfway up to one of the towers in the middle – Find the shard located in the picture – Shoot at it with Salvation’s Grip – Concealed Void Lost Sector Steps: Enter the Concealed Void Lost Sector – Reach the end and kill the boss – When you see the big gaping hole of yellow light, look up to see the Shard – Shoot at it with Salvation’s Grip – Cadmus Ridge Steps: Head for the structures at Cadmus Ridge – It’s near a Braytech Facility – It is next to an Antenna and a big ice wall – Shoot at it with Salvation’s Grip – Riis-Reborn Approach Steps: Head to the Eventide Ruins – Step into the gravity lift – Find a building in the shape of a mushroom, jump on the roof, and make your way to the next gravity lift – Once at the top, look underneath the back of the stairs to find the hidden Shard – Shoot at it with Salvation’s Grip – Technocrat’s Iron Steps: From the last Shard, head upstairs and use the teleporter – Once out, goes straight until you reach a fork, head down a long hallway to the left – Enter Technocrat’s Iron – Keep making your way through the factory until you come to a big arena – The Shard will be floating next to one of the pillars – Shoot at it with Salvation’s Grip – Then you’ll have destroyed all the Entropic Shards and can now progress towards getting your first Aspect. Hopefully, our guide on how to destroy all Five Entropic Shards in Destiny 2 Beyond Light was a big help. You should now be able to work towards those Aspects & Fragments in Bungie‘s big-time shooter.

Where to find the Chalice Keycard in Destiny 2 Lightfall BungieThe first mission of the Destiny 2 Lightfall campaign requires players to pick up keycards, however, one of them is much harder to find than the rest. The Chalice keycard is particularly elusive and has players in a loop on how to find it. Destiny 2’s Lightfall campaign has the Guardian passing through the Cabal fleet in order to prevent them from attacking Neomuna. In order to do so, the Guardian must hop from ship to ship, sabotaging their systems and causing them to fail in their plans of destruction. Keycards are used by the commanders of the Cabal ships, bordering off areas that the players will need to pass through in order to reach the vitals of the ship. This involves finding various high-ranking Cabal and taking them down so that they can swipe the keycard and be on their merry way. Players will find a War Beasts key card, which helps them unlock various War Beast-labeled doors, as well as a Conquest/ Axes key card, which does the same. In order to destroy one of the final ships, known as the Astaroth Rex II, players will need to acquire the Chalice keycard, which can be a bit difficult to find. Fortunately, we’ve got a guide on how to do exactly that, so you can prevent further destruction to the city of Neomuna. Where to find the Chalice Keycard in “First Contact” for Destiny 2 Lightfall The Chalice Keycard can be found after diverging from the main path, as it’s blocked off by the Chalice-labeled door. Players will need to turn left or after hitting the door, and enter into a small access point that drops down into an underbelly area. Here’s where you’ll find plenty of enemies, and as you keep pushing further underground you’ll come face to face with the Chalice Keymaster. Defeating this enemy will grant you the Chalice Keycard, meaning you can return upstairs to the Chalice door and unlock it, progressing the mission. Alternatively, Bungie was kind enough to place down markers indicating where you need to go after hitting the door. These markers will lead you straight to the Keymaster, making it a pretty simple task. If you lose these markers you can always use your Ghost to identify where they are (default button is Tab).

Where to find the Captive Cord in Destiny 2: Location guide BungieDestiny 2 is filled with incredible items for players to find throughout the world, and some of these items such as the Captive Cord are going to be key for completing certain quests within the game. Bungie recently revealed the upcoming Witch Queen expansion, which aims to be the largest within the game’s existence. Players are once again flocking to Destiny 2 to try and complete some quests in order to level up their character. Some of these missions can be pesky while playing Destiny 2, as there are often multiple layers to them, tasking the player with finding certain items in specific locations. One of these missions is the Essence of Failure, and it’ll require the player to find the Captive Cord, and we’re going to walk you through where you’ll be able to find this. Where to find the Captive Cord in Destiny 2 1. Visit Lunar Battlegrounds This quest as noted above is part of the Essence of Failure quest, and players will need to make their way over to the Lunar Battlegrounds sector first. This location is just south of Sorrow’s Harbour, and you’ll notice a red bridge, which you’ll have to enter in order to proceed to Lunar’s Battleground. Read More: Destiny 2 Witch Queen expansion reveal – 2. Head to the Recon Station Once here, you’ll have to continue along the path, until you make your way through a split between two mountains. Then, on the other side of this should be a building that resembles some sort of recon station. 3. Go to the top of the building Once here, head to the top of the building, where your quest tracker is prompting you to go too. Then, you should see some text appear on your screen that reads “pick up weapon part,” this is where the Captive Cord is hidden, completing the quest. Read More: How does crossplay work in Destiny 2? – The Essence of Failure quest has multiple parts to it, and these can be rather daunting for players. As there are numerous items you’ll need to find throughout, but with some patience, it should be a breeze!

Destiny 2: Atlas Skews Week One locations BungieThe quests in Destiny 2’s newest update Season of the Lost can be a little confusing, especially if you don’t know where you’re going. Here are all the Atlas Skew locations and how to reach them. There are only a handful of quests that you can start after completing the opening quest for Season of the Lost, and Tracing the Stars is by far the most challenging of them. Setting the players on a fetch quest from Mara Sov, you’ll explore the entirety of the Dreaming City across the four weeks of Tracing the Stars. The first version of the quest takes place in the Divalian Mists portion of the map, but it also veers into the Spine of Keres towards the end. Even after collecting the five Atlas Skews, you’ll still have to complete the additional quest A Hollow Coronation before you can accept the reward that waits for you each week. Here’s what you need to know about Tracing the Stars I Contents How to start the Tracing the Stars I quest – All Atlas Skews locations – Completing A Hollow Coronation – Turning in Tracing the Stars I – How to start Tracing the Stars I Tracing the Stars I only becomes available after you complete the Season of the Lost introductory quest, and requires you to have started Wayfinder Voyage I. You can find Tracing the Stars I at the Wayfinder Compass in the H.E.L.M. at the same time you receive the IOTA Draconis. The first step in the quest is to speak with Mara Sov, who will be in her chambers on the other side of the portal. After talking with Mara she will instruct you to collect the five Atlas Skews that are scattered through the Dreaming City. Where to find the Atlas Skews? All of the skews can be found by starting in the same place. Fast travel to the Divalian Mists and use the spot you spawn in as a frame of reference for all five locations. Divalian – Cimmerian Path The path to this skew is straightforward – literally. After you fast travel to the Divalian Mist, walk in the same direction you face on arrival. You’ll find a small alcove in the middle of the rock wall that separates the lower portion of this area and the Rheasilvia gate. Walk inside the cave and collect the skew. Divalian – Rheasilvia Cliffside Path The path to this skew isn’t much more difficult than the first one. You’ll begin the same way as you did for the first path, but instead of staying straight, follow the path that leads left of the Rheasilvia gate. This path takes you towards an icy cave and the edge of the cliffs. Once you’re here, move to the middle of the cliff’s edge and peer down below. There will be some larger grassy patches that are safe to land on, and the Atlas Skew will be waiting for you on the bottommost one. Bay of Drowned Wishes Path From the Divalian Mists starting point, turn to your right and look for the cave entrance with a white painting beside it. Following that cave will take you into the Bay of Drowned Wishes. Once you reach the exit, stick to the right wall as you make your way around the horde of enemies in front of you. The Atlas Skew sits in plain sight just around the corner. Spine – Oracle Orrery Path For this skew, begin following the same path you took for Cliffside skew. This time, follow the path through the icy cave and out to the other side. Hop across the two gaps in your path and continue forward into the Spine of Keres. Once here, continue toward the castle-like structure ahead of you. Once there, continue on the path until you arrive at the orrery, the room with the spinning model of the universe lit with a purple glow. Find the stairs on the right side and follow them all the way up. You’ll find the skew sitting between two small benches Spine – Distant Island Tree Path There are a few ways to reach this path, but we’ll be looking at the least mechanically intensive one. You’ll still have to a little hovering to get around, but it’s much easier than the alternatives. To begin, return to the Spine of Keres and make your way back towards the castle. Instead of moving straight ahead towards the Orrery, keep left until you find the first blue bridge. Continue following this path upwards until you reach the bridge that connects with the purple-colored rock passageway. From there, jump down below to the area with the four model planet structures. Continue through the front gate, and across the next two bridges until you reach the floating islands. You’ll need to hop from island to island, making your way down the path that is naturally outlined in the ground. Once you reach the furthest island, you should find the Atlas Skew sitting out in the open on your lefthand side. Complete A Hollow Coronation In order to get the final reward for Tracing the Stars I, you’ll also want to pick up A Hollow Coronation. This quest is found back at the H.E.L.M. where a new marker waits for you. Pick up the quest, and then head back through the portal as you did before. Instead of being in Mara Sov’s chambers, this time you’ll end up at the Caliburn Gatehouse. Once you’re inside, follow your waypoint to the appropriate station, and deposit the Atlas Skews. Turn in Tracing the Stars I Once you’re done inside the Gatehouse, travel back to the compass at the H.E.L.M. and collect your reward: Vulpecula, a Legendary kinetic hand cannon. That’s all for this guide. Venture forth with your shiny new hand cannon and blast your way forward as Season of the Lost continues to roll out weekly challenges and content.

Where to find hidden Vault of Glass chests in Destiny 2: All Temporal Cache locations BungieDestiny 2’s reprised Vault of Glass has been conquered, and Guardians can now return to the raid and take their time unlocking all of its secrets — including the four hidden chests scattered throughout the depths of Venus. Less than six hours after its release on May 22, Clan Elysium conquered Destiny 2’s revamped Vault of Glass raid and brought the frantic World’s First Raid Race to its end in resounding fashion. Now that the early scramble to complete the raid on its release day is over, Guardians can kick back and take a more relaxed approach by perfecting their strategies and diving back into the Vault to obtain the elusive Vex Mythoclast or grind out the perfect, god-roll Fatebringer. While chasing weapon rolls will keep players invested in the Vault, there are plenty of smaller secrets to uncover as well — including the raid’s hidden Temporal Cache chests. Here’s everything you need to know about where these caches can be found, and the best ways to get to them. Destiny 2 Vault of Glass Hidden Chests: Temporal Cache Locations The four hidden chests within the Vault of Glass serve several different purposes, the most obvious being that you must find and interact with each of them to unlock the Temporal Caches triumph. However (and most importantly), these chests provide players with weapon drops, Spoils of Conquest to spend at the end of each raid, and powerful armor mods that are unique to the Venus raid, making it well worth your time to track them down. Vault of Glass Secret Chest #1 location The first Temporal Cache is by far the easiest to locate and loot. After the initial outside encounter on Venus is complete, and the Vault opens to allow your fireteam in, simply look for a chest sitting inside the gate and slightly to the left. While many might assume this particular container is just a regular, post-encounter chest, it actually counts as the first of the four hidden containers needed to complete the Temporal Caches triumph, so make sure not to skip it as you’re rushing into the Vault. Vault of Glass Secret Chest #2 location After opening the Vault, you’ll find yourself speeding towards the raid’s first full encounter. While taking the path embedded in the left side of the chasm will get you straight to the Templar’s arena, you’ll need to take another route in order to find the raid’s second hidden chest. To do this, you’ll need to jump down off the platform next to the hallway, do an aerial 180, and look for a small opening in the wall behind you. Follow that secret path down towards the next arena, and along the way, you’ll discover the next cache sitting on an overgrown platform. Vault of Glass Secret Chest #3 location The raid’s third secret chest is located in the Gorgon’s Labyrinth, and in order to access it, you’ll need to take some extra risks you normally wouldn’t during your sneaky romp through the maze — but it’s the only way to gain access to this particular container. The first step in accessing the chest is shooting three Vex boxes hovering in the air within the Labyrinth. As the area’s guards, the Gorgons, are alerted by gunfire, you’ll want to make sure you are very well-hidden while taking out those three objectives. Afterward, you’ll need to make your way to the right side of the Labyrinth, where you’ll find a small cave with a closed Vex door. If you didn’t take out the three Vex boxes, the door will remain shut, but if you eliminated those targets the third cache will be waiting behind a now-open door. Vault of Glass Secret Chest #4 location The final hidden chest can be found shortly after escaping the Gorgon’s Labyrinth. Once you make it through that maze, you’ll need to cross another small chasm in the Vault and complete a brief jumping puzzle. After making it through the platforming section, you’ll find a door that leads to the final area of the raid. However, before proceeding, if you run past the door and jump up to the top of a scattered rock formation, you’ll find the last Temporal Cache hiding in a dark corner. And there you have it. That’s all you need to know about how to find and unlock (if necessary) each of the raid’s four Temporal Caches. You’ll need to access all four chests to claim the corresponding triumph, and once that’s done you can then stop by any, all, or none of the chests during future raid runs (but you’ll need to go back a few more times in order to acquire the full set of raid armor mods). For those who find a visual approach more informative, here’s a helpful breakdown of the hidden chest locations from Destiny 2 content creator KackisHD. Whether you haven’t found any chests at all or just needed to figure out the Gorgon’s Labyrinth section to complete your set of armor mods, you can now dive back into the Vault of Glass knowing you’re fully prepared to uncover its set of secret chests.

Where is Archie in Destiny 2 Into The Light? How to get the Blue Steel shader BungieDestiny 2 Into The Light has new content for players to explore with a new quest and shader being added this week. Here’s where to find Archie in Destiny 2 and how to get the Blue Steel shader. In Destiny 2, Archie is an adorable companion and robot dog programmed by House Bray. He may not be too relevant to the lore and our impending fight with the Witness, but that hasn’t stopped Guardians from showing the good robo-boy plenty of love. However, Archie has gone missing and it’s up to you to track him down and bring him back safely. What’s more you’ll also get a brand new Blue Steel Shader at the end that will be one for anyone who really loves blue. And in the end, isn’t Destiny 2 really all about the fashion? This is a quick way to spruce up your next build with some color, and it doesn’t take to long to complete either. To find Archie you’ll need to complete the ‘Where in the Tower is Archie?’ quest. This guide details everything you need to know to do just that. How to complete ‘Where In the Tower is Archie?’ quest in Destiny 2 Start by heading to where Archie is normally found in The Tower’s Annex between The Drifter and Ada-1. In place of the robot dog will be Paw Prints which you’ll want to investigate. Afterward, speak to Ada-1 to begin the quest. The ‘Where In the Tower is Archie?’ quest involves four riddles hinting at where Archie has wandered off to. You’ll need to figure out these riddles and track him down. Here are all four riddles and where you’ll need to go to solve them: 1. Archie heard about something called “ramen” and had to see what all the buzz was about. Head outside to the Bazaar, The Tower’s western area where Ikora and Suraya can be found. Look for the lone ramen shop near the stairs to the annex. Walk up to the counter and ‘Investigate Paw Prints’ to complete the first step. 2. Archie wanted to go pay his respects to a famous gunslinger. The gunslinger in question is Cayde-6. His memorial can be found in The Tower’s courtyard near Commander Zavala and the Ironwood Tree. As before, walk up and investigate the Paw Prints to continue. 3. Archie took off past the security checkpoint to salute a feathered friend. This time you’ll need to go to The Tower’s hangar in the northeastern area. As soon as you enter the main Hangar, signaled by the big ’02’ on the wall in front, turn right and you’ll see Archie’s paw prints next to a chicken. Investigate them to move on to the final step. 4. Archie’s last stop. He wandered into an open airduct in the hangar and might have gotten a little lost. A friendly security frame is keeping an eye on him. Staying in the hangar, climb the northwestern stairs next to where Xur occasionally spawns to reach the top. Follow the catwalk until you reach a left turn, here parkour around the corner to your right instead to reach another platform. Continue through the pipes and vents that follow until you find a room with a large, circular table. In this room, head through the only doorway and follow the path through the vents to find Archie and a robot security guard. Walk up to Archie and offer him ‘Pawsitive Reinforcement’ before finally returning to Ada-1 to finish the quest. How to get Blue Steel shader in Destiny 2 The Blue Steel shader can be gotten in Destiny 2 as a reward for completing the ‘Where In The Tower is Archie?’ quest and claiming it from the secrets section of Into The Light’s Triumphs. Once you’ve completed the quest and received the rewards, you can equip the Blue Steel Shader on almost any weapon or armor piece you want. The only exception is Exotic Weapons which require unique exotic ornaments to change their appearance. Here are all the rewards given for completing ‘Where in The Tower is Archie?’ and what they do:: Blue Steel shader A unique blue shader that can be equipped on weapons and armor to recolor them. – – x10 Trophies of Bravery Event currency used to either roll for Brave Arsenal Weapons or unlock ornaments at the Hall of Champions. – – Expired Ramen Coupon A useless item that can be dismantled. – – After claiming your rewards be sure to head over to the Hall of Champions to use your Trophies of Bravery as they can be used to get some of the best weapons in Destiny 2 including Forbearance and Edge Transit.

When is Trials of Osiris back? Bungie delays Destiny 2 competitive mode BungieBungie has canceled Trials of Osiris, again, due to a “recently discovered issue” relating to Crucible matches in Destiny 2. Here’s everything we know about when the top-level PvP mode will make its return in Beyond Light. [jwplayer kU7UyuJf] Trials of Osiris is the most competitive Crucible playlist a Guardian can join. Based around three-vs-three contests, the sudden-death mode is the pinnacle of PvP gameplay in Bungie’s sci-fi franchise. And, unfortunately, it gets delayed quite a bit. Beyond Light’s launch week has been no different. Trials of Osiris, which was supposed to go live on the weekend, has been delayed, Bungie confirmed on Friday, Nov. 13. The reason, the Destiny 2 developers said, was a “recently discovered issue” that would directly affect the competitive nature of the playlist. While Bungie did not address the “issue” directly, it’s pretty obvious the delays are because of a new Beyond Light power, Stasis. The frosty new abilities have been dominating Crucible playlists since launch, making PvP nearly unplayable. When will Trials of Osiris return? Bungie delayed Beyond Light’s opening Trials of Osiris weekend on Nov. 13. They also chalked the following weekend, Nov 20-23. Thankfully, the wait to get into the competitive Destiny 2 playlist won’t be much longer than just those two weeks. “Due to a recently discovered issue, Trials of Osiris will not be available until the weekend of November 27, 2020,” Bungie confirmed in their Nov. 13 tweet. That means the earliest Guardians will be able to play Trials of Osiris during the new expansion will be Friday, Nov. 27. That is, if there aren’t more delays; last time Bungie halted the playlist, it was ‘AWOL’ for nearly two years. Once Trials does finally return, players will have the chance to collect new “Adept” guns and weapons, as well as Beyond Light mods that can only be found by going undefeated. Weapons collected from the competitive playlist have been tweaked slightly too. Starting in Beyond Light, “all existing Trials weapons have Adept versions.” “Our intent is for all new Trials weapons to have an Adept version in the future, with their infusion caps matching the Season they were introduced in,” Bungie said. “For the first round, their infusion caps will be set to that of Season of the Worthy. Additionally, we will be introducing Adept weapon mods into the sandbox in Beyond Light, which can only be applied to Adept weaponry.”

When does the Destiny 2 The Final Shape raid release? BungieThe last expansion in Destiny 2‘s Light and Darkness saga, The Final Shape, is nearly here, and it marks the culmination of our Guardian’s efforts to this point. As part of that, there will be a brand new raid to conquer, so here’s everything you need to know about its release date. The Final Shape expansion is dropping on June 4, as players finally get to see the conclusion of The Witness’ machinations. The new raid will allow Guardians to confront The Witness directly, with the ultimate fate of the Traveller and the Last City hanging in the balance. The raid itself is scheduled for release three days after the expansion debuts on June 7 at 10 AM PT. This means that players will only have a few days to prepare for the World’s First race, which will be taking place again similar to previous years. Contest mode has also been confirmed for the first 48 hours after the raid releases. This caps players’ effective power at 20 below the recommended power for the activity, with a minimum of 1965 light level in this case. The Legendary campaign is set to bring players’ power up from the new floor of 1900 to around 1960. This should make prepping for Contest Mode before the release of the new raid relatively easy for competent players. This is not the first time Bungie has tightened the time interval between preparation and raid release. Back during Crown of Sorrow, the raid was released the same day as the campaign. A similar situation occurred for the release of Last Wish, where the raid was released just 10 days after the campaign. However, back then, there were several new systems like Prime Engrams, new Supers and a brand-new meta to learn. While power level will not be an issue this time around, Prismatic will take some time to get used to. There is no word yet on specific rewards for those who complete the race first, though Bungie does usually hand out a wrestling-style belt to the overall champions. Additionally, those who finish the raid within the first 48 hours should expect some kind of reward.

When does Destiny 2 Season of the Wish end? BungieSeason of the Wish has been ongoing for a while now which has Destiny 2 players curious as to when it will end. Here’s everything you need to know about when the current season’s end date is. Season of the Wish is already one of the longest seasons we’ve had in Destiny 2. Despite starting back in November 2023, the Riven-themed season is still ongoing with the same seasonal activities as ever. Bungie has prepared new content to fill the void like Into the Light which will bring back several fan-favorite weapons and introduce an entirely new game mode, but it’s far from a new season. Here is when Season of the Wish will finally end and the looter shooter’s next expansion will officially get underway. When is Destiny 2 Season of the Wish end date? Season of the Wish will end on June 4, 2024, on the weekly reset at 10 AM PT/1 PM ET/5 PM GMT. This coincides will the launch of The Final Shape, the next Destiny 2 expansion. That means you have until early June to farm gear like the new weapons, unlock the ‘Wishbearer’ gilded title, and finish up any remaining seasonal quests. The current season was originally scheduled to end on February 27, 2024, but this was pushed back over three months after The Final Shape was delayed. In a TWID revealing the delay, Bungie explained they felt it was necessary to deliver an “even bigger and bolder vision,” that will be “remembered and treasured for years to come,” with those extra months being spent on improving The Final Shape. That’s all you need to know about when Season of the Wish will end in Destiny 2. We’ll be sure to keep this page updated if any more updates are provided by Bungie closer to the season’s end date.